feat: initial skills collection — 20 curated skills from anthropics, obra, vercel, supabase and more

Skills added:
- AI Tools (9): pdf, docx, xlsx, pptx, skill-creator, brand-guidelines, webapp-testing, canvas-design, mcp-builder (from anthropics/skills)
- Productivity (5): brainstorming, systematic-debugging, test-driven-development, writing-plans, executing-plans (from obra/superpowers)
- Marketing (3): seo-audit, copywriting, content-strategy (from coreyhaines31/marketingskills)
- Frontend (2): vercel-react-best-practices, web-design-guidelines (from vercel-labs/agent-skills)
- Database (1): supabase-postgres-best-practices (from supabase/agent-skills)

Also reorganized openclaw-guardian into skills/openclaw-guardian/ subdirectory
This commit is contained in:
Guardian
2026-03-02 03:18:51 +00:00
parent 9812e6e8d7
commit 1ef17f1333
256 changed files with 37365 additions and 0 deletions
+30
View File
@@ -5,6 +5,36 @@ Updated every Monday.
---
## [Week 1] — 2026-03-02 (Initial Fill)
### 🎉 首次批量填充 — 20 个 Skills
| Skill | Description | Source |
|---|---|---|
| `openclaw-guardian` | 🛡️ Gateway watchdog with auto-repair & git rollback | [LeoYeAI/openclaw-guardian](https://github.com/LeoYeAI/openclaw-guardian) |
| `pdf` | Use this skill whenever the user wants to do anything with PDF files. This inclu | [anthropics/skills](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) |
| `docx` | Use this skill whenever the user wants to create, read, edit, or manipulate Word | [anthropics/skills](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) |
| `xlsx` | Use this skill any time a spreadsheet file is the primary input or output. This | [anthropics/skills](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) |
| `pptx` | Use this skill any time a .pptx file is involved in any way — as input, output, | [anthropics/skills](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) |
| `skill-creator` | Create new skills, modify and improve existing skills, and measure skill perform | [anthropics/skills](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) |
| `brand-guidelines` | Applies Anthropic's official brand colors and typography to any sort of artifact | [anthropics/skills](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) |
| `webapp-testing` | Toolkit for interacting with and testing local web applications using Playwright | [anthropics/skills](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) |
| `canvas-design` | Create beautiful visual art in .png and .pdf documents using design philosophy. | [anthropics/skills](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) |
| `mcp-builder` | Guide for creating high-quality MCP (Model Context Protocol) servers that enable | [anthropics/skills](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) |
| `brainstorming` | You MUST use this before any creative work - creating features, building compone | [obra/superpowers](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) |
| `systematic-debugging` | Use when encountering any bug, test failure, or unexpected behavior, before prop | [obra/superpowers](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) |
| `test-driven-development` | Use when implementing any feature or bugfix, before writing implementation code | [obra/superpowers](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) |
| `writing-plans` | Use when you have a spec or requirements for a multi-step task, before touching | [obra/superpowers](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) |
| `executing-plans` | Use when you have a written implementation plan to execute in a separate session | [obra/superpowers](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) |
| `seo-audit` | When the user wants to audit, review, or diagnose SEO issues on their site. Also | [coreyhaines31/marketingskills](https://github.com/coreyhaines31/marketingskills) |
| `copywriting` | When the user wants to write, rewrite, or improve marketing copy for any page — | [coreyhaines31/marketingskills](https://github.com/coreyhaines31/marketingskills) |
| `content-strategy` | When the user wants to plan a content strategy, decide what content to create, o | [coreyhaines31/marketingskills](https://github.com/coreyhaines31/marketingskills) |
| `vercel-react-best-practices` | React and Next.js performance optimization guidelines from Vercel Engineering. T | [vercel-labs/agent-skills](https://github.com/vercel-labs/agent-skills) |
| `web-design-guidelines` | Review UI code for Web Interface Guidelines compliance. Use when asked to "revie | [vercel-labs/agent-skills](https://github.com/vercel-labs/agent-skills) |
| `supabase-postgres-best-practices` | Postgres performance optimization and best practices from Supabase. Use this ski | [supabase/agent-skills](https://github.com/supabase/agent-skills) |
---
## [Week 1] — 2026-03-02
### 🎉 Initial Release
+20
View File
@@ -27,6 +27,26 @@
| Skill | Description | Category | Source | Added |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| [`openclaw-guardian`](skills/openclaw-guardian/) | 🛡️ Gateway watchdog with auto-repair & git rollback | DevOps | [GitHub](https://github.com/LeoYeAI/openclaw-guardian) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`pdf`](skills/pdf/) | Use this skill whenever the user wants to do anything with PDF files. This includes reading or extracting text/tables fr | AI Tools | [GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`docx`](skills/docx/) | Use this skill whenever the user wants to create, read, edit, or manipulate Word documents (.docx files). Triggers inclu | AI Tools | [GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`xlsx`](skills/xlsx/) | Use this skill any time a spreadsheet file is the primary input or output. This means any task where the user wants to: | AI Tools | [GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`pptx`](skills/pptx/) | Use this skill any time a .pptx file is involved in any way — as input, output, or both. This includes: creating slide d | AI Tools | [GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`skill-creator`](skills/skill-creator/) | Create new skills, modify and improve existing skills, and measure skill performance. Use when users want to create a sk | AI Tools | [GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`brand-guidelines`](skills/brand-guidelines/) | Applies Anthropic's official brand colors and typography to any sort of artifact that may benefit from having Anthropic' | AI Tools | [GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`webapp-testing`](skills/webapp-testing/) | Toolkit for interacting with and testing local web applications using Playwright. Supports verifying frontend functional | AI Tools | [GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`canvas-design`](skills/canvas-design/) | Create beautiful visual art in .png and .pdf documents using design philosophy. You should use this skill when the user | AI Tools | [GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`mcp-builder`](skills/mcp-builder/) | Guide for creating high-quality MCP (Model Context Protocol) servers that enable LLMs to interact with external services | AI Tools | [GitHub](https://github.com/anthropics/skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`brainstorming`](skills/brainstorming/) | You MUST use this before any creative work - creating features, building components, adding functionality, or modifying | Productivity | [GitHub](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`systematic-debugging`](skills/systematic-debugging/) | Use when encountering any bug, test failure, or unexpected behavior, before proposing fixes | Productivity | [GitHub](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`test-driven-development`](skills/test-driven-development/) | Use when implementing any feature or bugfix, before writing implementation code | Productivity | [GitHub](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`writing-plans`](skills/writing-plans/) | Use when you have a spec or requirements for a multi-step task, before touching code | Productivity | [GitHub](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`executing-plans`](skills/executing-plans/) | Use when you have a written implementation plan to execute in a separate session with review checkpoints | Productivity | [GitHub](https://github.com/obra/superpowers) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`seo-audit`](skills/seo-audit/) | When the user wants to audit, review, or diagnose SEO issues on their site. Also use when the user mentions "SEO audit," | Marketing | [GitHub](https://github.com/coreyhaines31/marketingskills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`copywriting`](skills/copywriting/) | When the user wants to write, rewrite, or improve marketing copy for any page — including homepage, landing pages, prici | Marketing | [GitHub](https://github.com/coreyhaines31/marketingskills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`content-strategy`](skills/content-strategy/) | When the user wants to plan a content strategy, decide what content to create, or figure out what topics to cover. Also | Marketing | [GitHub](https://github.com/coreyhaines31/marketingskills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`vercel-react-best-practices`](skills/vercel-react-best-practices/) | React and Next.js performance optimization guidelines from Vercel Engineering. This skill should be used when writing, r | Frontend | [GitHub](https://github.com/vercel-labs/agent-skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`web-design-guidelines`](skills/web-design-guidelines/) | Review UI code for Web Interface Guidelines compliance. Use when asked to "review my UI", "check accessibility", "audit | Frontend | [GitHub](https://github.com/vercel-labs/agent-skills) | 2026-03-02 |
| [`supabase-postgres-best-practices`](skills/supabase-postgres-best-practices/) | Postgres performance optimization and best practices from Supabase. Use this skill when writing, reviewing, or optimizin | Database | [GitHub](https://github.com/supabase/agent-skills) | 2026-03-02 |
> More skills added every Monday. [Submit yours →](../../issues/new?template=submit-skill.md)
+96
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
---
name: brainstorming
description: "You MUST use this before any creative work - creating features, building components, adding functionality, or modifying behavior. Explores user intent, requirements and design before implementation."
---
# Brainstorming Ideas Into Designs
## Overview
Help turn ideas into fully formed designs and specs through natural collaborative dialogue.
Start by understanding the current project context, then ask questions one at a time to refine the idea. Once you understand what you're building, present the design and get user approval.
<HARD-GATE>
Do NOT invoke any implementation skill, write any code, scaffold any project, or take any implementation action until you have presented a design and the user has approved it. This applies to EVERY project regardless of perceived simplicity.
</HARD-GATE>
## Anti-Pattern: "This Is Too Simple To Need A Design"
Every project goes through this process. A todo list, a single-function utility, a config change — all of them. "Simple" projects are where unexamined assumptions cause the most wasted work. The design can be short (a few sentences for truly simple projects), but you MUST present it and get approval.
## Checklist
You MUST create a task for each of these items and complete them in order:
1. **Explore project context** — check files, docs, recent commits
2. **Ask clarifying questions** — one at a time, understand purpose/constraints/success criteria
3. **Propose 2-3 approaches** — with trade-offs and your recommendation
4. **Present design** — in sections scaled to their complexity, get user approval after each section
5. **Write design doc** — save to `docs/plans/YYYY-MM-DD-<topic>-design.md` and commit
6. **Transition to implementation** — invoke writing-plans skill to create implementation plan
## Process Flow
```dot
digraph brainstorming {
"Explore project context" [shape=box];
"Ask clarifying questions" [shape=box];
"Propose 2-3 approaches" [shape=box];
"Present design sections" [shape=box];
"User approves design?" [shape=diamond];
"Write design doc" [shape=box];
"Invoke writing-plans skill" [shape=doublecircle];
"Explore project context" -> "Ask clarifying questions";
"Ask clarifying questions" -> "Propose 2-3 approaches";
"Propose 2-3 approaches" -> "Present design sections";
"Present design sections" -> "User approves design?";
"User approves design?" -> "Present design sections" [label="no, revise"];
"User approves design?" -> "Write design doc" [label="yes"];
"Write design doc" -> "Invoke writing-plans skill";
}
```
**The terminal state is invoking writing-plans.** Do NOT invoke frontend-design, mcp-builder, or any other implementation skill. The ONLY skill you invoke after brainstorming is writing-plans.
## The Process
**Understanding the idea:**
- Check out the current project state first (files, docs, recent commits)
- Ask questions one at a time to refine the idea
- Prefer multiple choice questions when possible, but open-ended is fine too
- Only one question per message - if a topic needs more exploration, break it into multiple questions
- Focus on understanding: purpose, constraints, success criteria
**Exploring approaches:**
- Propose 2-3 different approaches with trade-offs
- Present options conversationally with your recommendation and reasoning
- Lead with your recommended option and explain why
**Presenting the design:**
- Once you believe you understand what you're building, present the design
- Scale each section to its complexity: a few sentences if straightforward, up to 200-300 words if nuanced
- Ask after each section whether it looks right so far
- Cover: architecture, components, data flow, error handling, testing
- Be ready to go back and clarify if something doesn't make sense
## After the Design
**Documentation:**
- Write the validated design to `docs/plans/YYYY-MM-DD-<topic>-design.md`
- Use elements-of-style:writing-clearly-and-concisely skill if available
- Commit the design document to git
**Implementation:**
- Invoke the writing-plans skill to create a detailed implementation plan
- Do NOT invoke any other skill. writing-plans is the next step.
## Key Principles
- **One question at a time** - Don't overwhelm with multiple questions
- **Multiple choice preferred** - Easier to answer than open-ended when possible
- **YAGNI ruthlessly** - Remove unnecessary features from all designs
- **Explore alternatives** - Always propose 2-3 approaches before settling
- **Incremental validation** - Present design, get approval before moving on
- **Be flexible** - Go back and clarify when something doesn't make sense
+202
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
+73
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
---
name: brand-guidelines
description: Applies Anthropic's official brand colors and typography to any sort of artifact that may benefit from having Anthropic's look-and-feel. Use it when brand colors or style guidelines, visual formatting, or company design standards apply.
license: Complete terms in LICENSE.txt
---
# Anthropic Brand Styling
## Overview
To access Anthropic's official brand identity and style resources, use this skill.
**Keywords**: branding, corporate identity, visual identity, post-processing, styling, brand colors, typography, Anthropic brand, visual formatting, visual design
## Brand Guidelines
### Colors
**Main Colors:**
- Dark: `#141413` - Primary text and dark backgrounds
- Light: `#faf9f5` - Light backgrounds and text on dark
- Mid Gray: `#b0aea5` - Secondary elements
- Light Gray: `#e8e6dc` - Subtle backgrounds
**Accent Colors:**
- Orange: `#d97757` - Primary accent
- Blue: `#6a9bcc` - Secondary accent
- Green: `#788c5d` - Tertiary accent
### Typography
- **Headings**: Poppins (with Arial fallback)
- **Body Text**: Lora (with Georgia fallback)
- **Note**: Fonts should be pre-installed in your environment for best results
## Features
### Smart Font Application
- Applies Poppins font to headings (24pt and larger)
- Applies Lora font to body text
- Automatically falls back to Arial/Georgia if custom fonts unavailable
- Preserves readability across all systems
### Text Styling
- Headings (24pt+): Poppins font
- Body text: Lora font
- Smart color selection based on background
- Preserves text hierarchy and formatting
### Shape and Accent Colors
- Non-text shapes use accent colors
- Cycles through orange, blue, and green accents
- Maintains visual interest while staying on-brand
## Technical Details
### Font Management
- Uses system-installed Poppins and Lora fonts when available
- Provides automatic fallback to Arial (headings) and Georgia (body)
- No font installation required - works with existing system fonts
- For best results, pre-install Poppins and Lora fonts in your environment
### Color Application
- Uses RGB color values for precise brand matching
- Applied via python-pptx's RGBColor class
- Maintains color fidelity across different systems
+202
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
+130
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
---
name: canvas-design
description: Create beautiful visual art in .png and .pdf documents using design philosophy. You should use this skill when the user asks to create a poster, piece of art, design, or other static piece. Create original visual designs, never copying existing artists' work to avoid copyright violations.
license: Complete terms in LICENSE.txt
---
These are instructions for creating design philosophies - aesthetic movements that are then EXPRESSED VISUALLY. Output only .md files, .pdf files, and .png files.
Complete this in two steps:
1. Design Philosophy Creation (.md file)
2. Express by creating it on a canvas (.pdf file or .png file)
First, undertake this task:
## DESIGN PHILOSOPHY CREATION
To begin, create a VISUAL PHILOSOPHY (not layouts or templates) that will be interpreted through:
- Form, space, color, composition
- Images, graphics, shapes, patterns
- Minimal text as visual accent
### THE CRITICAL UNDERSTANDING
- What is received: Some subtle input or instructions by the user that should be taken into account, but used as a foundation; it should not constrain creative freedom.
- What is created: A design philosophy/aesthetic movement.
- What happens next: Then, the same version receives the philosophy and EXPRESSES IT VISUALLY - creating artifacts that are 90% visual design, 10% essential text.
Consider this approach:
- Write a manifesto for an art movement
- The next phase involves making the artwork
The philosophy must emphasize: Visual expression. Spatial communication. Artistic interpretation. Minimal words.
### HOW TO GENERATE A VISUAL PHILOSOPHY
**Name the movement** (1-2 words): "Brutalist Joy" / "Chromatic Silence" / "Metabolist Dreams"
**Articulate the philosophy** (4-6 paragraphs - concise but complete):
To capture the VISUAL essence, express how the philosophy manifests through:
- Space and form
- Color and material
- Scale and rhythm
- Composition and balance
- Visual hierarchy
**CRITICAL GUIDELINES:**
- **Avoid redundancy**: Each design aspect should be mentioned once. Avoid repeating points about color theory, spatial relationships, or typographic principles unless adding new depth.
- **Emphasize craftsmanship REPEATEDLY**: The philosophy MUST stress multiple times that the final work should appear as though it took countless hours to create, was labored over with care, and comes from someone at the absolute top of their field. This framing is essential - repeat phrases like "meticulously crafted," "the product of deep expertise," "painstaking attention," "master-level execution."
- **Leave creative space**: Remain specific about the aesthetic direction, but concise enough that the next Claude has room to make interpretive choices also at a extremely high level of craftmanship.
The philosophy must guide the next version to express ideas VISUALLY, not through text. Information lives in design, not paragraphs.
### PHILOSOPHY EXAMPLES
**"Concrete Poetry"**
Philosophy: Communication through monumental form and bold geometry.
Visual expression: Massive color blocks, sculptural typography (huge single words, tiny labels), Brutalist spatial divisions, Polish poster energy meets Le Corbusier. Ideas expressed through visual weight and spatial tension, not explanation. Text as rare, powerful gesture - never paragraphs, only essential words integrated into the visual architecture. Every element placed with the precision of a master craftsman.
**"Chromatic Language"**
Philosophy: Color as the primary information system.
Visual expression: Geometric precision where color zones create meaning. Typography minimal - small sans-serif labels letting chromatic fields communicate. Think Josef Albers' interaction meets data visualization. Information encoded spatially and chromatically. Words only to anchor what color already shows. The result of painstaking chromatic calibration.
**"Analog Meditation"**
Philosophy: Quiet visual contemplation through texture and breathing room.
Visual expression: Paper grain, ink bleeds, vast negative space. Photography and illustration dominate. Typography whispered (small, restrained, serving the visual). Japanese photobook aesthetic. Images breathe across pages. Text appears sparingly - short phrases, never explanatory blocks. Each composition balanced with the care of a meditation practice.
**"Organic Systems"**
Philosophy: Natural clustering and modular growth patterns.
Visual expression: Rounded forms, organic arrangements, color from nature through architecture. Information shown through visual diagrams, spatial relationships, iconography. Text only for key labels floating in space. The composition tells the story through expert spatial orchestration.
**"Geometric Silence"**
Philosophy: Pure order and restraint.
Visual expression: Grid-based precision, bold photography or stark graphics, dramatic negative space. Typography precise but minimal - small essential text, large quiet zones. Swiss formalism meets Brutalist material honesty. Structure communicates, not words. Every alignment the work of countless refinements.
*These are condensed examples. The actual design philosophy should be 4-6 substantial paragraphs.*
### ESSENTIAL PRINCIPLES
- **VISUAL PHILOSOPHY**: Create an aesthetic worldview to be expressed through design
- **MINIMAL TEXT**: Always emphasize that text is sparse, essential-only, integrated as visual element - never lengthy
- **SPATIAL EXPRESSION**: Ideas communicate through space, form, color, composition - not paragraphs
- **ARTISTIC FREEDOM**: The next Claude interprets the philosophy visually - provide creative room
- **PURE DESIGN**: This is about making ART OBJECTS, not documents with decoration
- **EXPERT CRAFTSMANSHIP**: Repeatedly emphasize the final work must look meticulously crafted, labored over with care, the product of countless hours by someone at the top of their field
**The design philosophy should be 4-6 paragraphs long.** Fill it with poetic design philosophy that brings together the core vision. Avoid repeating the same points. Keep the design philosophy generic without mentioning the intention of the art, as if it can be used wherever. Output the design philosophy as a .md file.
---
## DEDUCING THE SUBTLE REFERENCE
**CRITICAL STEP**: Before creating the canvas, identify the subtle conceptual thread from the original request.
**THE ESSENTIAL PRINCIPLE**:
The topic is a **subtle, niche reference embedded within the art itself** - not always literal, always sophisticated. Someone familiar with the subject should feel it intuitively, while others simply experience a masterful abstract composition. The design philosophy provides the aesthetic language. The deduced topic provides the soul - the quiet conceptual DNA woven invisibly into form, color, and composition.
This is **VERY IMPORTANT**: The reference must be refined so it enhances the work's depth without announcing itself. Think like a jazz musician quoting another song - only those who know will catch it, but everyone appreciates the music.
---
## CANVAS CREATION
With both the philosophy and the conceptual framework established, express it on a canvas. Take a moment to gather thoughts and clear the mind. Use the design philosophy created and the instructions below to craft a masterpiece, embodying all aspects of the philosophy with expert craftsmanship.
**IMPORTANT**: For any type of content, even if the user requests something for a movie/game/book, the approach should still be sophisticated. Never lose sight of the idea that this should be art, not something that's cartoony or amateur.
To create museum or magazine quality work, use the design philosophy as the foundation. Create one single page, highly visual, design-forward PDF or PNG output (unless asked for more pages). Generally use repeating patterns and perfect shapes. Treat the abstract philosophical design as if it were a scientific bible, borrowing the visual language of systematic observation—dense accumulation of marks, repeated elements, or layered patterns that build meaning through patient repetition and reward sustained viewing. Add sparse, clinical typography and systematic reference markers that suggest this could be a diagram from an imaginary discipline, treating the invisible subject with the same reverence typically reserved for documenting observable phenomena. Anchor the piece with simple phrase(s) or details positioned subtly, using a limited color palette that feels intentional and cohesive. Embrace the paradox of using analytical visual language to express ideas about human experience: the result should feel like an artifact that proves something ephemeral can be studied, mapped, and understood through careful attention. This is true art.
**Text as a contextual element**: Text is always minimal and visual-first, but let context guide whether that means whisper-quiet labels or bold typographic gestures. A punk venue poster might have larger, more aggressive type than a minimalist ceramics studio identity. Most of the time, font should be thin. All use of fonts must be design-forward and prioritize visual communication. Regardless of text scale, nothing falls off the page and nothing overlaps. Every element must be contained within the canvas boundaries with proper margins. Check carefully that all text, graphics, and visual elements have breathing room and clear separation. This is non-negotiable for professional execution. **IMPORTANT: Use different fonts if writing text. Search the `./canvas-fonts` directory. Regardless of approach, sophistication is non-negotiable.**
Download and use whatever fonts are needed to make this a reality. Get creative by making the typography actually part of the art itself -- if the art is abstract, bring the font onto the canvas, not typeset digitally.
To push boundaries, follow design instinct/intuition while using the philosophy as a guiding principle. Embrace ultimate design freedom and choice. Push aesthetics and design to the frontier.
**CRITICAL**: To achieve human-crafted quality (not AI-generated), create work that looks like it took countless hours. Make it appear as though someone at the absolute top of their field labored over every detail with painstaking care. Ensure the composition, spacing, color choices, typography - everything screams expert-level craftsmanship. Double-check that nothing overlaps, formatting is flawless, every detail perfect. Create something that could be shown to people to prove expertise and rank as undeniably impressive.
Output the final result as a single, downloadable .pdf or .png file, alongside the design philosophy used as a .md file.
---
## FINAL STEP
**IMPORTANT**: The user ALREADY said "It isn't perfect enough. It must be pristine, a masterpiece if craftsmanship, as if it were about to be displayed in a museum."
**CRITICAL**: To refine the work, avoid adding more graphics; instead refine what has been created and make it extremely crisp, respecting the design philosophy and the principles of minimalism entirely. Rather than adding a fun filter or refactoring a font, consider how to make the existing composition more cohesive with the art. If the instinct is to call a new function or draw a new shape, STOP and instead ask: "How can I make what's already here more of a piece of art?"
Take a second pass. Go back to the code and refine/polish further to make this a philosophically designed masterpiece.
## MULTI-PAGE OPTION
To create additional pages when requested, create more creative pages along the same lines as the design philosophy but distinctly different as well. Bundle those pages in the same .pdf or many .pngs. Treat the first page as just a single page in a whole coffee table book waiting to be filled. Make the next pages unique twists and memories of the original. Have them almost tell a story in a very tasteful way. Exercise full creative freedom.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2012 The Arsenal Project Authors (andrij.design@gmail.com)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2019 The Big Shoulders Project Authors (https://github.com/xotypeco/big_shoulders)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2024 The Boldonse Project Authors (https://github.com/googlefonts/boldonse)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2022 The Bricolage Grotesque Project Authors (https://github.com/ateliertriay/bricolage)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2018 The Crimson Pro Project Authors (https://github.com/Fonthausen/CrimsonPro)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2020 The DM Mono Project Authors (https://www.github.com/googlefonts/dm-mono)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
Copyright (c) 2011 by LatinoType Limitada (luciano@latinotype.com),
with Reserved Font Names "Erica One"
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2024 The Geist Project Authors (https://github.com/vercel/geist-font.git)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2022 The Gloock Project Authors (https://github.com/duartp/gloock)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright © 2017 IBM Corp. with Reserved Font Name "Plex"
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2022 The Instrument Sans Project Authors (https://github.com/Instrument/instrument-sans)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright (c) 2011, Santiago Orozco (hi@typemade.mx), with Reserved Font Name "Italiana".
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2020 The JetBrains Mono Project Authors (https://github.com/JetBrains/JetBrainsMono)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2019 The Jura Project Authors (https://github.com/ossobuffo/jura)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2012 The Libre Baskerville Project Authors (https://github.com/impallari/Libre-Baskerville) with Reserved Font Name Libre Baskerville.
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2011 The Lora Project Authors (https://github.com/cyrealtype/Lora-Cyrillic), with Reserved Font Name "Lora".
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2025 The National Park Project Authors (https://github.com/benhoepner/National-Park)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright (c) 2010, Kimberly Geswein (kimberlygeswein.com)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2021 The Outfit Project Authors (https://github.com/Outfitio/Outfit-Fonts)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2021 The Pixelify Sans Project Authors (https://github.com/eifetx/Pixelify-Sans)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright (c) 2011, Denis Masharov (denis.masharov@gmail.com)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2024 The Red Hat Project Authors (https://github.com/RedHatOfficial/RedHatFont)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2001 The Silkscreen Project Authors (https://github.com/googlefonts/silkscreen)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2016 The Smooch Sans Project Authors (https://github.com/googlefonts/smooch-sans)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2023 The Tektur Project Authors (https://www.github.com/hyvyys/Tektur)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2019 The Work Sans Project Authors (https://github.com/weiweihuanghuang/Work-Sans)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
Copyright 2023 The Young Serif Project Authors (https://github.com/noirblancrouge/YoungSerif)
This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1.
This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at:
https://openfontlicense.org
-----------------------------------------------------------
SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007
-----------------------------------------------------------
PREAMBLE
The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide
development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation
efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and
open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership
with others.
The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and
redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The
fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded,
redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved
names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives,
however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The
requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply
to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives.
DEFINITIONS
"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright
Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may
include source files, build scripts and documentation.
"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the
copyright statement(s).
"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as
distributed by the Copyright Holder(s).
"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting,
or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the
Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a
new environment.
"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical
writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software.
PERMISSION & CONDITIONS
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify,
redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font
Software, subject to the following conditions:
1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components,
in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself.
2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled,
redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy
contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be
included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or
in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or
binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user.
3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font
Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding
Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as
presented to the users.
4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font
Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any
Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the
Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written
permission.
5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole,
must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be
distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to
remain under this license does not apply to any document created
using the Font Software.
TERMINATION
This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are
not met.
DISCLAIMER
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
+359
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
---
name: content-strategy
description: When the user wants to plan a content strategy, decide what content to create, or figure out what topics to cover. Also use when the user mentions "content strategy," "what should I write about," "content ideas," "blog strategy," "topic clusters," or "content planning." For writing individual pieces, see copywriting. For SEO-specific audits, see seo-audit.
metadata:
version: 1.1.0
---
# Content Strategy
You are a content strategist. Your goal is to help plan content that drives traffic, builds authority, and generates leads by being either searchable, shareable, or both.
## Before Planning
**Check for product marketing context first:**
If `.agents/product-marketing-context.md` exists (or `.claude/product-marketing-context.md` in older setups), read it before asking questions. Use that context and only ask for information not already covered or specific to this task.
Gather this context (ask if not provided):
### 1. Business Context
- What does the company do?
- Who is the ideal customer?
- What's the primary goal for content? (traffic, leads, brand awareness, thought leadership)
- What problems does your product solve?
### 2. Customer Research
- What questions do customers ask before buying?
- What objections come up in sales calls?
- What topics appear repeatedly in support tickets?
- What language do customers use to describe their problems?
### 3. Current State
- Do you have existing content? What's working?
- What resources do you have? (writers, budget, time)
- What content formats can you produce? (written, video, audio)
### 4. Competitive Landscape
- Who are your main competitors?
- What content gaps exist in your market?
---
## Searchable vs Shareable
Every piece of content must be searchable, shareable, or both. Prioritize in that order—search traffic is the foundation.
**Searchable content** captures existing demand. Optimized for people actively looking for answers.
**Shareable content** creates demand. Spreads ideas and gets people talking.
### When Writing Searchable Content
- Target a specific keyword or question
- Match search intent exactly—answer what the searcher wants
- Use clear titles that match search queries
- Structure with headings that mirror search patterns
- Place keywords in title, headings, first paragraph, URL
- Provide comprehensive coverage (don't leave questions unanswered)
- Include data, examples, and links to authoritative sources
- Optimize for AI/LLM discovery: clear positioning, structured content, brand consistency across the web
### When Writing Shareable Content
- Lead with a novel insight, original data, or counterintuitive take
- Challenge conventional wisdom with well-reasoned arguments
- Tell stories that make people feel something
- Create content people want to share to look smart or help others
- Connect to current trends or emerging problems
- Share vulnerable, honest experiences others can learn from
---
## Content Types
### Searchable Content Types
**Use-Case Content**
Formula: [persona] + [use-case]. Targets long-tail keywords.
- "Project management for designers"
- "Task tracking for developers"
- "Client collaboration for freelancers"
**Hub and Spoke**
Hub = comprehensive overview. Spokes = related subtopics.
```
/topic (hub)
├── /topic/subtopic-1 (spoke)
├── /topic/subtopic-2 (spoke)
└── /topic/subtopic-3 (spoke)
```
Create hub first, then build spokes. Interlink strategically.
**Note:** Most content works fine under `/blog`. Only use dedicated hub/spoke URL structures for major topics with layered depth (e.g., Atlassian's `/agile` guide). For typical blog posts, `/blog/post-title` is sufficient.
**Template Libraries**
High-intent keywords + product adoption.
- Target searches like "marketing plan template"
- Provide immediate standalone value
- Show how product enhances the template
### Shareable Content Types
**Thought Leadership**
- Articulate concepts everyone feels but hasn't named
- Challenge conventional wisdom with evidence
- Share vulnerable, honest experiences
**Data-Driven Content**
- Product data analysis (anonymized insights)
- Public data analysis (uncover patterns)
- Original research (run experiments, share results)
**Expert Roundups**
15-30 experts answering one specific question. Built-in distribution.
**Case Studies**
Structure: Challenge → Solution → Results → Key learnings
**Meta Content**
Behind-the-scenes transparency. "How We Got Our First $5k MRR," "Why We Chose Debt Over VC."
For programmatic content at scale, see **programmatic-seo** skill.
---
## Content Pillars and Topic Clusters
Content pillars are the 3-5 core topics your brand will own. Each pillar spawns a cluster of related content.
Most of the time, all content can live under `/blog` with good internal linking between related posts. Dedicated pillar pages with custom URL structures (like `/guides/topic`) are only needed when you're building comprehensive resources with multiple layers of depth.
### How to Identify Pillars
1. **Product-led**: What problems does your product solve?
2. **Audience-led**: What does your ICP need to learn?
3. **Search-led**: What topics have volume in your space?
4. **Competitor-led**: What are competitors ranking for?
### Pillar Structure
```
Pillar Topic (Hub)
├── Subtopic Cluster 1
│ ├── Article A
│ ├── Article B
│ └── Article C
├── Subtopic Cluster 2
│ ├── Article D
│ ├── Article E
│ └── Article F
└── Subtopic Cluster 3
├── Article G
├── Article H
└── Article I
```
### Pillar Criteria
Good pillars should:
- Align with your product/service
- Match what your audience cares about
- Have search volume and/or social interest
- Be broad enough for many subtopics
---
## Keyword Research by Buyer Stage
Map topics to the buyer's journey using proven keyword modifiers:
### Awareness Stage
Modifiers: "what is," "how to," "guide to," "introduction to"
Example: If customers ask about project management basics:
- "What is Agile Project Management"
- "Guide to Sprint Planning"
- "How to Run a Standup Meeting"
### Consideration Stage
Modifiers: "best," "top," "vs," "alternatives," "comparison"
Example: If customers evaluate multiple tools:
- "Best Project Management Tools for Remote Teams"
- "Asana vs Trello vs Monday"
- "Basecamp Alternatives"
### Decision Stage
Modifiers: "pricing," "reviews," "demo," "trial," "buy"
Example: If pricing comes up in sales calls:
- "Project Management Tool Pricing Comparison"
- "How to Choose the Right Plan"
- "[Product] Reviews"
### Implementation Stage
Modifiers: "templates," "examples," "tutorial," "how to use," "setup"
Example: If support tickets show implementation struggles:
- "Project Template Library"
- "Step-by-Step Setup Tutorial"
- "How to Use [Feature]"
---
## Content Ideation Sources
### 1. Keyword Data
If user provides keyword exports (Ahrefs, SEMrush, GSC), analyze for:
- Topic clusters (group related keywords)
- Buyer stage (awareness/consideration/decision/implementation)
- Search intent (informational, commercial, transactional)
- Quick wins (low competition + decent volume + high relevance)
- Content gaps (keywords competitors rank for that you don't)
Output as prioritized table:
| Keyword | Volume | Difficulty | Buyer Stage | Content Type | Priority |
### 2. Call Transcripts
If user provides sales or customer call transcripts, extract:
- Questions asked → FAQ content or blog posts
- Pain points → problems in their own words
- Objections → content to address proactively
- Language patterns → exact phrases to use (voice of customer)
- Competitor mentions → what they compared you to
Output content ideas with supporting quotes.
### 3. Survey Responses
If user provides survey data, mine for:
- Open-ended responses (topics and language)
- Common themes (30%+ mention = high priority)
- Resource requests (what they wish existed)
- Content preferences (formats they want)
### 4. Forum Research
Use web search to find content ideas:
**Reddit:** `site:reddit.com [topic]`
- Top posts in relevant subreddits
- Questions and frustrations in comments
- Upvoted answers (validates what resonates)
**Quora:** `site:quora.com [topic]`
- Most-followed questions
- Highly upvoted answers
**Other:** Indie Hackers, Hacker News, Product Hunt, industry Slack/Discord
Extract: FAQs, misconceptions, debates, problems being solved, terminology used.
### 5. Competitor Analysis
Use web search to analyze competitor content:
**Find their content:** `site:competitor.com/blog`
**Analyze:**
- Top-performing posts (comments, shares)
- Topics covered repeatedly
- Gaps they haven't covered
- Case studies (customer problems, use cases, results)
- Content structure (pillars, categories, formats)
**Identify opportunities:**
- Topics you can cover better
- Angles they're missing
- Outdated content to improve on
### 6. Sales and Support Input
Extract from customer-facing teams:
- Common objections
- Repeated questions
- Support ticket patterns
- Success stories
- Feature requests and underlying problems
---
## Prioritizing Content Ideas
Score each idea on four factors:
### 1. Customer Impact (40%)
- How frequently did this topic come up in research?
- What percentage of customers face this challenge?
- How emotionally charged was this pain point?
- What's the potential LTV of customers with this need?
### 2. Content-Market Fit (30%)
- Does this align with problems your product solves?
- Can you offer unique insights from customer research?
- Do you have customer stories to support this?
- Will this naturally lead to product interest?
### 3. Search Potential (20%)
- What's the monthly search volume?
- How competitive is this topic?
- Are there related long-tail opportunities?
- Is search interest growing or declining?
### 4. Resource Requirements (10%)
- Do you have expertise to create authoritative content?
- What additional research is needed?
- What assets (graphics, data, examples) will you need?
### Scoring Template
| Idea | Customer Impact (40%) | Content-Market Fit (30%) | Search Potential (20%) | Resources (10%) | Total |
|------|----------------------|-------------------------|----------------------|-----------------|-------|
| Topic A | 8 | 9 | 7 | 6 | 8.0 |
| Topic B | 6 | 7 | 9 | 8 | 7.1 |
---
## Output Format
When creating a content strategy, provide:
### 1. Content Pillars
- 3-5 pillars with rationale
- Subtopic clusters for each pillar
- How pillars connect to product
### 2. Priority Topics
For each recommended piece:
- Topic/title
- Searchable, shareable, or both
- Content type (use-case, hub/spoke, thought leadership, etc.)
- Target keyword and buyer stage
- Why this topic (customer research backing)
### 3. Topic Cluster Map
Visual or structured representation of how content interconnects.
---
## Task-Specific Questions
1. What patterns emerge from your last 10 customer conversations?
2. What questions keep coming up in sales calls?
3. Where are competitors' content efforts falling short?
4. What unique insights from customer research aren't being shared elsewhere?
5. Which existing content drives the most conversions, and why?
---
## Related Skills
- **copywriting**: For writing individual content pieces
- **seo-audit**: For technical SEO and on-page optimization
- **ai-seo**: For optimizing content for AI search engines and getting cited by LLMs
- **programmatic-seo**: For scaled content generation
- **site-architecture**: For page hierarchy, navigation design, and URL structure
- **email-sequence**: For email-based content
- **social-content**: For social media content
+252
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
---
name: copywriting
description: When the user wants to write, rewrite, or improve marketing copy for any page — including homepage, landing pages, pricing pages, feature pages, about pages, or product pages. Also use when the user says "write copy for," "improve this copy," "rewrite this page," "marketing copy," "headline help," or "CTA copy." For email copy, see email-sequence. For popup copy, see popup-cro.
metadata:
version: 1.1.0
---
# Copywriting
You are an expert conversion copywriter. Your goal is to write marketing copy that is clear, compelling, and drives action.
## Before Writing
**Check for product marketing context first:**
If `.agents/product-marketing-context.md` exists (or `.claude/product-marketing-context.md` in older setups), read it before asking questions. Use that context and only ask for information not already covered or specific to this task.
Gather this context (ask if not provided):
### 1. Page Purpose
- What type of page? (homepage, landing page, pricing, feature, about)
- What is the ONE primary action you want visitors to take?
### 2. Audience
- Who is the ideal customer?
- What problem are they trying to solve?
- What objections or hesitations do they have?
- What language do they use to describe their problem?
### 3. Product/Offer
- What are you selling or offering?
- What makes it different from alternatives?
- What's the key transformation or outcome?
- Any proof points (numbers, testimonials, case studies)?
### 4. Context
- Where is traffic coming from? (ads, organic, email)
- What do visitors already know before arriving?
---
## Copywriting Principles
### Clarity Over Cleverness
If you have to choose between clear and creative, choose clear.
### Benefits Over Features
Features: What it does. Benefits: What that means for the customer.
### Specificity Over Vagueness
- Vague: "Save time on your workflow"
- Specific: "Cut your weekly reporting from 4 hours to 15 minutes"
### Customer Language Over Company Language
Use words your customers use. Mirror voice-of-customer from reviews, interviews, support tickets.
### One Idea Per Section
Each section should advance one argument. Build a logical flow down the page.
---
## Writing Style Rules
### Core Principles
1. **Simple over complex** — "Use" not "utilize," "help" not "facilitate"
2. **Specific over vague** — Avoid "streamline," "optimize," "innovative"
3. **Active over passive** — "We generate reports" not "Reports are generated"
4. **Confident over qualified** — Remove "almost," "very," "really"
5. **Show over tell** — Describe the outcome instead of using adverbs
6. **Honest over sensational** — Never fabricate statistics or testimonials
### Quick Quality Check
- Jargon that could confuse outsiders?
- Sentences trying to do too much?
- Passive voice constructions?
- Exclamation points? (remove them)
- Marketing buzzwords without substance?
For thorough line-by-line review, use the **copy-editing** skill after your draft.
---
## Best Practices
### Be Direct
Get to the point. Don't bury the value in qualifications.
❌ Slack lets you share files instantly, from documents to images, directly in your conversations
✅ Need to share a screenshot? Send as many documents, images, and audio files as your heart desires.
### Use Rhetorical Questions
Questions engage readers and make them think about their own situation.
- "Hate returning stuff to Amazon?"
- "Tired of chasing approvals?"
### Use Analogies When Helpful
Analogies make abstract concepts concrete and memorable.
### Pepper in Humor (When Appropriate)
Puns and wit make copy memorable—but only if it fits the brand and doesn't undermine clarity.
---
## Page Structure Framework
### Above the Fold
**Headline**
- Your single most important message
- Communicate core value proposition
- Specific > generic
**Example formulas:**
- "{Achieve outcome} without {pain point}"
- "The {category} for {audience}"
- "Never {unpleasant event} again"
- "{Question highlighting main pain point}"
**For comprehensive headline formulas**: See [references/copy-frameworks.md](references/copy-frameworks.md)
**For natural transition phrases**: See [references/natural-transitions.md](references/natural-transitions.md)
**Subheadline**
- Expands on headline
- Adds specificity
- 1-2 sentences max
**Primary CTA**
- Action-oriented button text
- Communicate what they get: "Start Free Trial" > "Sign Up"
### Core Sections
| Section | Purpose |
|---------|---------|
| Social Proof | Build credibility (logos, stats, testimonials) |
| Problem/Pain | Show you understand their situation |
| Solution/Benefits | Connect to outcomes (3-5 key benefits) |
| How It Works | Reduce perceived complexity (3-4 steps) |
| Objection Handling | FAQ, comparisons, guarantees |
| Final CTA | Recap value, repeat CTA, risk reversal |
**For detailed section types and page templates**: See [references/copy-frameworks.md](references/copy-frameworks.md)
---
## CTA Copy Guidelines
**Weak CTAs (avoid):**
- Submit, Sign Up, Learn More, Click Here, Get Started
**Strong CTAs (use):**
- Start Free Trial
- Get [Specific Thing]
- See [Product] in Action
- Create Your First [Thing]
- Download the Guide
**Formula:** [Action Verb] + [What They Get] + [Qualifier if needed]
Examples:
- "Start My Free Trial"
- "Get the Complete Checklist"
- "See Pricing for My Team"
---
## Page-Specific Guidance
### Homepage
- Serve multiple audiences without being generic
- Lead with broadest value proposition
- Provide clear paths for different visitor intents
### Landing Page
- Single message, single CTA
- Match headline to ad/traffic source
- Complete argument on one page
### Pricing Page
- Help visitors choose the right plan
- Address "which is right for me?" anxiety
- Make recommended plan obvious
### Feature Page
- Connect feature → benefit → outcome
- Show use cases and examples
- Clear path to try or buy
### About Page
- Tell the story of why you exist
- Connect mission to customer benefit
- Still include a CTA
---
## Voice and Tone
Before writing, establish:
**Formality level:**
- Casual/conversational
- Professional but friendly
- Formal/enterprise
**Brand personality:**
- Playful or serious?
- Bold or understated?
- Technical or accessible?
Maintain consistency, but adjust intensity:
- Headlines can be bolder
- Body copy should be clearer
- CTAs should be action-oriented
---
## Output Format
When writing copy, provide:
### Page Copy
Organized by section:
- Headline, Subheadline, CTA
- Section headers and body copy
- Secondary CTAs
### Annotations
For key elements, explain:
- Why you made this choice
- What principle it applies
### Alternatives
For headlines and CTAs, provide 2-3 options:
- Option A: [copy] — [rationale]
- Option B: [copy] — [rationale]
### Meta Content (if relevant)
- Page title (for SEO)
- Meta description
---
## Related Skills
- **copy-editing**: For polishing existing copy (use after your draft)
- **page-cro**: If page structure/strategy needs work, not just copy
- **email-sequence**: For email copywriting
- **popup-cro**: For popup and modal copy
- **ab-test-setup**: To test copy variations
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
# Copy Frameworks Reference
Headline formulas, page section types, and structural templates.
## Contents
- Headline Formulas (outcome-focused, problem-focused, audience-focused, differentiation-focused, proof-focused, additional formulas)
- Landing Page Section Types (core sections, supporting sections)
- Page Structure Templates (feature-heavy page, varied engaging page, compact landing page, enterprise/B2B landing page, product launch page)
- Section Writing Tips (problem section, benefits section, how it works section, testimonial selection)
## Headline Formulas
### Outcome-Focused
**{Achieve desirable outcome} without {pain point}**
> Understand how users are really experiencing your site without drowning in numbers
**{Achieve desirable outcome} by {how product makes it possible}**
> Generate more leads by seeing which companies visit your site
**Turn {input} into {outcome}**
> Turn your hard-earned sales into repeat customers
**[Achieve outcome] in [timeframe]**
> Get your tax refund in 10 days
---
### Problem-Focused
**Never {unpleasant event} again**
> Never miss a sales opportunity again
**{Question highlighting the main pain point}**
> Hate returning stuff to Amazon?
**Stop [pain]. Start [pleasure].**
> Stop chasing invoices. Start getting paid on time.
---
### Audience-Focused
**{Key feature/product type} for {target audience}**
> Advanced analytics for Shopify e-commerce
**{Key feature/product type} for {target audience} to {what it's used for}**
> An online whiteboard for teams to ideate and brainstorm together
**You don't have to {skills or resources} to {achieve desirable outcome}**
> With Ahrefs, you don't have to be an SEO pro to rank higher and get more traffic
---
### Differentiation-Focused
**The {opposite of usual process} way to {achieve desirable outcome}**
> The easiest way to turn your passion into income
**The [category] that [key differentiator]**
> The CRM that updates itself
---
### Proof-Focused
**[Number] [people] use [product] to [outcome]**
> 50,000 marketers use Drip to send better emails
**{Key benefit of your product}**
> Sound clear in online meetings
---
### Additional Formulas
**The simple way to {outcome}**
> The simple way to track your time
**Finally, {category} that {benefit}**
> Finally, accounting software that doesn't suck
**{Outcome} without {common pain}**
> Build your website without writing code
**Get {benefit} from your {thing}**
> Get more revenue from your existing traffic
**{Action verb} your {thing} like {admirable example}**
> Market your SaaS like a Fortune 500
**What if you could {desirable outcome}?**
> What if you could close deals 30% faster?
**Everything you need to {outcome}**
> Everything you need to launch your course
**The {adjective} {category} built for {audience}**
> The lightweight CRM built for startups
---
## Landing Page Section Types
### Core Sections
**Hero (Above the Fold)**
- Headline + subheadline
- Primary CTA
- Supporting visual (product screenshot, hero image)
- Optional: Social proof bar
**Social Proof Bar**
- Customer logos (recognizable > many)
- Key metric ("10,000+ teams")
- Star rating with review count
- Short testimonial snippet
**Problem/Pain Section**
- Articulate their problem better than they can
- Create recognition ("that's exactly my situation")
- Hint at cost of not solving it
**Solution/Benefits Section**
- Bridge from problem to your solution
- 3-5 key benefits (not 10)
- Each: headline + explanation + proof if available
**How It Works**
- 3-4 numbered steps
- Reduces perceived complexity
- Each step: action + outcome
**Final CTA Section**
- Recap value proposition
- Repeat primary CTA
- Risk reversal (guarantee, free trial)
---
### Supporting Sections
**Testimonials**
- Full quotes with names, roles, companies
- Photos when possible
- Specific results over vague praise
- Formats: quote cards, video, tweet embeds
**Case Studies**
- Problem → Solution → Results
- Specific metrics and outcomes
- Customer name and context
- Can be snippets with "Read more" links
**Use Cases**
- Different ways product is used
- Helps visitors self-identify
- "For marketers who need X" format
**Personas / "Built For" Sections**
- Explicitly call out target audience
- "Perfect for [role]" blocks
- Addresses "Is this for me?" question
**FAQ Section**
- Address common objections
- Good for SEO
- Reduces support burden
- 5-10 most common questions
**Comparison Section**
- vs. competitors (name them or don't)
- vs. status quo (spreadsheets, manual processes)
- Tables or side-by-side format
**Integrations / Partners**
- Logos of tools you connect with
- "Works with your stack" messaging
- Builds credibility
**Founder Story / Manifesto**
- Why you built this
- What you believe
- Emotional connection
- Differentiates from faceless competitors
**Demo / Product Tour**
- Interactive demos
- Video walkthroughs
- GIF previews
- Shows product in action
**Pricing Preview**
- Teaser even on non-pricing pages
- Starting price or "from $X/mo"
- Moves decision-makers forward
**Guarantee / Risk Reversal**
- Money-back guarantee
- Free trial terms
- "Cancel anytime"
- Reduces friction
**Stats Section**
- Key metrics that build credibility
- "10,000+ customers"
- "4.9/5 rating"
- "$2M saved for customers"
---
## Page Structure Templates
### Feature-Heavy Page (Weak)
```
1. Hero
2. Feature 1
3. Feature 2
4. Feature 3
5. Feature 4
6. CTA
```
This is a list, not a persuasive narrative.
---
### Varied, Engaging Page (Strong)
```
1. Hero with clear value prop
2. Social proof bar (logos or stats)
3. Problem/pain section
4. How it works (3 steps)
5. Key benefits (2-3, not 10)
6. Testimonial
7. Use cases or personas
8. Comparison to alternatives
9. Case study snippet
10. FAQ
11. Final CTA with guarantee
```
This tells a story and addresses objections.
---
### Compact Landing Page
```
1. Hero (headline, subhead, CTA, image)
2. Social proof bar
3. 3 key benefits with icons
4. Testimonial
5. How it works (3 steps)
6. Final CTA with guarantee
```
Good for ad landing pages where brevity matters.
---
### Enterprise/B2B Landing Page
```
1. Hero (outcome-focused headline)
2. Logo bar (recognizable companies)
3. Problem section (business pain)
4. Solution overview
5. Use cases by role/department
6. Security/compliance section
7. Integration logos
8. Case study with metrics
9. ROI/value section
10. Contact/demo CTA
```
Addresses enterprise buyer concerns.
---
### Product Launch Page
```
1. Hero with launch announcement
2. Video demo or walkthrough
3. Feature highlights (3-5)
4. Before/after comparison
5. Early testimonials
6. Launch pricing or early access offer
7. CTA with urgency
```
Good for ProductHunt, launches, or announcements.
---
## Section Writing Tips
### Problem Section
Start with phrases like:
- "You know the feeling..."
- "If you're like most [role]..."
- "Every day, [audience] struggles with..."
- "We've all been there..."
Then describe:
- The specific frustration
- The time/money wasted
- The impact on their work/life
### Benefits Section
For each benefit, include:
- **Headline**: The outcome they get
- **Body**: How it works (1-2 sentences)
- **Proof**: Number, testimonial, or example (optional)
### How It Works Section
Each step should be:
- **Numbered**: Creates sense of progress
- **Simple verb**: "Connect," "Set up," "Get"
- **Outcome-oriented**: What they get from this step
Example:
1. Connect your tools (takes 2 minutes)
2. Set your preferences
3. Get automated reports every Monday
### Testimonial Selection
Best testimonials include:
- Specific results ("increased conversions by 32%")
- Before/after context ("We used to spend hours...")
- Role + company for credibility
- Something quotable and specific
Avoid testimonials that just say:
- "Great product!"
- "Love it!"
- "Easy to use!"
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
# Natural Transitions
Transitional phrases to guide readers through your content. Good signposting improves readability, user engagement, and helps search engines understand content structure.
Adapted from: University of Manchester Academic Phrasebank (2023), Plain English Campaign, web content best practices
---
## Contents
- Previewing Content Structure
- Introducing a New Topic
- Referring Back
- Moving Between Sections
- Indicating Addition
- Indicating Contrast
- Indicating Similarity
- Indicating Cause and Effect
- Giving Examples
- Emphasising Key Points
- Providing Evidence (neutral attribution, expert quotes, supporting claims)
- Summarising Sections
- Concluding Content
- Question-Based Transitions
- List Introductions
- Hedging Language
- Best Practice Guidelines
- Transitions to Avoid (AI Tells)
## Previewing Content Structure
Use to orient readers and set expectations:
- Here's what we'll cover...
- This guide walks you through...
- Below, you'll find...
- We'll start with X, then move to Y...
- First, let's look at...
- Let's break this down step by step.
- The sections below explain...
---
## Introducing a New Topic
- When it comes to X,...
- Regarding X,...
- Speaking of X,...
- Now let's talk about X.
- Another key factor is...
- X is worth exploring because...
---
## Referring Back
Use to connect ideas and reinforce key points:
- As mentioned earlier,...
- As we covered above,...
- Remember when we discussed X?
- Building on that point,...
- Going back to X,...
- Earlier, we explained that...
---
## Moving Between Sections
- Now let's look at...
- Next up:...
- Moving on to...
- With that covered, let's turn to...
- Now that you understand X, here's Y.
- That brings us to...
---
## Indicating Addition
- Also,...
- Plus,...
- On top of that,...
- What's more,...
- Another benefit is...
- Beyond that,...
- In addition,...
- There's also...
**Note:** Use "moreover" and "furthermore" sparingly. They can sound AI-generated when overused.
---
## Indicating Contrast
- However,...
- But,...
- That said,...
- On the flip side,...
- In contrast,...
- Unlike X, Y...
- While X is true, Y...
- Despite this,...
---
## Indicating Similarity
- Similarly,...
- Likewise,...
- In the same way,...
- Just like X, Y also...
- This mirrors...
- The same applies to...
---
## Indicating Cause and Effect
- So,...
- This means...
- As a result,...
- That's why...
- Because of this,...
- This leads to...
- The outcome?...
- Here's what happens:...
---
## Giving Examples
- For example,...
- For instance,...
- Here's an example:...
- Take X, for instance.
- Consider this:...
- A good example is...
- To illustrate,...
- Like when...
- Say you want to...
---
## Emphasising Key Points
- Here's the key takeaway:...
- The important thing is...
- What matters most is...
- Don't miss this:...
- Pay attention to...
- This is critical:...
- The bottom line?...
---
## Providing Evidence
Use when citing sources, data, or expert opinions:
### Neutral attribution
- According to [Source],...
- [Source] reports that...
- Research shows that...
- Data from [Source] indicates...
- A study by [Source] found...
### Expert quotes
- As [Expert] puts it,...
- [Expert] explains,...
- In the words of [Expert],...
- [Expert] notes that...
### Supporting claims
- This is backed by...
- Evidence suggests...
- The numbers confirm...
- This aligns with findings from...
---
## Summarising Sections
- To recap,...
- Here's the short version:...
- In short,...
- The takeaway?...
- So what does this mean?...
- Let's pull this together:...
- Quick summary:...
---
## Concluding Content
- Wrapping up,...
- The bottom line is...
- Here's what to do next:...
- To sum up,...
- Final thoughts:...
- Ready to get started?...
- Now it's your turn.
**Note:** Avoid "In conclusion" at the start of a paragraph. It's overused and signals AI writing.
---
## Question-Based Transitions
Useful for conversational tone and featured snippet optimization:
- So what does this mean for you?
- But why does this matter?
- How do you actually do this?
- What's the catch?
- Sound complicated? It's not.
- Wondering where to start?
- Still not sure? Here's the breakdown.
---
## List Introductions
For numbered lists and step-by-step content:
- Here's how to do it:
- Follow these steps:
- The process is straightforward:
- Here's what you need to know:
- Key things to consider:
- The main factors are:
---
## Hedging Language
For claims that need qualification or aren't absolute:
- may, might, could
- tends to, generally
- often, usually, typically
- in most cases
- it appears that
- evidence suggests
- this can help
- many experts believe
---
## Best Practice Guidelines
1. **Match tone to audience**: B2B content can be slightly more formal; B2C often benefits from conversational transitions
2. **Vary your transitions**: Repeating the same phrase gets noticed (and not in a good way)
3. **Don't over-signpost**: Trust your reader; every sentence doesn't need a transition
4. **Use for scannability**: Transitions at paragraph starts help skimmers navigate
5. **Keep it natural**: Read aloud; if it sounds forced, simplify
6. **Front-load key info**: Put the important word or phrase early in the transition
---
## Transitions to Avoid (AI Tells)
These phrases are overused in AI-generated content:
- "That being said,..."
- "It's worth noting that..."
- "At its core,..."
- "In today's digital landscape,..."
- "When it comes to the realm of..."
- "This begs the question..."
- "Let's delve into..."
See the seo-audit skill's `references/ai-writing-detection.md` for a complete list of AI writing tells.
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
© 2025 Anthropic, PBC. All rights reserved.
LICENSE: Use of these materials (including all code, prompts, assets, files,
and other components of this Skill) is governed by your agreement with
Anthropic regarding use of Anthropic's services. If no separate agreement
exists, use is governed by Anthropic's Consumer Terms of Service or
Commercial Terms of Service, as applicable:
https://www.anthropic.com/legal/consumer-terms
https://www.anthropic.com/legal/commercial-terms
Your applicable agreement is referred to as the "Agreement." "Services" are
as defined in the Agreement.
ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS: Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the
contrary, users may not:
- Extract these materials from the Services or retain copies of these
materials outside the Services
- Reproduce or copy these materials, except for temporary copies created
automatically during authorized use of the Services
- Create derivative works based on these materials
- Distribute, sublicense, or transfer these materials to any third party
- Make, offer to sell, sell, or import any inventions embodied in these
materials
- Reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble these materials
The receipt, viewing, or possession of these materials does not convey or
imply any license or right beyond those expressly granted above.
Anthropic retains all right, title, and interest in these materials,
including all copyrights, patents, and other intellectual property rights.
+590
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
---
name: docx
description: "Use this skill whenever the user wants to create, read, edit, or manipulate Word documents (.docx files). Triggers include: any mention of 'Word doc', 'word document', '.docx', or requests to produce professional documents with formatting like tables of contents, headings, page numbers, or letterheads. Also use when extracting or reorganizing content from .docx files, inserting or replacing images in documents, performing find-and-replace in Word files, working with tracked changes or comments, or converting content into a polished Word document. If the user asks for a 'report', 'memo', 'letter', 'template', or similar deliverable as a Word or .docx file, use this skill. Do NOT use for PDFs, spreadsheets, Google Docs, or general coding tasks unrelated to document generation."
license: Proprietary. LICENSE.txt has complete terms
---
# DOCX creation, editing, and analysis
## Overview
A .docx file is a ZIP archive containing XML files.
## Quick Reference
| Task | Approach |
|------|----------|
| Read/analyze content | `pandoc` or unpack for raw XML |
| Create new document | Use `docx-js` - see Creating New Documents below |
| Edit existing document | Unpack → edit XML → repack - see Editing Existing Documents below |
### Converting .doc to .docx
Legacy `.doc` files must be converted before editing:
```bash
python scripts/office/soffice.py --headless --convert-to docx document.doc
```
### Reading Content
```bash
# Text extraction with tracked changes
pandoc --track-changes=all document.docx -o output.md
# Raw XML access
python scripts/office/unpack.py document.docx unpacked/
```
### Converting to Images
```bash
python scripts/office/soffice.py --headless --convert-to pdf document.docx
pdftoppm -jpeg -r 150 document.pdf page
```
### Accepting Tracked Changes
To produce a clean document with all tracked changes accepted (requires LibreOffice):
```bash
python scripts/accept_changes.py input.docx output.docx
```
---
## Creating New Documents
Generate .docx files with JavaScript, then validate. Install: `npm install -g docx`
### Setup
```javascript
const { Document, Packer, Paragraph, TextRun, Table, TableRow, TableCell, ImageRun,
Header, Footer, AlignmentType, PageOrientation, LevelFormat, ExternalHyperlink,
InternalHyperlink, Bookmark, FootnoteReferenceRun, PositionalTab,
PositionalTabAlignment, PositionalTabRelativeTo, PositionalTabLeader,
TabStopType, TabStopPosition, Column, SectionType,
TableOfContents, HeadingLevel, BorderStyle, WidthType, ShadingType,
VerticalAlign, PageNumber, PageBreak } = require('docx');
const doc = new Document({ sections: [{ children: [/* content */] }] });
Packer.toBuffer(doc).then(buffer => fs.writeFileSync("doc.docx", buffer));
```
### Validation
After creating the file, validate it. If validation fails, unpack, fix the XML, and repack.
```bash
python scripts/office/validate.py doc.docx
```
### Page Size
```javascript
// CRITICAL: docx-js defaults to A4, not US Letter
// Always set page size explicitly for consistent results
sections: [{
properties: {
page: {
size: {
width: 12240, // 8.5 inches in DXA
height: 15840 // 11 inches in DXA
},
margin: { top: 1440, right: 1440, bottom: 1440, left: 1440 } // 1 inch margins
}
},
children: [/* content */]
}]
```
**Common page sizes (DXA units, 1440 DXA = 1 inch):**
| Paper | Width | Height | Content Width (1" margins) |
|-------|-------|--------|---------------------------|
| US Letter | 12,240 | 15,840 | 9,360 |
| A4 (default) | 11,906 | 16,838 | 9,026 |
**Landscape orientation:** docx-js swaps width/height internally, so pass portrait dimensions and let it handle the swap:
```javascript
size: {
width: 12240, // Pass SHORT edge as width
height: 15840, // Pass LONG edge as height
orientation: PageOrientation.LANDSCAPE // docx-js swaps them in the XML
},
// Content width = 15840 - left margin - right margin (uses the long edge)
```
### Styles (Override Built-in Headings)
Use Arial as the default font (universally supported). Keep titles black for readability.
```javascript
const doc = new Document({
styles: {
default: { document: { run: { font: "Arial", size: 24 } } }, // 12pt default
paragraphStyles: [
// IMPORTANT: Use exact IDs to override built-in styles
{ id: "Heading1", name: "Heading 1", basedOn: "Normal", next: "Normal", quickFormat: true,
run: { size: 32, bold: true, font: "Arial" },
paragraph: { spacing: { before: 240, after: 240 }, outlineLevel: 0 } }, // outlineLevel required for TOC
{ id: "Heading2", name: "Heading 2", basedOn: "Normal", next: "Normal", quickFormat: true,
run: { size: 28, bold: true, font: "Arial" },
paragraph: { spacing: { before: 180, after: 180 }, outlineLevel: 1 } },
]
},
sections: [{
children: [
new Paragraph({ heading: HeadingLevel.HEADING_1, children: [new TextRun("Title")] }),
]
}]
});
```
### Lists (NEVER use unicode bullets)
```javascript
// ❌ WRONG - never manually insert bullet characters
new Paragraph({ children: [new TextRun("• Item")] }) // BAD
new Paragraph({ children: [new TextRun("\u2022 Item")] }) // BAD
// ✅ CORRECT - use numbering config with LevelFormat.BULLET
const doc = new Document({
numbering: {
config: [
{ reference: "bullets",
levels: [{ level: 0, format: LevelFormat.BULLET, text: "•", alignment: AlignmentType.LEFT,
style: { paragraph: { indent: { left: 720, hanging: 360 } } } }] },
{ reference: "numbers",
levels: [{ level: 0, format: LevelFormat.DECIMAL, text: "%1.", alignment: AlignmentType.LEFT,
style: { paragraph: { indent: { left: 720, hanging: 360 } } } }] },
]
},
sections: [{
children: [
new Paragraph({ numbering: { reference: "bullets", level: 0 },
children: [new TextRun("Bullet item")] }),
new Paragraph({ numbering: { reference: "numbers", level: 0 },
children: [new TextRun("Numbered item")] }),
]
}]
});
// ⚠️ Each reference creates INDEPENDENT numbering
// Same reference = continues (1,2,3 then 4,5,6)
// Different reference = restarts (1,2,3 then 1,2,3)
```
### Tables
**CRITICAL: Tables need dual widths** - set both `columnWidths` on the table AND `width` on each cell. Without both, tables render incorrectly on some platforms.
```javascript
// CRITICAL: Always set table width for consistent rendering
// CRITICAL: Use ShadingType.CLEAR (not SOLID) to prevent black backgrounds
const border = { style: BorderStyle.SINGLE, size: 1, color: "CCCCCC" };
const borders = { top: border, bottom: border, left: border, right: border };
new Table({
width: { size: 9360, type: WidthType.DXA }, // Always use DXA (percentages break in Google Docs)
columnWidths: [4680, 4680], // Must sum to table width (DXA: 1440 = 1 inch)
rows: [
new TableRow({
children: [
new TableCell({
borders,
width: { size: 4680, type: WidthType.DXA }, // Also set on each cell
shading: { fill: "D5E8F0", type: ShadingType.CLEAR }, // CLEAR not SOLID
margins: { top: 80, bottom: 80, left: 120, right: 120 }, // Cell padding (internal, not added to width)
children: [new Paragraph({ children: [new TextRun("Cell")] })]
})
]
})
]
})
```
**Table width calculation:**
Always use `WidthType.DXA``WidthType.PERCENTAGE` breaks in Google Docs.
```javascript
// Table width = sum of columnWidths = content width
// US Letter with 1" margins: 12240 - 2880 = 9360 DXA
width: { size: 9360, type: WidthType.DXA },
columnWidths: [7000, 2360] // Must sum to table width
```
**Width rules:**
- **Always use `WidthType.DXA`** — never `WidthType.PERCENTAGE` (incompatible with Google Docs)
- Table width must equal the sum of `columnWidths`
- Cell `width` must match corresponding `columnWidth`
- Cell `margins` are internal padding - they reduce content area, not add to cell width
- For full-width tables: use content width (page width minus left and right margins)
### Images
```javascript
// CRITICAL: type parameter is REQUIRED
new Paragraph({
children: [new ImageRun({
type: "png", // Required: png, jpg, jpeg, gif, bmp, svg
data: fs.readFileSync("image.png"),
transformation: { width: 200, height: 150 },
altText: { title: "Title", description: "Desc", name: "Name" } // All three required
})]
})
```
### Page Breaks
```javascript
// CRITICAL: PageBreak must be inside a Paragraph
new Paragraph({ children: [new PageBreak()] })
// Or use pageBreakBefore
new Paragraph({ pageBreakBefore: true, children: [new TextRun("New page")] })
```
### Hyperlinks
```javascript
// External link
new Paragraph({
children: [new ExternalHyperlink({
children: [new TextRun({ text: "Click here", style: "Hyperlink" })],
link: "https://example.com",
})]
})
// Internal link (bookmark + reference)
// 1. Create bookmark at destination
new Paragraph({ heading: HeadingLevel.HEADING_1, children: [
new Bookmark({ id: "chapter1", children: [new TextRun("Chapter 1")] }),
]})
// 2. Link to it
new Paragraph({ children: [new InternalHyperlink({
children: [new TextRun({ text: "See Chapter 1", style: "Hyperlink" })],
anchor: "chapter1",
})]})
```
### Footnotes
```javascript
const doc = new Document({
footnotes: {
1: { children: [new Paragraph("Source: Annual Report 2024")] },
2: { children: [new Paragraph("See appendix for methodology")] },
},
sections: [{
children: [new Paragraph({
children: [
new TextRun("Revenue grew 15%"),
new FootnoteReferenceRun(1),
new TextRun(" using adjusted metrics"),
new FootnoteReferenceRun(2),
],
})]
}]
});
```
### Tab Stops
```javascript
// Right-align text on same line (e.g., date opposite a title)
new Paragraph({
children: [
new TextRun("Company Name"),
new TextRun("\tJanuary 2025"),
],
tabStops: [{ type: TabStopType.RIGHT, position: TabStopPosition.MAX }],
})
// Dot leader (e.g., TOC-style)
new Paragraph({
children: [
new TextRun("Introduction"),
new TextRun({ children: [
new PositionalTab({
alignment: PositionalTabAlignment.RIGHT,
relativeTo: PositionalTabRelativeTo.MARGIN,
leader: PositionalTabLeader.DOT,
}),
"3",
]}),
],
})
```
### Multi-Column Layouts
```javascript
// Equal-width columns
sections: [{
properties: {
column: {
count: 2, // number of columns
space: 720, // gap between columns in DXA (720 = 0.5 inch)
equalWidth: true,
separate: true, // vertical line between columns
},
},
children: [/* content flows naturally across columns */]
}]
// Custom-width columns (equalWidth must be false)
sections: [{
properties: {
column: {
equalWidth: false,
children: [
new Column({ width: 5400, space: 720 }),
new Column({ width: 3240 }),
],
},
},
children: [/* content */]
}]
```
Force a column break with a new section using `type: SectionType.NEXT_COLUMN`.
### Table of Contents
```javascript
// CRITICAL: Headings must use HeadingLevel ONLY - no custom styles
new TableOfContents("Table of Contents", { hyperlink: true, headingStyleRange: "1-3" })
```
### Headers/Footers
```javascript
sections: [{
properties: {
page: { margin: { top: 1440, right: 1440, bottom: 1440, left: 1440 } } // 1440 = 1 inch
},
headers: {
default: new Header({ children: [new Paragraph({ children: [new TextRun("Header")] })] })
},
footers: {
default: new Footer({ children: [new Paragraph({
children: [new TextRun("Page "), new TextRun({ children: [PageNumber.CURRENT] })]
})] })
},
children: [/* content */]
}]
```
### Critical Rules for docx-js
- **Set page size explicitly** - docx-js defaults to A4; use US Letter (12240 x 15840 DXA) for US documents
- **Landscape: pass portrait dimensions** - docx-js swaps width/height internally; pass short edge as `width`, long edge as `height`, and set `orientation: PageOrientation.LANDSCAPE`
- **Never use `\n`** - use separate Paragraph elements
- **Never use unicode bullets** - use `LevelFormat.BULLET` with numbering config
- **PageBreak must be in Paragraph** - standalone creates invalid XML
- **ImageRun requires `type`** - always specify png/jpg/etc
- **Always set table `width` with DXA** - never use `WidthType.PERCENTAGE` (breaks in Google Docs)
- **Tables need dual widths** - `columnWidths` array AND cell `width`, both must match
- **Table width = sum of columnWidths** - for DXA, ensure they add up exactly
- **Always add cell margins** - use `margins: { top: 80, bottom: 80, left: 120, right: 120 }` for readable padding
- **Use `ShadingType.CLEAR`** - never SOLID for table shading
- **Never use tables as dividers/rules** - cells have minimum height and render as empty boxes (including in headers/footers); use `border: { bottom: { style: BorderStyle.SINGLE, size: 6, color: "2E75B6", space: 1 } }` on a Paragraph instead. For two-column footers, use tab stops (see Tab Stops section), not tables
- **TOC requires HeadingLevel only** - no custom styles on heading paragraphs
- **Override built-in styles** - use exact IDs: "Heading1", "Heading2", etc.
- **Include `outlineLevel`** - required for TOC (0 for H1, 1 for H2, etc.)
---
## Editing Existing Documents
**Follow all 3 steps in order.**
### Step 1: Unpack
```bash
python scripts/office/unpack.py document.docx unpacked/
```
Extracts XML, pretty-prints, merges adjacent runs, and converts smart quotes to XML entities (`&#x201C;` etc.) so they survive editing. Use `--merge-runs false` to skip run merging.
### Step 2: Edit XML
Edit files in `unpacked/word/`. See XML Reference below for patterns.
**Use "Claude" as the author** for tracked changes and comments, unless the user explicitly requests use of a different name.
**Use the Edit tool directly for string replacement. Do not write Python scripts.** Scripts introduce unnecessary complexity. The Edit tool shows exactly what is being replaced.
**CRITICAL: Use smart quotes for new content.** When adding text with apostrophes or quotes, use XML entities to produce smart quotes:
```xml
<!-- Use these entities for professional typography -->
<w:t>Here&#x2019;s a quote: &#x201C;Hello&#x201D;</w:t>
```
| Entity | Character |
|--------|-----------|
| `&#x2018;` | (left single) |
| `&#x2019;` | (right single / apostrophe) |
| `&#x201C;` | “ (left double) |
| `&#x201D;` | ” (right double) |
**Adding comments:** Use `comment.py` to handle boilerplate across multiple XML files (text must be pre-escaped XML):
```bash
python scripts/comment.py unpacked/ 0 "Comment text with &amp; and &#x2019;"
python scripts/comment.py unpacked/ 1 "Reply text" --parent 0 # reply to comment 0
python scripts/comment.py unpacked/ 0 "Text" --author "Custom Author" # custom author name
```
Then add markers to document.xml (see Comments in XML Reference).
### Step 3: Pack
```bash
python scripts/office/pack.py unpacked/ output.docx --original document.docx
```
Validates with auto-repair, condenses XML, and creates DOCX. Use `--validate false` to skip.
**Auto-repair will fix:**
- `durableId` >= 0x7FFFFFFF (regenerates valid ID)
- Missing `xml:space="preserve"` on `<w:t>` with whitespace
**Auto-repair won't fix:**
- Malformed XML, invalid element nesting, missing relationships, schema violations
### Common Pitfalls
- **Replace entire `<w:r>` elements**: When adding tracked changes, replace the whole `<w:r>...</w:r>` block with `<w:del>...<w:ins>...` as siblings. Don't inject tracked change tags inside a run.
- **Preserve `<w:rPr>` formatting**: Copy the original run's `<w:rPr>` block into your tracked change runs to maintain bold, font size, etc.
---
## XML Reference
### Schema Compliance
- **Element order in `<w:pPr>`**: `<w:pStyle>`, `<w:numPr>`, `<w:spacing>`, `<w:ind>`, `<w:jc>`, `<w:rPr>` last
- **Whitespace**: Add `xml:space="preserve"` to `<w:t>` with leading/trailing spaces
- **RSIDs**: Must be 8-digit hex (e.g., `00AB1234`)
### Tracked Changes
**Insertion:**
```xml
<w:ins w:id="1" w:author="Claude" w:date="2025-01-01T00:00:00Z">
<w:r><w:t>inserted text</w:t></w:r>
</w:ins>
```
**Deletion:**
```xml
<w:del w:id="2" w:author="Claude" w:date="2025-01-01T00:00:00Z">
<w:r><w:delText>deleted text</w:delText></w:r>
</w:del>
```
**Inside `<w:del>`**: Use `<w:delText>` instead of `<w:t>`, and `<w:delInstrText>` instead of `<w:instrText>`.
**Minimal edits** - only mark what changes:
```xml
<!-- Change "30 days" to "60 days" -->
<w:r><w:t>The term is </w:t></w:r>
<w:del w:id="1" w:author="Claude" w:date="...">
<w:r><w:delText>30</w:delText></w:r>
</w:del>
<w:ins w:id="2" w:author="Claude" w:date="...">
<w:r><w:t>60</w:t></w:r>
</w:ins>
<w:r><w:t> days.</w:t></w:r>
```
**Deleting entire paragraphs/list items** - when removing ALL content from a paragraph, also mark the paragraph mark as deleted so it merges with the next paragraph. Add `<w:del/>` inside `<w:pPr><w:rPr>`:
```xml
<w:p>
<w:pPr>
<w:numPr>...</w:numPr> <!-- list numbering if present -->
<w:rPr>
<w:del w:id="1" w:author="Claude" w:date="2025-01-01T00:00:00Z"/>
</w:rPr>
</w:pPr>
<w:del w:id="2" w:author="Claude" w:date="2025-01-01T00:00:00Z">
<w:r><w:delText>Entire paragraph content being deleted...</w:delText></w:r>
</w:del>
</w:p>
```
Without the `<w:del/>` in `<w:pPr><w:rPr>`, accepting changes leaves an empty paragraph/list item.
**Rejecting another author's insertion** - nest deletion inside their insertion:
```xml
<w:ins w:author="Jane" w:id="5">
<w:del w:author="Claude" w:id="10">
<w:r><w:delText>their inserted text</w:delText></w:r>
</w:del>
</w:ins>
```
**Restoring another author's deletion** - add insertion after (don't modify their deletion):
```xml
<w:del w:author="Jane" w:id="5">
<w:r><w:delText>deleted text</w:delText></w:r>
</w:del>
<w:ins w:author="Claude" w:id="10">
<w:r><w:t>deleted text</w:t></w:r>
</w:ins>
```
### Comments
After running `comment.py` (see Step 2), add markers to document.xml. For replies, use `--parent` flag and nest markers inside the parent's.
**CRITICAL: `<w:commentRangeStart>` and `<w:commentRangeEnd>` are siblings of `<w:r>`, never inside `<w:r>`.**
```xml
<!-- Comment markers are direct children of w:p, never inside w:r -->
<w:commentRangeStart w:id="0"/>
<w:del w:id="1" w:author="Claude" w:date="2025-01-01T00:00:00Z">
<w:r><w:delText>deleted</w:delText></w:r>
</w:del>
<w:r><w:t> more text</w:t></w:r>
<w:commentRangeEnd w:id="0"/>
<w:r><w:rPr><w:rStyle w:val="CommentReference"/></w:rPr><w:commentReference w:id="0"/></w:r>
<!-- Comment 0 with reply 1 nested inside -->
<w:commentRangeStart w:id="0"/>
<w:commentRangeStart w:id="1"/>
<w:r><w:t>text</w:t></w:r>
<w:commentRangeEnd w:id="1"/>
<w:commentRangeEnd w:id="0"/>
<w:r><w:rPr><w:rStyle w:val="CommentReference"/></w:rPr><w:commentReference w:id="0"/></w:r>
<w:r><w:rPr><w:rStyle w:val="CommentReference"/></w:rPr><w:commentReference w:id="1"/></w:r>
```
### Images
1. Add image file to `word/media/`
2. Add relationship to `word/_rels/document.xml.rels`:
```xml
<Relationship Id="rId5" Type=".../image" Target="media/image1.png"/>
```
3. Add content type to `[Content_Types].xml`:
```xml
<Default Extension="png" ContentType="image/png"/>
```
4. Reference in document.xml:
```xml
<w:drawing>
<wp:inline>
<wp:extent cx="914400" cy="914400"/> <!-- EMUs: 914400 = 1 inch -->
<a:graphic>
<a:graphicData uri=".../picture">
<pic:pic>
<pic:blipFill><a:blip r:embed="rId5"/></pic:blipFill>
</pic:pic>
</a:graphicData>
</a:graphic>
</wp:inline>
</w:drawing>
```
---
## Dependencies
- **pandoc**: Text extraction
- **docx**: `npm install -g docx` (new documents)
- **LibreOffice**: PDF conversion (auto-configured for sandboxed environments via `scripts/office/soffice.py`)
- **Poppler**: `pdftoppm` for images
+1
View File
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+135
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
"""Accept all tracked changes in a DOCX file using LibreOffice.
Requires LibreOffice (soffice) to be installed.
"""
import argparse
import logging
import shutil
import subprocess
from pathlib import Path
from office.soffice import get_soffice_env
logger = logging.getLogger(__name__)
LIBREOFFICE_PROFILE = "/tmp/libreoffice_docx_profile"
MACRO_DIR = f"{LIBREOFFICE_PROFILE}/user/basic/Standard"
ACCEPT_CHANGES_MACRO = """<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE script:module PUBLIC "-//OpenOffice.org//DTD OfficeDocument 1.0//EN" "module.dtd">
<script:module xmlns:script="http://openoffice.org/2000/script" script:name="Module1" script:language="StarBasic">
Sub AcceptAllTrackedChanges()
Dim document As Object
Dim dispatcher As Object
document = ThisComponent.CurrentController.Frame
dispatcher = createUnoService("com.sun.star.frame.DispatchHelper")
dispatcher.executeDispatch(document, ".uno:AcceptAllTrackedChanges", "", 0, Array())
ThisComponent.store()
ThisComponent.close(True)
End Sub
</script:module>"""
def accept_changes(
input_file: str,
output_file: str,
) -> tuple[None, str]:
input_path = Path(input_file)
output_path = Path(output_file)
if not input_path.exists():
return None, f"Error: Input file not found: {input_file}"
if not input_path.suffix.lower() == ".docx":
return None, f"Error: Input file is not a DOCX file: {input_file}"
try:
output_path.parent.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True)
shutil.copy2(input_path, output_path)
except Exception as e:
return None, f"Error: Failed to copy input file to output location: {e}"
if not _setup_libreoffice_macro():
return None, "Error: Failed to setup LibreOffice macro"
cmd = [
"soffice",
"--headless",
f"-env:UserInstallation=file://{LIBREOFFICE_PROFILE}",
"--norestore",
"vnd.sun.star.script:Standard.Module1.AcceptAllTrackedChanges?language=Basic&location=application",
str(output_path.absolute()),
]
try:
result = subprocess.run(
cmd,
capture_output=True,
text=True,
timeout=30,
check=False,
env=get_soffice_env(),
)
except subprocess.TimeoutExpired:
return (
None,
f"Successfully accepted all tracked changes: {input_file} -> {output_file}",
)
if result.returncode != 0:
return None, f"Error: LibreOffice failed: {result.stderr}"
return (
None,
f"Successfully accepted all tracked changes: {input_file} -> {output_file}",
)
def _setup_libreoffice_macro() -> bool:
macro_dir = Path(MACRO_DIR)
macro_file = macro_dir / "Module1.xba"
if macro_file.exists() and "AcceptAllTrackedChanges" in macro_file.read_text():
return True
if not macro_dir.exists():
subprocess.run(
[
"soffice",
"--headless",
f"-env:UserInstallation=file://{LIBREOFFICE_PROFILE}",
"--terminate_after_init",
],
capture_output=True,
timeout=10,
check=False,
env=get_soffice_env(),
)
macro_dir.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True)
try:
macro_file.write_text(ACCEPT_CHANGES_MACRO)
return True
except Exception as e:
logger.warning(f"Failed to setup LibreOffice macro: {e}")
return False
if __name__ == "__main__":
parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(
description="Accept all tracked changes in a DOCX file"
)
parser.add_argument("input_file", help="Input DOCX file with tracked changes")
parser.add_argument(
"output_file", help="Output DOCX file (clean, no tracked changes)"
)
args = parser.parse_args()
_, message = accept_changes(args.input_file, args.output_file)
print(message)
if "Error" in message:
raise SystemExit(1)
+318
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
"""Add comments to DOCX documents.
Usage:
python comment.py unpacked/ 0 "Comment text"
python comment.py unpacked/ 1 "Reply text" --parent 0
Text should be pre-escaped XML (e.g., &amp; for &, &#x2019; for smart quotes).
After running, add markers to document.xml:
<w:commentRangeStart w:id="0"/>
... commented content ...
<w:commentRangeEnd w:id="0"/>
<w:r><w:rPr><w:rStyle w:val="CommentReference"/></w:rPr><w:commentReference w:id="0"/></w:r>
"""
import argparse
import random
import shutil
import sys
from datetime import datetime, timezone
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
TEMPLATE_DIR = Path(__file__).parent / "templates"
NS = {
"w": "http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main",
"w14": "http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/word/2010/wordml",
"w15": "http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/word/2012/wordml",
"w16cid": "http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/word/2016/wordml/cid",
"w16cex": "http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/word/2018/wordml/cex",
}
COMMENT_XML = """\
<w:comment w:id="{id}" w:author="{author}" w:date="{date}" w:initials="{initials}">
<w:p w14:paraId="{para_id}" w14:textId="77777777">
<w:r>
<w:rPr><w:rStyle w:val="CommentReference"/></w:rPr>
<w:annotationRef/>
</w:r>
<w:r>
<w:rPr>
<w:color w:val="000000"/>
<w:sz w:val="20"/>
<w:szCs w:val="20"/>
</w:rPr>
<w:t>{text}</w:t>
</w:r>
</w:p>
</w:comment>"""
COMMENT_MARKER_TEMPLATE = """
Add to document.xml (markers must be direct children of w:p, never inside w:r):
<w:commentRangeStart w:id="{cid}"/>
<w:r>...</w:r>
<w:commentRangeEnd w:id="{cid}"/>
<w:r><w:rPr><w:rStyle w:val="CommentReference"/></w:rPr><w:commentReference w:id="{cid}"/></w:r>"""
REPLY_MARKER_TEMPLATE = """
Nest markers inside parent {pid}'s markers (markers must be direct children of w:p, never inside w:r):
<w:commentRangeStart w:id="{pid}"/><w:commentRangeStart w:id="{cid}"/>
<w:r>...</w:r>
<w:commentRangeEnd w:id="{cid}"/><w:commentRangeEnd w:id="{pid}"/>
<w:r><w:rPr><w:rStyle w:val="CommentReference"/></w:rPr><w:commentReference w:id="{pid}"/></w:r>
<w:r><w:rPr><w:rStyle w:val="CommentReference"/></w:rPr><w:commentReference w:id="{cid}"/></w:r>"""
def _generate_hex_id() -> str:
return f"{random.randint(0, 0x7FFFFFFE):08X}"
SMART_QUOTE_ENTITIES = {
"\u201c": "&#x201C;",
"\u201d": "&#x201D;",
"\u2018": "&#x2018;",
"\u2019": "&#x2019;",
}
def _encode_smart_quotes(text: str) -> str:
for char, entity in SMART_QUOTE_ENTITIES.items():
text = text.replace(char, entity)
return text
def _append_xml(xml_path: Path, root_tag: str, content: str) -> None:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(xml_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
root = dom.getElementsByTagName(root_tag)[0]
ns_attrs = " ".join(f'xmlns:{k}="{v}"' for k, v in NS.items())
wrapper_dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(f"<root {ns_attrs}>{content}</root>")
for child in wrapper_dom.documentElement.childNodes:
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE:
root.appendChild(dom.importNode(child, True))
output = _encode_smart_quotes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8").decode("utf-8"))
xml_path.write_text(output, encoding="utf-8")
def _find_para_id(comments_path: Path, comment_id: int) -> str | None:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(comments_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
for c in dom.getElementsByTagName("w:comment"):
if c.getAttribute("w:id") == str(comment_id):
for p in c.getElementsByTagName("w:p"):
if pid := p.getAttribute("w14:paraId"):
return pid
return None
def _get_next_rid(rels_path: Path) -> int:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(rels_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
max_rid = 0
for rel in dom.getElementsByTagName("Relationship"):
rid = rel.getAttribute("Id")
if rid and rid.startswith("rId"):
try:
max_rid = max(max_rid, int(rid[3:]))
except ValueError:
pass
return max_rid + 1
def _has_relationship(rels_path: Path, target: str) -> bool:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(rels_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
for rel in dom.getElementsByTagName("Relationship"):
if rel.getAttribute("Target") == target:
return True
return False
def _has_content_type(ct_path: Path, part_name: str) -> bool:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(ct_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
for override in dom.getElementsByTagName("Override"):
if override.getAttribute("PartName") == part_name:
return True
return False
def _ensure_comment_relationships(unpacked_dir: Path) -> None:
rels_path = unpacked_dir / "word" / "_rels" / "document.xml.rels"
if not rels_path.exists():
return
if _has_relationship(rels_path, "comments.xml"):
return
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(rels_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
root = dom.documentElement
next_rid = _get_next_rid(rels_path)
rels = [
(
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships/comments",
"comments.xml",
),
(
"http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/2011/relationships/commentsExtended",
"commentsExtended.xml",
),
(
"http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/2016/09/relationships/commentsIds",
"commentsIds.xml",
),
(
"http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/2018/08/relationships/commentsExtensible",
"commentsExtensible.xml",
),
]
for rel_type, target in rels:
rel = dom.createElement("Relationship")
rel.setAttribute("Id", f"rId{next_rid}")
rel.setAttribute("Type", rel_type)
rel.setAttribute("Target", target)
root.appendChild(rel)
next_rid += 1
rels_path.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
def _ensure_comment_content_types(unpacked_dir: Path) -> None:
ct_path = unpacked_dir / "[Content_Types].xml"
if not ct_path.exists():
return
if _has_content_type(ct_path, "/word/comments.xml"):
return
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(ct_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
root = dom.documentElement
overrides = [
(
"/word/comments.xml",
"application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.comments+xml",
),
(
"/word/commentsExtended.xml",
"application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.commentsExtended+xml",
),
(
"/word/commentsIds.xml",
"application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.commentsIds+xml",
),
(
"/word/commentsExtensible.xml",
"application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.commentsExtensible+xml",
),
]
for part_name, content_type in overrides:
override = dom.createElement("Override")
override.setAttribute("PartName", part_name)
override.setAttribute("ContentType", content_type)
root.appendChild(override)
ct_path.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
def add_comment(
unpacked_dir: str,
comment_id: int,
text: str,
author: str = "Claude",
initials: str = "C",
parent_id: int | None = None,
) -> tuple[str, str]:
word = Path(unpacked_dir) / "word"
if not word.exists():
return "", f"Error: {word} not found"
para_id, durable_id = _generate_hex_id(), _generate_hex_id()
ts = datetime.now(timezone.utc).strftime("%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ")
comments = word / "comments.xml"
first_comment = not comments.exists()
if first_comment:
shutil.copy(TEMPLATE_DIR / "comments.xml", comments)
_ensure_comment_relationships(Path(unpacked_dir))
_ensure_comment_content_types(Path(unpacked_dir))
_append_xml(
comments,
"w:comments",
COMMENT_XML.format(
id=comment_id,
author=author,
date=ts,
initials=initials,
para_id=para_id,
text=text,
),
)
ext = word / "commentsExtended.xml"
if not ext.exists():
shutil.copy(TEMPLATE_DIR / "commentsExtended.xml", ext)
if parent_id is not None:
parent_para = _find_para_id(comments, parent_id)
if not parent_para:
return "", f"Error: Parent comment {parent_id} not found"
_append_xml(
ext,
"w15:commentsEx",
f'<w15:commentEx w15:paraId="{para_id}" w15:paraIdParent="{parent_para}" w15:done="0"/>',
)
else:
_append_xml(
ext,
"w15:commentsEx",
f'<w15:commentEx w15:paraId="{para_id}" w15:done="0"/>',
)
ids = word / "commentsIds.xml"
if not ids.exists():
shutil.copy(TEMPLATE_DIR / "commentsIds.xml", ids)
_append_xml(
ids,
"w16cid:commentsIds",
f'<w16cid:commentId w16cid:paraId="{para_id}" w16cid:durableId="{durable_id}"/>',
)
extensible = word / "commentsExtensible.xml"
if not extensible.exists():
shutil.copy(TEMPLATE_DIR / "commentsExtensible.xml", extensible)
_append_xml(
extensible,
"w16cex:commentsExtensible",
f'<w16cex:commentExtensible w16cex:durableId="{durable_id}" w16cex:dateUtc="{ts}"/>',
)
action = "reply" if parent_id is not None else "comment"
return para_id, f"Added {action} {comment_id} (para_id={para_id})"
if __name__ == "__main__":
p = argparse.ArgumentParser(description="Add comments to DOCX documents")
p.add_argument("unpacked_dir", help="Unpacked DOCX directory")
p.add_argument("comment_id", type=int, help="Comment ID (must be unique)")
p.add_argument("text", help="Comment text")
p.add_argument("--author", default="Claude", help="Author name")
p.add_argument("--initials", default="C", help="Author initials")
p.add_argument("--parent", type=int, help="Parent comment ID (for replies)")
args = p.parse_args()
para_id, msg = add_comment(
args.unpacked_dir,
args.comment_id,
args.text,
args.author,
args.initials,
args.parent,
)
print(msg)
if "Error" in msg:
sys.exit(1)
cid = args.comment_id
if args.parent is not None:
print(REPLY_MARKER_TEMPLATE.format(pid=args.parent, cid=cid))
else:
print(COMMENT_MARKER_TEMPLATE.format(cid=cid))
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
"""Merge adjacent runs with identical formatting in DOCX.
Merges adjacent <w:r> elements that have identical <w:rPr> properties.
Works on runs in paragraphs and inside tracked changes (<w:ins>, <w:del>).
Also:
- Removes rsid attributes from runs (revision metadata that doesn't affect rendering)
- Removes proofErr elements (spell/grammar markers that block merging)
"""
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
def merge_runs(input_dir: str) -> tuple[int, str]:
doc_xml = Path(input_dir) / "word" / "document.xml"
if not doc_xml.exists():
return 0, f"Error: {doc_xml} not found"
try:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(doc_xml.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
root = dom.documentElement
_remove_elements(root, "proofErr")
_strip_run_rsid_attrs(root)
containers = {run.parentNode for run in _find_elements(root, "r")}
merge_count = 0
for container in containers:
merge_count += _merge_runs_in(container)
doc_xml.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
return merge_count, f"Merged {merge_count} runs"
except Exception as e:
return 0, f"Error: {e}"
def _find_elements(root, tag: str) -> list:
results = []
def traverse(node):
if node.nodeType == node.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = node.localName or node.tagName
if name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}"):
results.append(node)
for child in node.childNodes:
traverse(child)
traverse(root)
return results
def _get_child(parent, tag: str):
for child in parent.childNodes:
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = child.localName or child.tagName
if name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}"):
return child
return None
def _get_children(parent, tag: str) -> list:
results = []
for child in parent.childNodes:
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = child.localName or child.tagName
if name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}"):
results.append(child)
return results
def _is_adjacent(elem1, elem2) -> bool:
node = elem1.nextSibling
while node:
if node == elem2:
return True
if node.nodeType == node.ELEMENT_NODE:
return False
if node.nodeType == node.TEXT_NODE and node.data.strip():
return False
node = node.nextSibling
return False
def _remove_elements(root, tag: str):
for elem in _find_elements(root, tag):
if elem.parentNode:
elem.parentNode.removeChild(elem)
def _strip_run_rsid_attrs(root):
for run in _find_elements(root, "r"):
for attr in list(run.attributes.values()):
if "rsid" in attr.name.lower():
run.removeAttribute(attr.name)
def _merge_runs_in(container) -> int:
merge_count = 0
run = _first_child_run(container)
while run:
while True:
next_elem = _next_element_sibling(run)
if next_elem and _is_run(next_elem) and _can_merge(run, next_elem):
_merge_run_content(run, next_elem)
container.removeChild(next_elem)
merge_count += 1
else:
break
_consolidate_text(run)
run = _next_sibling_run(run)
return merge_count
def _first_child_run(container):
for child in container.childNodes:
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE and _is_run(child):
return child
return None
def _next_element_sibling(node):
sibling = node.nextSibling
while sibling:
if sibling.nodeType == sibling.ELEMENT_NODE:
return sibling
sibling = sibling.nextSibling
return None
def _next_sibling_run(node):
sibling = node.nextSibling
while sibling:
if sibling.nodeType == sibling.ELEMENT_NODE:
if _is_run(sibling):
return sibling
sibling = sibling.nextSibling
return None
def _is_run(node) -> bool:
name = node.localName or node.tagName
return name == "r" or name.endswith(":r")
def _can_merge(run1, run2) -> bool:
rpr1 = _get_child(run1, "rPr")
rpr2 = _get_child(run2, "rPr")
if (rpr1 is None) != (rpr2 is None):
return False
if rpr1 is None:
return True
return rpr1.toxml() == rpr2.toxml()
def _merge_run_content(target, source):
for child in list(source.childNodes):
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = child.localName or child.tagName
if name != "rPr" and not name.endswith(":rPr"):
target.appendChild(child)
def _consolidate_text(run):
t_elements = _get_children(run, "t")
for i in range(len(t_elements) - 1, 0, -1):
curr, prev = t_elements[i], t_elements[i - 1]
if _is_adjacent(prev, curr):
prev_text = prev.firstChild.data if prev.firstChild else ""
curr_text = curr.firstChild.data if curr.firstChild else ""
merged = prev_text + curr_text
if prev.firstChild:
prev.firstChild.data = merged
else:
prev.appendChild(run.ownerDocument.createTextNode(merged))
if merged.startswith(" ") or merged.endswith(" "):
prev.setAttribute("xml:space", "preserve")
elif prev.hasAttribute("xml:space"):
prev.removeAttribute("xml:space")
run.removeChild(curr)
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
"""Simplify tracked changes by merging adjacent w:ins or w:del elements.
Merges adjacent <w:ins> elements from the same author into a single element.
Same for <w:del> elements. This makes heavily-redlined documents easier to
work with by reducing the number of tracked change wrappers.
Rules:
- Only merges w:ins with w:ins, w:del with w:del (same element type)
- Only merges if same author (ignores timestamp differences)
- Only merges if truly adjacent (only whitespace between them)
"""
import xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
WORD_NS = "http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main"
def simplify_redlines(input_dir: str) -> tuple[int, str]:
doc_xml = Path(input_dir) / "word" / "document.xml"
if not doc_xml.exists():
return 0, f"Error: {doc_xml} not found"
try:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(doc_xml.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
root = dom.documentElement
merge_count = 0
containers = _find_elements(root, "p") + _find_elements(root, "tc")
for container in containers:
merge_count += _merge_tracked_changes_in(container, "ins")
merge_count += _merge_tracked_changes_in(container, "del")
doc_xml.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
return merge_count, f"Simplified {merge_count} tracked changes"
except Exception as e:
return 0, f"Error: {e}"
def _merge_tracked_changes_in(container, tag: str) -> int:
merge_count = 0
tracked = [
child
for child in container.childNodes
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE and _is_element(child, tag)
]
if len(tracked) < 2:
return 0
i = 0
while i < len(tracked) - 1:
curr = tracked[i]
next_elem = tracked[i + 1]
if _can_merge_tracked(curr, next_elem):
_merge_tracked_content(curr, next_elem)
container.removeChild(next_elem)
tracked.pop(i + 1)
merge_count += 1
else:
i += 1
return merge_count
def _is_element(node, tag: str) -> bool:
name = node.localName or node.tagName
return name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}")
def _get_author(elem) -> str:
author = elem.getAttribute("w:author")
if not author:
for attr in elem.attributes.values():
if attr.localName == "author" or attr.name.endswith(":author"):
return attr.value
return author
def _can_merge_tracked(elem1, elem2) -> bool:
if _get_author(elem1) != _get_author(elem2):
return False
node = elem1.nextSibling
while node and node != elem2:
if node.nodeType == node.ELEMENT_NODE:
return False
if node.nodeType == node.TEXT_NODE and node.data.strip():
return False
node = node.nextSibling
return True
def _merge_tracked_content(target, source):
while source.firstChild:
child = source.firstChild
source.removeChild(child)
target.appendChild(child)
def _find_elements(root, tag: str) -> list:
results = []
def traverse(node):
if node.nodeType == node.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = node.localName or node.tagName
if name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}"):
results.append(node)
for child in node.childNodes:
traverse(child)
traverse(root)
return results
def get_tracked_change_authors(doc_xml_path: Path) -> dict[str, int]:
if not doc_xml_path.exists():
return {}
try:
tree = ET.parse(doc_xml_path)
root = tree.getroot()
except ET.ParseError:
return {}
namespaces = {"w": WORD_NS}
author_attr = f"{{{WORD_NS}}}author"
authors: dict[str, int] = {}
for tag in ["ins", "del"]:
for elem in root.findall(f".//w:{tag}", namespaces):
author = elem.get(author_attr)
if author:
authors[author] = authors.get(author, 0) + 1
return authors
def _get_authors_from_docx(docx_path: Path) -> dict[str, int]:
try:
with zipfile.ZipFile(docx_path, "r") as zf:
if "word/document.xml" not in zf.namelist():
return {}
with zf.open("word/document.xml") as f:
tree = ET.parse(f)
root = tree.getroot()
namespaces = {"w": WORD_NS}
author_attr = f"{{{WORD_NS}}}author"
authors: dict[str, int] = {}
for tag in ["ins", "del"]:
for elem in root.findall(f".//w:{tag}", namespaces):
author = elem.get(author_attr)
if author:
authors[author] = authors.get(author, 0) + 1
return authors
except (zipfile.BadZipFile, ET.ParseError):
return {}
def infer_author(modified_dir: Path, original_docx: Path, default: str = "Claude") -> str:
modified_xml = modified_dir / "word" / "document.xml"
modified_authors = get_tracked_change_authors(modified_xml)
if not modified_authors:
return default
original_authors = _get_authors_from_docx(original_docx)
new_changes: dict[str, int] = {}
for author, count in modified_authors.items():
original_count = original_authors.get(author, 0)
diff = count - original_count
if diff > 0:
new_changes[author] = diff
if not new_changes:
return default
if len(new_changes) == 1:
return next(iter(new_changes))
raise ValueError(
f"Multiple authors added new changes: {new_changes}. "
"Cannot infer which author to validate."
)
+159
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
"""Pack a directory into a DOCX, PPTX, or XLSX file.
Validates with auto-repair, condenses XML formatting, and creates the Office file.
Usage:
python pack.py <input_directory> <output_file> [--original <file>] [--validate true|false]
Examples:
python pack.py unpacked/ output.docx --original input.docx
python pack.py unpacked/ output.pptx --validate false
"""
import argparse
import sys
import shutil
import tempfile
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
from validators import DOCXSchemaValidator, PPTXSchemaValidator, RedliningValidator
def pack(
input_directory: str,
output_file: str,
original_file: str | None = None,
validate: bool = True,
infer_author_func=None,
) -> tuple[None, str]:
input_dir = Path(input_directory)
output_path = Path(output_file)
suffix = output_path.suffix.lower()
if not input_dir.is_dir():
return None, f"Error: {input_dir} is not a directory"
if suffix not in {".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"}:
return None, f"Error: {output_file} must be a .docx, .pptx, or .xlsx file"
if validate and original_file:
original_path = Path(original_file)
if original_path.exists():
success, output = _run_validation(
input_dir, original_path, suffix, infer_author_func
)
if output:
print(output)
if not success:
return None, f"Error: Validation failed for {input_dir}"
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
temp_content_dir = Path(temp_dir) / "content"
shutil.copytree(input_dir, temp_content_dir)
for pattern in ["*.xml", "*.rels"]:
for xml_file in temp_content_dir.rglob(pattern):
_condense_xml(xml_file)
output_path.parent.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True)
with zipfile.ZipFile(output_path, "w", zipfile.ZIP_DEFLATED) as zf:
for f in temp_content_dir.rglob("*"):
if f.is_file():
zf.write(f, f.relative_to(temp_content_dir))
return None, f"Successfully packed {input_dir} to {output_file}"
def _run_validation(
unpacked_dir: Path,
original_file: Path,
suffix: str,
infer_author_func=None,
) -> tuple[bool, str | None]:
output_lines = []
validators = []
if suffix == ".docx":
author = "Claude"
if infer_author_func:
try:
author = infer_author_func(unpacked_dir, original_file)
except ValueError as e:
print(f"Warning: {e} Using default author 'Claude'.", file=sys.stderr)
validators = [
DOCXSchemaValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file),
RedliningValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file, author=author),
]
elif suffix == ".pptx":
validators = [PPTXSchemaValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file)]
if not validators:
return True, None
total_repairs = sum(v.repair() for v in validators)
if total_repairs:
output_lines.append(f"Auto-repaired {total_repairs} issue(s)")
success = all(v.validate() for v in validators)
if success:
output_lines.append("All validations PASSED!")
return success, "\n".join(output_lines) if output_lines else None
def _condense_xml(xml_file: Path) -> None:
try:
with open(xml_file, encoding="utf-8") as f:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parse(f)
for element in dom.getElementsByTagName("*"):
if element.tagName.endswith(":t"):
continue
for child in list(element.childNodes):
if (
child.nodeType == child.TEXT_NODE
and child.nodeValue
and child.nodeValue.strip() == ""
) or child.nodeType == child.COMMENT_NODE:
element.removeChild(child)
xml_file.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
except Exception as e:
print(f"ERROR: Failed to parse {xml_file.name}: {e}", file=sys.stderr)
raise
if __name__ == "__main__":
parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(
description="Pack a directory into a DOCX, PPTX, or XLSX file"
)
parser.add_argument("input_directory", help="Unpacked Office document directory")
parser.add_argument("output_file", help="Output Office file (.docx/.pptx/.xlsx)")
parser.add_argument(
"--original",
help="Original file for validation comparison",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--validate",
type=lambda x: x.lower() == "true",
default=True,
metavar="true|false",
help="Run validation with auto-repair (default: true)",
)
args = parser.parse_args()
_, message = pack(
args.input_directory,
args.output_file,
original_file=args.original,
validate=args.validate,
)
print(message)
if "Error" in message:
sys.exit(1)
+183
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
"""
Helper for running LibreOffice (soffice) in environments where AF_UNIX
sockets may be blocked (e.g., sandboxed VMs). Detects the restriction
at runtime and applies an LD_PRELOAD shim if needed.
Usage:
from office.soffice import run_soffice, get_soffice_env
# Option 1 run soffice directly
result = run_soffice(["--headless", "--convert-to", "pdf", "input.docx"])
# Option 2 get env dict for your own subprocess calls
env = get_soffice_env()
subprocess.run(["soffice", ...], env=env)
"""
import os
import socket
import subprocess
import tempfile
from pathlib import Path
def get_soffice_env() -> dict:
env = os.environ.copy()
env["SAL_USE_VCLPLUGIN"] = "svp"
if _needs_shim():
shim = _ensure_shim()
env["LD_PRELOAD"] = str(shim)
return env
def run_soffice(args: list[str], **kwargs) -> subprocess.CompletedProcess:
env = get_soffice_env()
return subprocess.run(["soffice"] + args, env=env, **kwargs)
_SHIM_SO = Path(tempfile.gettempdir()) / "lo_socket_shim.so"
def _needs_shim() -> bool:
try:
s = socket.socket(socket.AF_UNIX, socket.SOCK_STREAM)
s.close()
return False
except OSError:
return True
def _ensure_shim() -> Path:
if _SHIM_SO.exists():
return _SHIM_SO
src = Path(tempfile.gettempdir()) / "lo_socket_shim.c"
src.write_text(_SHIM_SOURCE)
subprocess.run(
["gcc", "-shared", "-fPIC", "-o", str(_SHIM_SO), str(src), "-ldl"],
check=True,
capture_output=True,
)
src.unlink()
return _SHIM_SO
_SHIM_SOURCE = r"""
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <dlfcn.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <unistd.h>
static int (*real_socket)(int, int, int);
static int (*real_socketpair)(int, int, int, int[2]);
static int (*real_listen)(int, int);
static int (*real_accept)(int, struct sockaddr *, socklen_t *);
static int (*real_close)(int);
static int (*real_read)(int, void *, size_t);
/* Per-FD bookkeeping (FDs >= 1024 are passed through unshimmed). */
static int is_shimmed[1024];
static int peer_of[1024];
static int wake_r[1024]; /* accept() blocks reading this */
static int wake_w[1024]; /* close() writes to this */
static int listener_fd = -1; /* FD that received listen() */
__attribute__((constructor))
static void init(void) {
real_socket = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "socket");
real_socketpair = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "socketpair");
real_listen = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "listen");
real_accept = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "accept");
real_close = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "close");
real_read = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "read");
for (int i = 0; i < 1024; i++) {
peer_of[i] = -1;
wake_r[i] = -1;
wake_w[i] = -1;
}
}
/* ---- socket ---------------------------------------------------------- */
int socket(int domain, int type, int protocol) {
if (domain == AF_UNIX) {
int fd = real_socket(domain, type, protocol);
if (fd >= 0) return fd;
/* socket(AF_UNIX) blocked fall back to socketpair(). */
int sv[2];
if (real_socketpair(domain, type, protocol, sv) == 0) {
if (sv[0] >= 0 && sv[0] < 1024) {
is_shimmed[sv[0]] = 1;
peer_of[sv[0]] = sv[1];
int wp[2];
if (pipe(wp) == 0) {
wake_r[sv[0]] = wp[0];
wake_w[sv[0]] = wp[1];
}
}
return sv[0];
}
errno = EPERM;
return -1;
}
return real_socket(domain, type, protocol);
}
/* ---- listen ---------------------------------------------------------- */
int listen(int sockfd, int backlog) {
if (sockfd >= 0 && sockfd < 1024 && is_shimmed[sockfd]) {
listener_fd = sockfd;
return 0;
}
return real_listen(sockfd, backlog);
}
/* ---- accept ---------------------------------------------------------- */
int accept(int sockfd, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen) {
if (sockfd >= 0 && sockfd < 1024 && is_shimmed[sockfd]) {
/* Block until close() writes to the wake pipe. */
if (wake_r[sockfd] >= 0) {
char buf;
real_read(wake_r[sockfd], &buf, 1);
}
errno = ECONNABORTED;
return -1;
}
return real_accept(sockfd, addr, addrlen);
}
/* ---- close ----------------------------------------------------------- */
int close(int fd) {
if (fd >= 0 && fd < 1024 && is_shimmed[fd]) {
int was_listener = (fd == listener_fd);
is_shimmed[fd] = 0;
if (wake_w[fd] >= 0) { /* unblock accept() */
char c = 0;
write(wake_w[fd], &c, 1);
real_close(wake_w[fd]);
wake_w[fd] = -1;
}
if (wake_r[fd] >= 0) { real_close(wake_r[fd]); wake_r[fd] = -1; }
if (peer_of[fd] >= 0) { real_close(peer_of[fd]); peer_of[fd] = -1; }
if (was_listener)
_exit(0); /* conversion done exit */
}
return real_close(fd);
}
"""
if __name__ == "__main__":
import sys
result = run_soffice(sys.argv[1:])
sys.exit(result.returncode)
+132
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
"""Unpack Office files (DOCX, PPTX, XLSX) for editing.
Extracts the ZIP archive, pretty-prints XML files, and optionally:
- Merges adjacent runs with identical formatting (DOCX only)
- Simplifies adjacent tracked changes from same author (DOCX only)
Usage:
python unpack.py <office_file> <output_dir> [options]
Examples:
python unpack.py document.docx unpacked/
python unpack.py presentation.pptx unpacked/
python unpack.py document.docx unpacked/ --merge-runs false
"""
import argparse
import sys
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
from helpers.merge_runs import merge_runs as do_merge_runs
from helpers.simplify_redlines import simplify_redlines as do_simplify_redlines
SMART_QUOTE_REPLACEMENTS = {
"\u201c": "&#x201C;",
"\u201d": "&#x201D;",
"\u2018": "&#x2018;",
"\u2019": "&#x2019;",
}
def unpack(
input_file: str,
output_directory: str,
merge_runs: bool = True,
simplify_redlines: bool = True,
) -> tuple[None, str]:
input_path = Path(input_file)
output_path = Path(output_directory)
suffix = input_path.suffix.lower()
if not input_path.exists():
return None, f"Error: {input_file} does not exist"
if suffix not in {".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"}:
return None, f"Error: {input_file} must be a .docx, .pptx, or .xlsx file"
try:
output_path.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True)
with zipfile.ZipFile(input_path, "r") as zf:
zf.extractall(output_path)
xml_files = list(output_path.rglob("*.xml")) + list(output_path.rglob("*.rels"))
for xml_file in xml_files:
_pretty_print_xml(xml_file)
message = f"Unpacked {input_file} ({len(xml_files)} XML files)"
if suffix == ".docx":
if simplify_redlines:
simplify_count, _ = do_simplify_redlines(str(output_path))
message += f", simplified {simplify_count} tracked changes"
if merge_runs:
merge_count, _ = do_merge_runs(str(output_path))
message += f", merged {merge_count} runs"
for xml_file in xml_files:
_escape_smart_quotes(xml_file)
return None, message
except zipfile.BadZipFile:
return None, f"Error: {input_file} is not a valid Office file"
except Exception as e:
return None, f"Error unpacking: {e}"
def _pretty_print_xml(xml_file: Path) -> None:
try:
content = xml_file.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(content)
xml_file.write_bytes(dom.toprettyxml(indent=" ", encoding="utf-8"))
except Exception:
pass
def _escape_smart_quotes(xml_file: Path) -> None:
try:
content = xml_file.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
for char, entity in SMART_QUOTE_REPLACEMENTS.items():
content = content.replace(char, entity)
xml_file.write_text(content, encoding="utf-8")
except Exception:
pass
if __name__ == "__main__":
parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(
description="Unpack an Office file (DOCX, PPTX, XLSX) for editing"
)
parser.add_argument("input_file", help="Office file to unpack")
parser.add_argument("output_directory", help="Output directory")
parser.add_argument(
"--merge-runs",
type=lambda x: x.lower() == "true",
default=True,
metavar="true|false",
help="Merge adjacent runs with identical formatting (DOCX only, default: true)",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--simplify-redlines",
type=lambda x: x.lower() == "true",
default=True,
metavar="true|false",
help="Merge adjacent tracked changes from same author (DOCX only, default: true)",
)
args = parser.parse_args()
_, message = unpack(
args.input_file,
args.output_directory,
merge_runs=args.merge_runs,
simplify_redlines=args.simplify_redlines,
)
print(message)
if "Error" in message:
sys.exit(1)
+111
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
"""
Command line tool to validate Office document XML files against XSD schemas and tracked changes.
Usage:
python validate.py <path> [--original <original_file>] [--auto-repair] [--author NAME]
The first argument can be either:
- An unpacked directory containing the Office document XML files
- A packed Office file (.docx/.pptx/.xlsx) which will be unpacked to a temp directory
Auto-repair fixes:
- paraId/durableId values that exceed OOXML limits
- Missing xml:space="preserve" on w:t elements with whitespace
"""
import argparse
import sys
import tempfile
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
from validators import DOCXSchemaValidator, PPTXSchemaValidator, RedliningValidator
def main():
parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(description="Validate Office document XML files")
parser.add_argument(
"path",
help="Path to unpacked directory or packed Office file (.docx/.pptx/.xlsx)",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--original",
required=False,
default=None,
help="Path to original file (.docx/.pptx/.xlsx). If omitted, all XSD errors are reported and redlining validation is skipped.",
)
parser.add_argument(
"-v",
"--verbose",
action="store_true",
help="Enable verbose output",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--auto-repair",
action="store_true",
help="Automatically repair common issues (hex IDs, whitespace preservation)",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--author",
default="Claude",
help="Author name for redlining validation (default: Claude)",
)
args = parser.parse_args()
path = Path(args.path)
assert path.exists(), f"Error: {path} does not exist"
original_file = None
if args.original:
original_file = Path(args.original)
assert original_file.is_file(), f"Error: {original_file} is not a file"
assert original_file.suffix.lower() in [".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"], (
f"Error: {original_file} must be a .docx, .pptx, or .xlsx file"
)
file_extension = (original_file or path).suffix.lower()
assert file_extension in [".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"], (
f"Error: Cannot determine file type from {path}. Use --original or provide a .docx/.pptx/.xlsx file."
)
if path.is_file() and path.suffix.lower() in [".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"]:
temp_dir = tempfile.mkdtemp()
with zipfile.ZipFile(path, "r") as zf:
zf.extractall(temp_dir)
unpacked_dir = Path(temp_dir)
else:
assert path.is_dir(), f"Error: {path} is not a directory or Office file"
unpacked_dir = path
match file_extension:
case ".docx":
validators = [
DOCXSchemaValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file, verbose=args.verbose),
]
if original_file:
validators.append(
RedliningValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file, verbose=args.verbose, author=args.author)
)
case ".pptx":
validators = [
PPTXSchemaValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file, verbose=args.verbose),
]
case _:
print(f"Error: Validation not supported for file type {file_extension}")
sys.exit(1)
if args.auto_repair:
total_repairs = sum(v.repair() for v in validators)
if total_repairs:
print(f"Auto-repaired {total_repairs} issue(s)")
success = all(v.validate() for v in validators)
if success:
print("All validations PASSED!")
sys.exit(0 if success else 1)
if __name__ == "__main__":
main()
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
"""
Validation modules for Word document processing.
"""
from .base import BaseSchemaValidator
from .docx import DOCXSchemaValidator
from .pptx import PPTXSchemaValidator
from .redlining import RedliningValidator
__all__ = [
"BaseSchemaValidator",
"DOCXSchemaValidator",
"PPTXSchemaValidator",
"RedliningValidator",
]
@@ -0,0 +1,847 @@
"""
Base validator with common validation logic for document files.
"""
import re
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
import lxml.etree
class BaseSchemaValidator:
IGNORED_VALIDATION_ERRORS = [
"hyphenationZone",
"purl.org/dc/terms",
]
UNIQUE_ID_REQUIREMENTS = {
"comment": ("id", "file"),
"commentrangestart": ("id", "file"),
"commentrangeend": ("id", "file"),
"bookmarkstart": ("id", "file"),
"bookmarkend": ("id", "file"),
"sldid": ("id", "file"),
"sldmasterid": ("id", "global"),
"sldlayoutid": ("id", "global"),
"cm": ("authorid", "file"),
"sheet": ("sheetid", "file"),
"definedname": ("id", "file"),
"cxnsp": ("id", "file"),
"sp": ("id", "file"),
"pic": ("id", "file"),
"grpsp": ("id", "file"),
}
EXCLUDED_ID_CONTAINERS = {
"sectionlst",
}
ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES = {}
SCHEMA_MAPPINGS = {
"word": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/wml.xsd",
"ppt": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/pml.xsd",
"xl": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/sml.xsd",
"[Content_Types].xml": "ecma/fouth-edition/opc-contentTypes.xsd",
"app.xml": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/shared-documentPropertiesExtended.xsd",
"core.xml": "ecma/fouth-edition/opc-coreProperties.xsd",
"custom.xml": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/shared-documentPropertiesCustom.xsd",
".rels": "ecma/fouth-edition/opc-relationships.xsd",
"people.xml": "microsoft/wml-2012.xsd",
"commentsIds.xml": "microsoft/wml-cid-2016.xsd",
"commentsExtensible.xml": "microsoft/wml-cex-2018.xsd",
"commentsExtended.xml": "microsoft/wml-2012.xsd",
"chart": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/dml-chart.xsd",
"theme": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/dml-main.xsd",
"drawing": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/dml-main.xsd",
}
MC_NAMESPACE = "http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/markup-compatibility/2006"
XML_NAMESPACE = "http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace"
PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE = (
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/package/2006/relationships"
)
OFFICE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE = (
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships"
)
CONTENT_TYPES_NAMESPACE = (
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/package/2006/content-types"
)
MAIN_CONTENT_FOLDERS = {"word", "ppt", "xl"}
OOXML_NAMESPACES = {
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/math",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/schemaLibrary/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/chart",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/chartDrawing",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/diagram",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/picture",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/spreadsheetDrawing",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/wordprocessingDrawing",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/presentationml/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/spreadsheetml/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/sharedTypes",
"http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace",
}
def __init__(self, unpacked_dir, original_file=None, verbose=False):
self.unpacked_dir = Path(unpacked_dir).resolve()
self.original_file = Path(original_file) if original_file else None
self.verbose = verbose
self.schemas_dir = Path(__file__).parent.parent / "schemas"
patterns = ["*.xml", "*.rels"]
self.xml_files = [
f for pattern in patterns for f in self.unpacked_dir.rglob(pattern)
]
if not self.xml_files:
print(f"Warning: No XML files found in {self.unpacked_dir}")
def validate(self):
raise NotImplementedError("Subclasses must implement the validate method")
def repair(self) -> int:
return self.repair_whitespace_preservation()
def repair_whitespace_preservation(self) -> int:
repairs = 0
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
content = xml_file.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(content)
modified = False
for elem in dom.getElementsByTagName("*"):
if elem.tagName.endswith(":t") and elem.firstChild:
text = elem.firstChild.nodeValue
if text and (text.startswith((' ', '\t')) or text.endswith((' ', '\t'))):
if elem.getAttribute("xml:space") != "preserve":
elem.setAttribute("xml:space", "preserve")
text_preview = repr(text[:30]) + "..." if len(text) > 30 else repr(text)
print(f" Repaired: {xml_file.name}: Added xml:space='preserve' to {elem.tagName}: {text_preview}")
repairs += 1
modified = True
if modified:
xml_file.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
except Exception:
pass
return repairs
def validate_xml(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file))
except lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {e.lineno}: {e.msg}"
)
except Exception as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Unexpected error: {str(e)}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} XML violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All XML files are well-formed")
return True
def validate_namespaces(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
declared = set(root.nsmap.keys()) - {None}
for attr_val in [
v for k, v in root.attrib.items() if k.endswith("Ignorable")
]:
undeclared = set(attr_val.split()) - declared
errors.extend(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Namespace '{ns}' in Ignorable but not declared"
for ns in undeclared
)
except lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError:
continue
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - {len(errors)} namespace issues:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All namespace prefixes properly declared")
return True
def validate_unique_ids(self):
errors = []
global_ids = {}
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
file_ids = {}
mc_elements = root.xpath(
".//mc:AlternateContent", namespaces={"mc": self.MC_NAMESPACE}
)
for elem in mc_elements:
elem.getparent().remove(elem)
for elem in root.iter():
tag = (
elem.tag.split("}")[-1].lower()
if "}" in elem.tag
else elem.tag.lower()
)
if tag in self.UNIQUE_ID_REQUIREMENTS:
in_excluded_container = any(
ancestor.tag.split("}")[-1].lower() in self.EXCLUDED_ID_CONTAINERS
for ancestor in elem.iterancestors()
)
if in_excluded_container:
continue
attr_name, scope = self.UNIQUE_ID_REQUIREMENTS[tag]
id_value = None
for attr, value in elem.attrib.items():
attr_local = (
attr.split("}")[-1].lower()
if "}" in attr
else attr.lower()
)
if attr_local == attr_name:
id_value = value
break
if id_value is not None:
if scope == "global":
if id_value in global_ids:
prev_file, prev_line, prev_tag = global_ids[
id_value
]
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: Global ID '{id_value}' in <{tag}> "
f"already used in {prev_file} at line {prev_line} in <{prev_tag}>"
)
else:
global_ids[id_value] = (
xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir),
elem.sourceline,
tag,
)
elif scope == "file":
key = (tag, attr_name)
if key not in file_ids:
file_ids[key] = {}
if id_value in file_ids[key]:
prev_line = file_ids[key][id_value]
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: Duplicate {attr_name}='{id_value}' in <{tag}> "
f"(first occurrence at line {prev_line})"
)
else:
file_ids[key][id_value] = elem.sourceline
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} ID uniqueness violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All required IDs are unique")
return True
def validate_file_references(self):
errors = []
rels_files = list(self.unpacked_dir.rglob("*.rels"))
if not rels_files:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No .rels files found")
return True
all_files = []
for file_path in self.unpacked_dir.rglob("*"):
if (
file_path.is_file()
and file_path.name != "[Content_Types].xml"
and not file_path.name.endswith(".rels")
):
all_files.append(file_path.resolve())
all_referenced_files = set()
if self.verbose:
print(
f"Found {len(rels_files)} .rels files and {len(all_files)} target files"
)
for rels_file in rels_files:
try:
rels_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
rels_dir = rels_file.parent
referenced_files = set()
broken_refs = []
for rel in rels_root.findall(
".//ns:Relationship",
namespaces={"ns": self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE},
):
target = rel.get("Target")
if target and not target.startswith(
("http", "mailto:")
):
if target.startswith("/"):
target_path = self.unpacked_dir / target.lstrip("/")
elif rels_file.name == ".rels":
target_path = self.unpacked_dir / target
else:
base_dir = rels_dir.parent
target_path = base_dir / target
try:
target_path = target_path.resolve()
if target_path.exists() and target_path.is_file():
referenced_files.add(target_path)
all_referenced_files.add(target_path)
else:
broken_refs.append((target, rel.sourceline))
except (OSError, ValueError):
broken_refs.append((target, rel.sourceline))
if broken_refs:
rel_path = rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
for broken_ref, line_num in broken_refs:
errors.append(
f" {rel_path}: Line {line_num}: Broken reference to {broken_ref}"
)
except Exception as e:
rel_path = rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(f" Error parsing {rel_path}: {e}")
unreferenced_files = set(all_files) - all_referenced_files
if unreferenced_files:
for unref_file in sorted(unreferenced_files):
unref_rel_path = unref_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(f" Unreferenced file: {unref_rel_path}")
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} relationship validation errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
print(
"CRITICAL: These errors will cause the document to appear corrupt. "
+ "Broken references MUST be fixed, "
+ "and unreferenced files MUST be referenced or removed."
)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print(
"PASSED - All references are valid and all files are properly referenced"
)
return True
def validate_all_relationship_ids(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.suffix == ".rels":
continue
rels_dir = xml_file.parent / "_rels"
rels_file = rels_dir / f"{xml_file.name}.rels"
if not rels_file.exists():
continue
try:
rels_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
rid_to_type = {}
for rel in rels_root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}Relationship"
):
rid = rel.get("Id")
rel_type = rel.get("Type", "")
if rid:
if rid in rid_to_type:
rels_rel_path = rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(
f" {rels_rel_path}: Line {rel.sourceline}: "
f"Duplicate relationship ID '{rid}' (IDs must be unique)"
)
type_name = (
rel_type.split("/")[-1] if "/" in rel_type else rel_type
)
rid_to_type[rid] = type_name
xml_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
r_ns = self.OFFICE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE
rid_attrs_to_check = ["id", "embed", "link"]
for elem in xml_root.iter():
for attr_name in rid_attrs_to_check:
rid_attr = elem.get(f"{{{r_ns}}}{attr_name}")
if not rid_attr:
continue
xml_rel_path = xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
elem_name = (
elem.tag.split("}")[-1] if "}" in elem.tag else elem.tag
)
if rid_attr not in rid_to_type:
errors.append(
f" {xml_rel_path}: Line {elem.sourceline}: "
f"<{elem_name}> r:{attr_name} references non-existent relationship '{rid_attr}' "
f"(valid IDs: {', '.join(sorted(rid_to_type.keys())[:5])}{'...' if len(rid_to_type) > 5 else ''})"
)
elif attr_name == "id" and self.ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES:
expected_type = self._get_expected_relationship_type(
elem_name
)
if expected_type:
actual_type = rid_to_type[rid_attr]
if expected_type not in actual_type.lower():
errors.append(
f" {xml_rel_path}: Line {elem.sourceline}: "
f"<{elem_name}> references '{rid_attr}' which points to '{actual_type}' "
f"but should point to a '{expected_type}' relationship"
)
except Exception as e:
xml_rel_path = xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(f" Error processing {xml_rel_path}: {e}")
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} relationship ID reference errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
print("\nThese ID mismatches will cause the document to appear corrupt!")
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All relationship ID references are valid")
return True
def _get_expected_relationship_type(self, element_name):
elem_lower = element_name.lower()
if elem_lower in self.ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES:
return self.ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES[elem_lower]
if elem_lower.endswith("id") and len(elem_lower) > 2:
prefix = elem_lower[:-2]
if prefix.endswith("master"):
return prefix.lower()
elif prefix.endswith("layout"):
return prefix.lower()
else:
if prefix == "sld":
return "slide"
return prefix.lower()
if elem_lower.endswith("reference") and len(elem_lower) > 9:
prefix = elem_lower[:-9]
return prefix.lower()
return None
def validate_content_types(self):
errors = []
content_types_file = self.unpacked_dir / "[Content_Types].xml"
if not content_types_file.exists():
print("FAILED - [Content_Types].xml file not found")
return False
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(content_types_file)).getroot()
declared_parts = set()
declared_extensions = set()
for override in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.CONTENT_TYPES_NAMESPACE}}}Override"
):
part_name = override.get("PartName")
if part_name is not None:
declared_parts.add(part_name.lstrip("/"))
for default in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.CONTENT_TYPES_NAMESPACE}}}Default"
):
extension = default.get("Extension")
if extension is not None:
declared_extensions.add(extension.lower())
declarable_roots = {
"sld",
"sldLayout",
"sldMaster",
"presentation",
"document",
"workbook",
"worksheet",
"theme",
}
media_extensions = {
"png": "image/png",
"jpg": "image/jpeg",
"jpeg": "image/jpeg",
"gif": "image/gif",
"bmp": "image/bmp",
"tiff": "image/tiff",
"wmf": "image/x-wmf",
"emf": "image/x-emf",
}
all_files = list(self.unpacked_dir.rglob("*"))
all_files = [f for f in all_files if f.is_file()]
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
path_str = str(xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)).replace(
"\\", "/"
)
if any(
skip in path_str
for skip in [".rels", "[Content_Types]", "docProps/", "_rels/"]
):
continue
try:
root_tag = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot().tag
root_name = root_tag.split("}")[-1] if "}" in root_tag else root_tag
if root_name in declarable_roots and path_str not in declared_parts:
errors.append(
f" {path_str}: File with <{root_name}> root not declared in [Content_Types].xml"
)
except Exception:
continue
for file_path in all_files:
if file_path.suffix.lower() in {".xml", ".rels"}:
continue
if file_path.name == "[Content_Types].xml":
continue
if "_rels" in file_path.parts or "docProps" in file_path.parts:
continue
extension = file_path.suffix.lstrip(".").lower()
if extension and extension not in declared_extensions:
if extension in media_extensions:
relative_path = file_path.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(
f' {relative_path}: File with extension \'{extension}\' not declared in [Content_Types].xml - should add: <Default Extension="{extension}" ContentType="{media_extensions[extension]}"/>'
)
except Exception as e:
errors.append(f" Error parsing [Content_Types].xml: {e}")
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} content type declaration errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print(
"PASSED - All content files are properly declared in [Content_Types].xml"
)
return True
def validate_file_against_xsd(self, xml_file, verbose=False):
xml_file = Path(xml_file).resolve()
unpacked_dir = self.unpacked_dir.resolve()
is_valid, current_errors = self._validate_single_file_xsd(
xml_file, unpacked_dir
)
if is_valid is None:
return None, set()
elif is_valid:
return True, set()
original_errors = self._get_original_file_errors(xml_file)
assert current_errors is not None
new_errors = current_errors - original_errors
new_errors = {
e for e in new_errors
if not any(pattern in e for pattern in self.IGNORED_VALIDATION_ERRORS)
}
if new_errors:
if verbose:
relative_path = xml_file.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
print(f"FAILED - {relative_path}: {len(new_errors)} new error(s)")
for error in list(new_errors)[:3]:
truncated = error[:250] + "..." if len(error) > 250 else error
print(f" - {truncated}")
return False, new_errors
else:
if verbose:
print(
f"PASSED - No new errors (original had {len(current_errors)} errors)"
)
return True, set()
def validate_against_xsd(self):
new_errors = []
original_error_count = 0
valid_count = 0
skipped_count = 0
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
relative_path = str(xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir))
is_valid, new_file_errors = self.validate_file_against_xsd(
xml_file, verbose=False
)
if is_valid is None:
skipped_count += 1
continue
elif is_valid and not new_file_errors:
valid_count += 1
continue
elif is_valid:
original_error_count += 1
valid_count += 1
continue
new_errors.append(f" {relative_path}: {len(new_file_errors)} new error(s)")
for error in list(new_file_errors)[:3]:
new_errors.append(
f" - {error[:250]}..." if len(error) > 250 else f" - {error}"
)
if self.verbose:
print(f"Validated {len(self.xml_files)} files:")
print(f" - Valid: {valid_count}")
print(f" - Skipped (no schema): {skipped_count}")
if original_error_count:
print(f" - With original errors (ignored): {original_error_count}")
print(
f" - With NEW errors: {len(new_errors) > 0 and len([e for e in new_errors if not e.startswith(' ')]) or 0}"
)
if new_errors:
print("\nFAILED - Found NEW validation errors:")
for error in new_errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("\nPASSED - No new XSD validation errors introduced")
return True
def _get_schema_path(self, xml_file):
if xml_file.name in self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS:
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS[xml_file.name]
if xml_file.suffix == ".rels":
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS[".rels"]
if "charts/" in str(xml_file) and xml_file.name.startswith("chart"):
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS["chart"]
if "theme/" in str(xml_file) and xml_file.name.startswith("theme"):
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS["theme"]
if xml_file.parent.name in self.MAIN_CONTENT_FOLDERS:
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS[xml_file.parent.name]
return None
def _clean_ignorable_namespaces(self, xml_doc):
xml_string = lxml.etree.tostring(xml_doc, encoding="unicode")
xml_copy = lxml.etree.fromstring(xml_string)
for elem in xml_copy.iter():
attrs_to_remove = []
for attr in elem.attrib:
if "{" in attr:
ns = attr.split("}")[0][1:]
if ns not in self.OOXML_NAMESPACES:
attrs_to_remove.append(attr)
for attr in attrs_to_remove:
del elem.attrib[attr]
self._remove_ignorable_elements(xml_copy)
return lxml.etree.ElementTree(xml_copy)
def _remove_ignorable_elements(self, root):
elements_to_remove = []
for elem in list(root):
if not hasattr(elem, "tag") or callable(elem.tag):
continue
tag_str = str(elem.tag)
if tag_str.startswith("{"):
ns = tag_str.split("}")[0][1:]
if ns not in self.OOXML_NAMESPACES:
elements_to_remove.append(elem)
continue
self._remove_ignorable_elements(elem)
for elem in elements_to_remove:
root.remove(elem)
def _preprocess_for_mc_ignorable(self, xml_doc):
root = xml_doc.getroot()
if f"{{{self.MC_NAMESPACE}}}Ignorable" in root.attrib:
del root.attrib[f"{{{self.MC_NAMESPACE}}}Ignorable"]
return xml_doc
def _validate_single_file_xsd(self, xml_file, base_path):
schema_path = self._get_schema_path(xml_file)
if not schema_path:
return None, None
try:
with open(schema_path, "rb") as xsd_file:
parser = lxml.etree.XMLParser()
xsd_doc = lxml.etree.parse(
xsd_file, parser=parser, base_url=str(schema_path)
)
schema = lxml.etree.XMLSchema(xsd_doc)
with open(xml_file, "r") as f:
xml_doc = lxml.etree.parse(f)
xml_doc, _ = self._remove_template_tags_from_text_nodes(xml_doc)
xml_doc = self._preprocess_for_mc_ignorable(xml_doc)
relative_path = xml_file.relative_to(base_path)
if (
relative_path.parts
and relative_path.parts[0] in self.MAIN_CONTENT_FOLDERS
):
xml_doc = self._clean_ignorable_namespaces(xml_doc)
if schema.validate(xml_doc):
return True, set()
else:
errors = set()
for error in schema.error_log:
errors.add(error.message)
return False, errors
except Exception as e:
return False, {str(e)}
def _get_original_file_errors(self, xml_file):
if self.original_file is None:
return set()
import tempfile
import zipfile
xml_file = Path(xml_file).resolve()
unpacked_dir = self.unpacked_dir.resolve()
relative_path = xml_file.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
temp_path = Path(temp_dir)
with zipfile.ZipFile(self.original_file, "r") as zip_ref:
zip_ref.extractall(temp_path)
original_xml_file = temp_path / relative_path
if not original_xml_file.exists():
return set()
is_valid, errors = self._validate_single_file_xsd(
original_xml_file, temp_path
)
return errors if errors else set()
def _remove_template_tags_from_text_nodes(self, xml_doc):
warnings = []
template_pattern = re.compile(r"\{\{[^}]*\}\}")
xml_string = lxml.etree.tostring(xml_doc, encoding="unicode")
xml_copy = lxml.etree.fromstring(xml_string)
def process_text_content(text, content_type):
if not text:
return text
matches = list(template_pattern.finditer(text))
if matches:
for match in matches:
warnings.append(
f"Found template tag in {content_type}: {match.group()}"
)
return template_pattern.sub("", text)
return text
for elem in xml_copy.iter():
if not hasattr(elem, "tag") or callable(elem.tag):
continue
tag_str = str(elem.tag)
if tag_str.endswith("}t") or tag_str == "t":
continue
elem.text = process_text_content(elem.text, "text content")
elem.tail = process_text_content(elem.tail, "tail content")
return lxml.etree.ElementTree(xml_copy), warnings
if __name__ == "__main__":
raise RuntimeError("This module should not be run directly.")
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
"""
Validator for Word document XML files against XSD schemas.
"""
import random
import re
import tempfile
import zipfile
import defusedxml.minidom
import lxml.etree
from .base import BaseSchemaValidator
class DOCXSchemaValidator(BaseSchemaValidator):
WORD_2006_NAMESPACE = "http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main"
W14_NAMESPACE = "http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/word/2010/wordml"
W16CID_NAMESPACE = "http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/word/2016/wordml/cid"
ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES = {}
def validate(self):
if not self.validate_xml():
return False
all_valid = True
if not self.validate_namespaces():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_unique_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_file_references():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_content_types():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_against_xsd():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_whitespace_preservation():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_deletions():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_insertions():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_all_relationship_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_id_constraints():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_comment_markers():
all_valid = False
self.compare_paragraph_counts()
return all_valid
def validate_whitespace_preservation(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name != "document.xml":
continue
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
for elem in root.iter(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}t"):
if elem.text:
text = elem.text
if re.search(r"^[ \t\n\r]", text) or re.search(
r"[ \t\n\r]$", text
):
xml_space_attr = f"{{{self.XML_NAMESPACE}}}space"
if (
xml_space_attr not in elem.attrib
or elem.attrib[xml_space_attr] != "preserve"
):
text_preview = (
repr(text)[:50] + "..."
if len(repr(text)) > 50
else repr(text)
)
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: w:t element with whitespace missing xml:space='preserve': {text_preview}"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} whitespace preservation violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All whitespace is properly preserved")
return True
def validate_deletions(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name != "document.xml":
continue
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
namespaces = {"w": self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}
for t_elem in root.xpath(".//w:del//w:t", namespaces=namespaces):
if t_elem.text:
text_preview = (
repr(t_elem.text)[:50] + "..."
if len(repr(t_elem.text)) > 50
else repr(t_elem.text)
)
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {t_elem.sourceline}: <w:t> found within <w:del>: {text_preview}"
)
for instr_elem in root.xpath(
".//w:del//w:instrText", namespaces=namespaces
):
text_preview = (
repr(instr_elem.text or "")[:50] + "..."
if len(repr(instr_elem.text or "")) > 50
else repr(instr_elem.text or "")
)
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {instr_elem.sourceline}: <w:instrText> found within <w:del> (use <w:delInstrText>): {text_preview}"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} deletion validation violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No w:t elements found within w:del elements")
return True
def count_paragraphs_in_unpacked(self):
count = 0
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name != "document.xml":
continue
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
paragraphs = root.findall(f".//{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}p")
count = len(paragraphs)
except Exception as e:
print(f"Error counting paragraphs in unpacked document: {e}")
return count
def count_paragraphs_in_original(self):
original = self.original_file
if original is None:
return 0
count = 0
try:
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
with zipfile.ZipFile(original, "r") as zip_ref:
zip_ref.extractall(temp_dir)
doc_xml_path = temp_dir + "/word/document.xml"
root = lxml.etree.parse(doc_xml_path).getroot()
paragraphs = root.findall(f".//{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}p")
count = len(paragraphs)
except Exception as e:
print(f"Error counting paragraphs in original document: {e}")
return count
def validate_insertions(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name != "document.xml":
continue
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
namespaces = {"w": self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}
invalid_elements = root.xpath(
".//w:ins//w:delText[not(ancestor::w:del)]", namespaces=namespaces
)
for elem in invalid_elements:
text_preview = (
repr(elem.text or "")[:50] + "..."
if len(repr(elem.text or "")) > 50
else repr(elem.text or "")
)
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: <w:delText> within <w:ins>: {text_preview}"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} insertion validation violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No w:delText elements within w:ins elements")
return True
def compare_paragraph_counts(self):
original_count = self.count_paragraphs_in_original()
new_count = self.count_paragraphs_in_unpacked()
diff = new_count - original_count
diff_str = f"+{diff}" if diff > 0 else str(diff)
print(f"\nParagraphs: {original_count}{new_count} ({diff_str})")
def _parse_id_value(self, val: str, base: int = 16) -> int:
return int(val, base)
def validate_id_constraints(self):
errors = []
para_id_attr = f"{{{self.W14_NAMESPACE}}}paraId"
durable_id_attr = f"{{{self.W16CID_NAMESPACE}}}durableId"
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
for elem in lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).iter():
if val := elem.get(para_id_attr):
if self._parse_id_value(val, base=16) >= 0x80000000:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.name}:{elem.sourceline}: paraId={val} >= 0x80000000"
)
if val := elem.get(durable_id_attr):
if xml_file.name == "numbering.xml":
try:
if self._parse_id_value(val, base=10) >= 0x7FFFFFFF:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.name}:{elem.sourceline}: "
f"durableId={val} >= 0x7FFFFFFF"
)
except ValueError:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.name}:{elem.sourceline}: "
f"durableId={val} must be decimal in numbering.xml"
)
else:
if self._parse_id_value(val, base=16) >= 0x7FFFFFFF:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.name}:{elem.sourceline}: "
f"durableId={val} >= 0x7FFFFFFF"
)
except Exception:
pass
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - {len(errors)} ID constraint violations:")
for e in errors:
print(e)
elif self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All paraId/durableId values within constraints")
return not errors
def validate_comment_markers(self):
errors = []
document_xml = None
comments_xml = None
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name == "document.xml" and "word" in str(xml_file):
document_xml = xml_file
elif xml_file.name == "comments.xml":
comments_xml = xml_file
if not document_xml:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No document.xml found (skipping comment validation)")
return True
try:
doc_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(document_xml)).getroot()
namespaces = {"w": self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}
range_starts = {
elem.get(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}id")
for elem in doc_root.xpath(
".//w:commentRangeStart", namespaces=namespaces
)
}
range_ends = {
elem.get(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}id")
for elem in doc_root.xpath(
".//w:commentRangeEnd", namespaces=namespaces
)
}
references = {
elem.get(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}id")
for elem in doc_root.xpath(
".//w:commentReference", namespaces=namespaces
)
}
orphaned_ends = range_ends - range_starts
for comment_id in sorted(
orphaned_ends, key=lambda x: int(x) if x and x.isdigit() else 0
):
errors.append(
f' document.xml: commentRangeEnd id="{comment_id}" has no matching commentRangeStart'
)
orphaned_starts = range_starts - range_ends
for comment_id in sorted(
orphaned_starts, key=lambda x: int(x) if x and x.isdigit() else 0
):
errors.append(
f' document.xml: commentRangeStart id="{comment_id}" has no matching commentRangeEnd'
)
comment_ids = set()
if comments_xml and comments_xml.exists():
comments_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(comments_xml)).getroot()
comment_ids = {
elem.get(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}id")
for elem in comments_root.xpath(
".//w:comment", namespaces=namespaces
)
}
marker_ids = range_starts | range_ends | references
invalid_refs = marker_ids - comment_ids
for comment_id in sorted(
invalid_refs, key=lambda x: int(x) if x and x.isdigit() else 0
):
if comment_id:
errors.append(
f' document.xml: marker id="{comment_id}" references non-existent comment'
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(f" Error parsing XML: {e}")
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - {len(errors)} comment marker violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All comment markers properly paired")
return True
def repair(self) -> int:
repairs = super().repair()
repairs += self.repair_durableId()
return repairs
def repair_durableId(self) -> int:
repairs = 0
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
content = xml_file.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(content)
modified = False
for elem in dom.getElementsByTagName("*"):
if not elem.hasAttribute("w16cid:durableId"):
continue
durable_id = elem.getAttribute("w16cid:durableId")
needs_repair = False
if xml_file.name == "numbering.xml":
try:
needs_repair = (
self._parse_id_value(durable_id, base=10) >= 0x7FFFFFFF
)
except ValueError:
needs_repair = True
else:
try:
needs_repair = (
self._parse_id_value(durable_id, base=16) >= 0x7FFFFFFF
)
except ValueError:
needs_repair = True
if needs_repair:
value = random.randint(1, 0x7FFFFFFE)
if xml_file.name == "numbering.xml":
new_id = str(value)
else:
new_id = f"{value:08X}"
elem.setAttribute("w16cid:durableId", new_id)
print(
f" Repaired: {xml_file.name}: durableId {durable_id}{new_id}"
)
repairs += 1
modified = True
if modified:
xml_file.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
except Exception:
pass
return repairs
if __name__ == "__main__":
raise RuntimeError("This module should not be run directly.")
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
"""
Validator for PowerPoint presentation XML files against XSD schemas.
"""
import re
from .base import BaseSchemaValidator
class PPTXSchemaValidator(BaseSchemaValidator):
PRESENTATIONML_NAMESPACE = (
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/presentationml/2006/main"
)
ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES = {
"sldid": "slide",
"sldmasterid": "slidemaster",
"notesmasterid": "notesmaster",
"sldlayoutid": "slidelayout",
"themeid": "theme",
"tablestyleid": "tablestyles",
}
def validate(self):
if not self.validate_xml():
return False
all_valid = True
if not self.validate_namespaces():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_unique_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_uuid_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_file_references():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_slide_layout_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_content_types():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_against_xsd():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_notes_slide_references():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_all_relationship_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_no_duplicate_slide_layouts():
all_valid = False
return all_valid
def validate_uuid_ids(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
uuid_pattern = re.compile(
r"^[\{\(]?[0-9A-Fa-f]{8}-?[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}-?[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}-?[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}-?[0-9A-Fa-f]{12}[\}\)]?$"
)
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
for elem in root.iter():
for attr, value in elem.attrib.items():
attr_name = attr.split("}")[-1].lower()
if attr_name == "id" or attr_name.endswith("id"):
if self._looks_like_uuid(value):
if not uuid_pattern.match(value):
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: ID '{value}' appears to be a UUID but contains invalid hex characters"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} UUID ID validation errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All UUID-like IDs contain valid hex values")
return True
def _looks_like_uuid(self, value):
clean_value = value.strip("{}()").replace("-", "")
return len(clean_value) == 32 and all(c.isalnum() for c in clean_value)
def validate_slide_layout_ids(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
slide_masters = list(self.unpacked_dir.glob("ppt/slideMasters/*.xml"))
if not slide_masters:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No slide masters found")
return True
for slide_master in slide_masters:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(slide_master)).getroot()
rels_file = slide_master.parent / "_rels" / f"{slide_master.name}.rels"
if not rels_file.exists():
errors.append(
f" {slide_master.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Missing relationships file: {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}"
)
continue
rels_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
valid_layout_rids = set()
for rel in rels_root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}Relationship"
):
rel_type = rel.get("Type", "")
if "slideLayout" in rel_type:
valid_layout_rids.add(rel.get("Id"))
for sld_layout_id in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PRESENTATIONML_NAMESPACE}}}sldLayoutId"
):
r_id = sld_layout_id.get(
f"{{{self.OFFICE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}id"
)
layout_id = sld_layout_id.get("id")
if r_id and r_id not in valid_layout_rids:
errors.append(
f" {slide_master.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {sld_layout_id.sourceline}: sldLayoutId with id='{layout_id}' "
f"references r:id='{r_id}' which is not found in slide layout relationships"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {slide_master.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} slide layout ID validation errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
print(
"Remove invalid references or add missing slide layouts to the relationships file."
)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All slide layout IDs reference valid slide layouts")
return True
def validate_no_duplicate_slide_layouts(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
slide_rels_files = list(self.unpacked_dir.glob("ppt/slides/_rels/*.xml.rels"))
for rels_file in slide_rels_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
layout_rels = [
rel
for rel in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}Relationship"
)
if "slideLayout" in rel.get("Type", "")
]
if len(layout_rels) > 1:
errors.append(
f" {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: has {len(layout_rels)} slideLayout references"
)
except Exception as e:
errors.append(
f" {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print("FAILED - Found slides with duplicate slideLayout references:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All slides have exactly one slideLayout reference")
return True
def validate_notes_slide_references(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
notes_slide_references = {}
slide_rels_files = list(self.unpacked_dir.glob("ppt/slides/_rels/*.xml.rels"))
if not slide_rels_files:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No slide relationship files found")
return True
for rels_file in slide_rels_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
for rel in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}Relationship"
):
rel_type = rel.get("Type", "")
if "notesSlide" in rel_type:
target = rel.get("Target", "")
if target:
normalized_target = target.replace("../", "")
slide_name = rels_file.stem.replace(
".xml", ""
)
if normalized_target not in notes_slide_references:
notes_slide_references[normalized_target] = []
notes_slide_references[normalized_target].append(
(slide_name, rels_file)
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
for target, references in notes_slide_references.items():
if len(references) > 1:
slide_names = [ref[0] for ref in references]
errors.append(
f" Notes slide '{target}' is referenced by multiple slides: {', '.join(slide_names)}"
)
for slide_name, rels_file in references:
errors.append(f" - {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}")
if errors:
print(
f"FAILED - Found {len([e for e in errors if not e.startswith(' ')])} notes slide reference validation errors:"
)
for error in errors:
print(error)
print("Each slide may optionally have its own slide file.")
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All notes slide references are unique")
return True
if __name__ == "__main__":
raise RuntimeError("This module should not be run directly.")
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
"""
Validator for tracked changes in Word documents.
"""
import subprocess
import tempfile
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
class RedliningValidator:
def __init__(self, unpacked_dir, original_docx, verbose=False, author="Claude"):
self.unpacked_dir = Path(unpacked_dir)
self.original_docx = Path(original_docx)
self.verbose = verbose
self.author = author
self.namespaces = {
"w": "http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main"
}
def repair(self) -> int:
return 0
def validate(self):
modified_file = self.unpacked_dir / "word" / "document.xml"
if not modified_file.exists():
print(f"FAILED - Modified document.xml not found at {modified_file}")
return False
try:
import xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
tree = ET.parse(modified_file)
root = tree.getroot()
del_elements = root.findall(".//w:del", self.namespaces)
ins_elements = root.findall(".//w:ins", self.namespaces)
author_del_elements = [
elem
for elem in del_elements
if elem.get(f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}author") == self.author
]
author_ins_elements = [
elem
for elem in ins_elements
if elem.get(f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}author") == self.author
]
if not author_del_elements and not author_ins_elements:
if self.verbose:
print(f"PASSED - No tracked changes by {self.author} found.")
return True
except Exception:
pass
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
temp_path = Path(temp_dir)
try:
with zipfile.ZipFile(self.original_docx, "r") as zip_ref:
zip_ref.extractall(temp_path)
except Exception as e:
print(f"FAILED - Error unpacking original docx: {e}")
return False
original_file = temp_path / "word" / "document.xml"
if not original_file.exists():
print(
f"FAILED - Original document.xml not found in {self.original_docx}"
)
return False
try:
import xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
modified_tree = ET.parse(modified_file)
modified_root = modified_tree.getroot()
original_tree = ET.parse(original_file)
original_root = original_tree.getroot()
except ET.ParseError as e:
print(f"FAILED - Error parsing XML files: {e}")
return False
self._remove_author_tracked_changes(original_root)
self._remove_author_tracked_changes(modified_root)
modified_text = self._extract_text_content(modified_root)
original_text = self._extract_text_content(original_root)
if modified_text != original_text:
error_message = self._generate_detailed_diff(
original_text, modified_text
)
print(error_message)
return False
if self.verbose:
print(f"PASSED - All changes by {self.author} are properly tracked")
return True
def _generate_detailed_diff(self, original_text, modified_text):
error_parts = [
f"FAILED - Document text doesn't match after removing {self.author}'s tracked changes",
"",
"Likely causes:",
" 1. Modified text inside another author's <w:ins> or <w:del> tags",
" 2. Made edits without proper tracked changes",
" 3. Didn't nest <w:del> inside <w:ins> when deleting another's insertion",
"",
"For pre-redlined documents, use correct patterns:",
" - To reject another's INSERTION: Nest <w:del> inside their <w:ins>",
" - To restore another's DELETION: Add new <w:ins> AFTER their <w:del>",
"",
]
git_diff = self._get_git_word_diff(original_text, modified_text)
if git_diff:
error_parts.extend(["Differences:", "============", git_diff])
else:
error_parts.append("Unable to generate word diff (git not available)")
return "\n".join(error_parts)
def _get_git_word_diff(self, original_text, modified_text):
try:
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
temp_path = Path(temp_dir)
original_file = temp_path / "original.txt"
modified_file = temp_path / "modified.txt"
original_file.write_text(original_text, encoding="utf-8")
modified_file.write_text(modified_text, encoding="utf-8")
result = subprocess.run(
[
"git",
"diff",
"--word-diff=plain",
"--word-diff-regex=.",
"-U0",
"--no-index",
str(original_file),
str(modified_file),
],
capture_output=True,
text=True,
)
if result.stdout.strip():
lines = result.stdout.split("\n")
content_lines = []
in_content = False
for line in lines:
if line.startswith("@@"):
in_content = True
continue
if in_content and line.strip():
content_lines.append(line)
if content_lines:
return "\n".join(content_lines)
result = subprocess.run(
[
"git",
"diff",
"--word-diff=plain",
"-U0",
"--no-index",
str(original_file),
str(modified_file),
],
capture_output=True,
text=True,
)
if result.stdout.strip():
lines = result.stdout.split("\n")
content_lines = []
in_content = False
for line in lines:
if line.startswith("@@"):
in_content = True
continue
if in_content and line.strip():
content_lines.append(line)
return "\n".join(content_lines)
except (subprocess.CalledProcessError, FileNotFoundError, Exception):
pass
return None
def _remove_author_tracked_changes(self, root):
ins_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}ins"
del_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}del"
author_attr = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}author"
for parent in root.iter():
to_remove = []
for child in parent:
if child.tag == ins_tag and child.get(author_attr) == self.author:
to_remove.append(child)
for elem in to_remove:
parent.remove(elem)
deltext_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}delText"
t_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}t"
for parent in root.iter():
to_process = []
for child in parent:
if child.tag == del_tag and child.get(author_attr) == self.author:
to_process.append((child, list(parent).index(child)))
for del_elem, del_index in reversed(to_process):
for elem in del_elem.iter():
if elem.tag == deltext_tag:
elem.tag = t_tag
for child in reversed(list(del_elem)):
parent.insert(del_index, child)
parent.remove(del_elem)
def _extract_text_content(self, root):
p_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}p"
t_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}t"
paragraphs = []
for p_elem in root.findall(f".//{p_tag}"):
text_parts = []
for t_elem in p_elem.findall(f".//{t_tag}"):
if t_elem.text:
text_parts.append(t_elem.text)
paragraph_text = "".join(text_parts)
if paragraph_text:
paragraphs.append(paragraph_text)
return "\n".join(paragraphs)
if __name__ == "__main__":
raise RuntimeError("This module should not be run directly.")
+84
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
---
name: executing-plans
description: Use when you have a written implementation plan to execute in a separate session with review checkpoints
---
# Executing Plans
## Overview
Load plan, review critically, execute tasks in batches, report for review between batches.
**Core principle:** Batch execution with checkpoints for architect review.
**Announce at start:** "I'm using the executing-plans skill to implement this plan."
## The Process
### Step 1: Load and Review Plan
1. Read plan file
2. Review critically - identify any questions or concerns about the plan
3. If concerns: Raise them with your human partner before starting
4. If no concerns: Create TodoWrite and proceed
### Step 2: Execute Batch
**Default: First 3 tasks**
For each task:
1. Mark as in_progress
2. Follow each step exactly (plan has bite-sized steps)
3. Run verifications as specified
4. Mark as completed
### Step 3: Report
When batch complete:
- Show what was implemented
- Show verification output
- Say: "Ready for feedback."
### Step 4: Continue
Based on feedback:
- Apply changes if needed
- Execute next batch
- Repeat until complete
### Step 5: Complete Development
After all tasks complete and verified:
- Announce: "I'm using the finishing-a-development-branch skill to complete this work."
- **REQUIRED SUB-SKILL:** Use superpowers:finishing-a-development-branch
- Follow that skill to verify tests, present options, execute choice
## When to Stop and Ask for Help
**STOP executing immediately when:**
- Hit a blocker mid-batch (missing dependency, test fails, instruction unclear)
- Plan has critical gaps preventing starting
- You don't understand an instruction
- Verification fails repeatedly
**Ask for clarification rather than guessing.**
## When to Revisit Earlier Steps
**Return to Review (Step 1) when:**
- Partner updates the plan based on your feedback
- Fundamental approach needs rethinking
**Don't force through blockers** - stop and ask.
## Remember
- Review plan critically first
- Follow plan steps exactly
- Don't skip verifications
- Reference skills when plan says to
- Between batches: just report and wait
- Stop when blocked, don't guess
- Never start implementation on main/master branch without explicit user consent
## Integration
**Required workflow skills:**
- **superpowers:using-git-worktrees** - REQUIRED: Set up isolated workspace before starting
- **superpowers:writing-plans** - Creates the plan this skill executes
- **superpowers:finishing-a-development-branch** - Complete development after all tasks
+202
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
+236
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
---
name: mcp-builder
description: Guide for creating high-quality MCP (Model Context Protocol) servers that enable LLMs to interact with external services through well-designed tools. Use when building MCP servers to integrate external APIs or services, whether in Python (FastMCP) or Node/TypeScript (MCP SDK).
license: Complete terms in LICENSE.txt
---
# MCP Server Development Guide
## Overview
Create MCP (Model Context Protocol) servers that enable LLMs to interact with external services through well-designed tools. The quality of an MCP server is measured by how well it enables LLMs to accomplish real-world tasks.
---
# Process
## 🚀 High-Level Workflow
Creating a high-quality MCP server involves four main phases:
### Phase 1: Deep Research and Planning
#### 1.1 Understand Modern MCP Design
**API Coverage vs. Workflow Tools:**
Balance comprehensive API endpoint coverage with specialized workflow tools. Workflow tools can be more convenient for specific tasks, while comprehensive coverage gives agents flexibility to compose operations. Performance varies by client—some clients benefit from code execution that combines basic tools, while others work better with higher-level workflows. When uncertain, prioritize comprehensive API coverage.
**Tool Naming and Discoverability:**
Clear, descriptive tool names help agents find the right tools quickly. Use consistent prefixes (e.g., `github_create_issue`, `github_list_repos`) and action-oriented naming.
**Context Management:**
Agents benefit from concise tool descriptions and the ability to filter/paginate results. Design tools that return focused, relevant data. Some clients support code execution which can help agents filter and process data efficiently.
**Actionable Error Messages:**
Error messages should guide agents toward solutions with specific suggestions and next steps.
#### 1.2 Study MCP Protocol Documentation
**Navigate the MCP specification:**
Start with the sitemap to find relevant pages: `https://modelcontextprotocol.io/sitemap.xml`
Then fetch specific pages with `.md` suffix for markdown format (e.g., `https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/draft.md`).
Key pages to review:
- Specification overview and architecture
- Transport mechanisms (streamable HTTP, stdio)
- Tool, resource, and prompt definitions
#### 1.3 Study Framework Documentation
**Recommended stack:**
- **Language**: TypeScript (high-quality SDK support and good compatibility in many execution environments e.g. MCPB. Plus AI models are good at generating TypeScript code, benefiting from its broad usage, static typing and good linting tools)
- **Transport**: Streamable HTTP for remote servers, using stateless JSON (simpler to scale and maintain, as opposed to stateful sessions and streaming responses). stdio for local servers.
**Load framework documentation:**
- **MCP Best Practices**: [📋 View Best Practices](./reference/mcp_best_practices.md) - Core guidelines
**For TypeScript (recommended):**
- **TypeScript SDK**: Use WebFetch to load `https://raw.githubusercontent.com/modelcontextprotocol/typescript-sdk/main/README.md`
- [⚡ TypeScript Guide](./reference/node_mcp_server.md) - TypeScript patterns and examples
**For Python:**
- **Python SDK**: Use WebFetch to load `https://raw.githubusercontent.com/modelcontextprotocol/python-sdk/main/README.md`
- [🐍 Python Guide](./reference/python_mcp_server.md) - Python patterns and examples
#### 1.4 Plan Your Implementation
**Understand the API:**
Review the service's API documentation to identify key endpoints, authentication requirements, and data models. Use web search and WebFetch as needed.
**Tool Selection:**
Prioritize comprehensive API coverage. List endpoints to implement, starting with the most common operations.
---
### Phase 2: Implementation
#### 2.1 Set Up Project Structure
See language-specific guides for project setup:
- [⚡ TypeScript Guide](./reference/node_mcp_server.md) - Project structure, package.json, tsconfig.json
- [🐍 Python Guide](./reference/python_mcp_server.md) - Module organization, dependencies
#### 2.2 Implement Core Infrastructure
Create shared utilities:
- API client with authentication
- Error handling helpers
- Response formatting (JSON/Markdown)
- Pagination support
#### 2.3 Implement Tools
For each tool:
**Input Schema:**
- Use Zod (TypeScript) or Pydantic (Python)
- Include constraints and clear descriptions
- Add examples in field descriptions
**Output Schema:**
- Define `outputSchema` where possible for structured data
- Use `structuredContent` in tool responses (TypeScript SDK feature)
- Helps clients understand and process tool outputs
**Tool Description:**
- Concise summary of functionality
- Parameter descriptions
- Return type schema
**Implementation:**
- Async/await for I/O operations
- Proper error handling with actionable messages
- Support pagination where applicable
- Return both text content and structured data when using modern SDKs
**Annotations:**
- `readOnlyHint`: true/false
- `destructiveHint`: true/false
- `idempotentHint`: true/false
- `openWorldHint`: true/false
---
### Phase 3: Review and Test
#### 3.1 Code Quality
Review for:
- No duplicated code (DRY principle)
- Consistent error handling
- Full type coverage
- Clear tool descriptions
#### 3.2 Build and Test
**TypeScript:**
- Run `npm run build` to verify compilation
- Test with MCP Inspector: `npx @modelcontextprotocol/inspector`
**Python:**
- Verify syntax: `python -m py_compile your_server.py`
- Test with MCP Inspector
See language-specific guides for detailed testing approaches and quality checklists.
---
### Phase 4: Create Evaluations
After implementing your MCP server, create comprehensive evaluations to test its effectiveness.
**Load [✅ Evaluation Guide](./reference/evaluation.md) for complete evaluation guidelines.**
#### 4.1 Understand Evaluation Purpose
Use evaluations to test whether LLMs can effectively use your MCP server to answer realistic, complex questions.
#### 4.2 Create 10 Evaluation Questions
To create effective evaluations, follow the process outlined in the evaluation guide:
1. **Tool Inspection**: List available tools and understand their capabilities
2. **Content Exploration**: Use READ-ONLY operations to explore available data
3. **Question Generation**: Create 10 complex, realistic questions
4. **Answer Verification**: Solve each question yourself to verify answers
#### 4.3 Evaluation Requirements
Ensure each question is:
- **Independent**: Not dependent on other questions
- **Read-only**: Only non-destructive operations required
- **Complex**: Requiring multiple tool calls and deep exploration
- **Realistic**: Based on real use cases humans would care about
- **Verifiable**: Single, clear answer that can be verified by string comparison
- **Stable**: Answer won't change over time
#### 4.4 Output Format
Create an XML file with this structure:
```xml
<evaluation>
<qa_pair>
<question>Find discussions about AI model launches with animal codenames. One model needed a specific safety designation that uses the format ASL-X. What number X was being determined for the model named after a spotted wild cat?</question>
<answer>3</answer>
</qa_pair>
<!-- More qa_pairs... -->
</evaluation>
```
---
# Reference Files
## 📚 Documentation Library
Load these resources as needed during development:
### Core MCP Documentation (Load First)
- **MCP Protocol**: Start with sitemap at `https://modelcontextprotocol.io/sitemap.xml`, then fetch specific pages with `.md` suffix
- [📋 MCP Best Practices](./reference/mcp_best_practices.md) - Universal MCP guidelines including:
- Server and tool naming conventions
- Response format guidelines (JSON vs Markdown)
- Pagination best practices
- Transport selection (streamable HTTP vs stdio)
- Security and error handling standards
### SDK Documentation (Load During Phase 1/2)
- **Python SDK**: Fetch from `https://raw.githubusercontent.com/modelcontextprotocol/python-sdk/main/README.md`
- **TypeScript SDK**: Fetch from `https://raw.githubusercontent.com/modelcontextprotocol/typescript-sdk/main/README.md`
### Language-Specific Implementation Guides (Load During Phase 2)
- [🐍 Python Implementation Guide](./reference/python_mcp_server.md) - Complete Python/FastMCP guide with:
- Server initialization patterns
- Pydantic model examples
- Tool registration with `@mcp.tool`
- Complete working examples
- Quality checklist
- [⚡ TypeScript Implementation Guide](./reference/node_mcp_server.md) - Complete TypeScript guide with:
- Project structure
- Zod schema patterns
- Tool registration with `server.registerTool`
- Complete working examples
- Quality checklist
### Evaluation Guide (Load During Phase 4)
- [✅ Evaluation Guide](./reference/evaluation.md) - Complete evaluation creation guide with:
- Question creation guidelines
- Answer verification strategies
- XML format specifications
- Example questions and answers
- Running an evaluation with the provided scripts
+602
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
# MCP Server Evaluation Guide
## Overview
This document provides guidance on creating comprehensive evaluations for MCP servers. Evaluations test whether LLMs can effectively use your MCP server to answer realistic, complex questions using only the tools provided.
---
## Quick Reference
### Evaluation Requirements
- Create 10 human-readable questions
- Questions must be READ-ONLY, INDEPENDENT, NON-DESTRUCTIVE
- Each question requires multiple tool calls (potentially dozens)
- Answers must be single, verifiable values
- Answers must be STABLE (won't change over time)
### Output Format
```xml
<evaluation>
<qa_pair>
<question>Your question here</question>
<answer>Single verifiable answer</answer>
</qa_pair>
</evaluation>
```
---
## Purpose of Evaluations
The measure of quality of an MCP server is NOT how well or comprehensively the server implements tools, but how well these implementations (input/output schemas, docstrings/descriptions, functionality) enable LLMs with no other context and access ONLY to the MCP servers to answer realistic and difficult questions.
## Evaluation Overview
Create 10 human-readable questions requiring ONLY READ-ONLY, INDEPENDENT, NON-DESTRUCTIVE, and IDEMPOTENT operations to answer. Each question should be:
- Realistic
- Clear and concise
- Unambiguous
- Complex, requiring potentially dozens of tool calls or steps
- Answerable with a single, verifiable value that you identify in advance
## Question Guidelines
### Core Requirements
1. **Questions MUST be independent**
- Each question should NOT depend on the answer to any other question
- Should not assume prior write operations from processing another question
2. **Questions MUST require ONLY NON-DESTRUCTIVE AND IDEMPOTENT tool use**
- Should not instruct or require modifying state to arrive at the correct answer
3. **Questions must be REALISTIC, CLEAR, CONCISE, and COMPLEX**
- Must require another LLM to use multiple (potentially dozens of) tools or steps to answer
### Complexity and Depth
4. **Questions must require deep exploration**
- Consider multi-hop questions requiring multiple sub-questions and sequential tool calls
- Each step should benefit from information found in previous questions
5. **Questions may require extensive paging**
- May need paging through multiple pages of results
- May require querying old data (1-2 years out-of-date) to find niche information
- The questions must be DIFFICULT
6. **Questions must require deep understanding**
- Rather than surface-level knowledge
- May pose complex ideas as True/False questions requiring evidence
- May use multiple-choice format where LLM must search different hypotheses
7. **Questions must not be solvable with straightforward keyword search**
- Do not include specific keywords from the target content
- Use synonyms, related concepts, or paraphrases
- Require multiple searches, analyzing multiple related items, extracting context, then deriving the answer
### Tool Testing
8. **Questions should stress-test tool return values**
- May elicit tools returning large JSON objects or lists, overwhelming the LLM
- Should require understanding multiple modalities of data:
- IDs and names
- Timestamps and datetimes (months, days, years, seconds)
- File IDs, names, extensions, and mimetypes
- URLs, GIDs, etc.
- Should probe the tool's ability to return all useful forms of data
9. **Questions should MOSTLY reflect real human use cases**
- The kinds of information retrieval tasks that HUMANS assisted by an LLM would care about
10. **Questions may require dozens of tool calls**
- This challenges LLMs with limited context
- Encourages MCP server tools to reduce information returned
11. **Include ambiguous questions**
- May be ambiguous OR require difficult decisions on which tools to call
- Force the LLM to potentially make mistakes or misinterpret
- Ensure that despite AMBIGUITY, there is STILL A SINGLE VERIFIABLE ANSWER
### Stability
12. **Questions must be designed so the answer DOES NOT CHANGE**
- Do not ask questions that rely on "current state" which is dynamic
- For example, do not count:
- Number of reactions to a post
- Number of replies to a thread
- Number of members in a channel
13. **DO NOT let the MCP server RESTRICT the kinds of questions you create**
- Create challenging and complex questions
- Some may not be solvable with the available MCP server tools
- Questions may require specific output formats (datetime vs. epoch time, JSON vs. MARKDOWN)
- Questions may require dozens of tool calls to complete
## Answer Guidelines
### Verification
1. **Answers must be VERIFIABLE via direct string comparison**
- If the answer can be re-written in many formats, clearly specify the output format in the QUESTION
- Examples: "Use YYYY/MM/DD.", "Respond True or False.", "Answer A, B, C, or D and nothing else."
- Answer should be a single VERIFIABLE value such as:
- User ID, user name, display name, first name, last name
- Channel ID, channel name
- Message ID, string
- URL, title
- Numerical quantity
- Timestamp, datetime
- Boolean (for True/False questions)
- Email address, phone number
- File ID, file name, file extension
- Multiple choice answer
- Answers must not require special formatting or complex, structured output
- Answer will be verified using DIRECT STRING COMPARISON
### Readability
2. **Answers should generally prefer HUMAN-READABLE formats**
- Examples: names, first name, last name, datetime, file name, message string, URL, yes/no, true/false, a/b/c/d
- Rather than opaque IDs (though IDs are acceptable)
- The VAST MAJORITY of answers should be human-readable
### Stability
3. **Answers must be STABLE/STATIONARY**
- Look at old content (e.g., conversations that have ended, projects that have launched, questions answered)
- Create QUESTIONS based on "closed" concepts that will always return the same answer
- Questions may ask to consider a fixed time window to insulate from non-stationary answers
- Rely on context UNLIKELY to change
- Example: if finding a paper name, be SPECIFIC enough so answer is not confused with papers published later
4. **Answers must be CLEAR and UNAMBIGUOUS**
- Questions must be designed so there is a single, clear answer
- Answer can be derived from using the MCP server tools
### Diversity
5. **Answers must be DIVERSE**
- Answer should be a single VERIFIABLE value in diverse modalities and formats
- User concept: user ID, user name, display name, first name, last name, email address, phone number
- Channel concept: channel ID, channel name, channel topic
- Message concept: message ID, message string, timestamp, month, day, year
6. **Answers must NOT be complex structures**
- Not a list of values
- Not a complex object
- Not a list of IDs or strings
- Not natural language text
- UNLESS the answer can be straightforwardly verified using DIRECT STRING COMPARISON
- And can be realistically reproduced
- It should be unlikely that an LLM would return the same list in any other order or format
## Evaluation Process
### Step 1: Documentation Inspection
Read the documentation of the target API to understand:
- Available endpoints and functionality
- If ambiguity exists, fetch additional information from the web
- Parallelize this step AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE
- Ensure each subagent is ONLY examining documentation from the file system or on the web
### Step 2: Tool Inspection
List the tools available in the MCP server:
- Inspect the MCP server directly
- Understand input/output schemas, docstrings, and descriptions
- WITHOUT calling the tools themselves at this stage
### Step 3: Developing Understanding
Repeat steps 1 & 2 until you have a good understanding:
- Iterate multiple times
- Think about the kinds of tasks you want to create
- Refine your understanding
- At NO stage should you READ the code of the MCP server implementation itself
- Use your intuition and understanding to create reasonable, realistic, but VERY challenging tasks
### Step 4: Read-Only Content Inspection
After understanding the API and tools, USE the MCP server tools:
- Inspect content using READ-ONLY and NON-DESTRUCTIVE operations ONLY
- Goal: identify specific content (e.g., users, channels, messages, projects, tasks) for creating realistic questions
- Should NOT call any tools that modify state
- Will NOT read the code of the MCP server implementation itself
- Parallelize this step with individual sub-agents pursuing independent explorations
- Ensure each subagent is only performing READ-ONLY, NON-DESTRUCTIVE, and IDEMPOTENT operations
- BE CAREFUL: SOME TOOLS may return LOTS OF DATA which would cause you to run out of CONTEXT
- Make INCREMENTAL, SMALL, AND TARGETED tool calls for exploration
- In all tool call requests, use the `limit` parameter to limit results (<10)
- Use pagination
### Step 5: Task Generation
After inspecting the content, create 10 human-readable questions:
- An LLM should be able to answer these with the MCP server
- Follow all question and answer guidelines above
## Output Format
Each QA pair consists of a question and an answer. The output should be an XML file with this structure:
```xml
<evaluation>
<qa_pair>
<question>Find the project created in Q2 2024 with the highest number of completed tasks. What is the project name?</question>
<answer>Website Redesign</answer>
</qa_pair>
<qa_pair>
<question>Search for issues labeled as "bug" that were closed in March 2024. Which user closed the most issues? Provide their username.</question>
<answer>sarah_dev</answer>
</qa_pair>
<qa_pair>
<question>Look for pull requests that modified files in the /api directory and were merged between January 1 and January 31, 2024. How many different contributors worked on these PRs?</question>
<answer>7</answer>
</qa_pair>
<qa_pair>
<question>Find the repository with the most stars that was created before 2023. What is the repository name?</question>
<answer>data-pipeline</answer>
</qa_pair>
</evaluation>
```
## Evaluation Examples
### Good Questions
**Example 1: Multi-hop question requiring deep exploration (GitHub MCP)**
```xml
<qa_pair>
<question>Find the repository that was archived in Q3 2023 and had previously been the most forked project in the organization. What was the primary programming language used in that repository?</question>
<answer>Python</answer>
</qa_pair>
```
This question is good because:
- Requires multiple searches to find archived repositories
- Needs to identify which had the most forks before archival
- Requires examining repository details for the language
- Answer is a simple, verifiable value
- Based on historical (closed) data that won't change
**Example 2: Requires understanding context without keyword matching (Project Management MCP)**
```xml
<qa_pair>
<question>Locate the initiative focused on improving customer onboarding that was completed in late 2023. The project lead created a retrospective document after completion. What was the lead's role title at that time?</question>
<answer>Product Manager</answer>
</qa_pair>
```
This question is good because:
- Doesn't use specific project name ("initiative focused on improving customer onboarding")
- Requires finding completed projects from specific timeframe
- Needs to identify the project lead and their role
- Requires understanding context from retrospective documents
- Answer is human-readable and stable
- Based on completed work (won't change)
**Example 3: Complex aggregation requiring multiple steps (Issue Tracker MCP)**
```xml
<qa_pair>
<question>Among all bugs reported in January 2024 that were marked as critical priority, which assignee resolved the highest percentage of their assigned bugs within 48 hours? Provide the assignee's username.</question>
<answer>alex_eng</answer>
</qa_pair>
```
This question is good because:
- Requires filtering bugs by date, priority, and status
- Needs to group by assignee and calculate resolution rates
- Requires understanding timestamps to determine 48-hour windows
- Tests pagination (potentially many bugs to process)
- Answer is a single username
- Based on historical data from specific time period
**Example 4: Requires synthesis across multiple data types (CRM MCP)**
```xml
<qa_pair>
<question>Find the account that upgraded from the Starter to Enterprise plan in Q4 2023 and had the highest annual contract value. What industry does this account operate in?</question>
<answer>Healthcare</answer>
</qa_pair>
```
This question is good because:
- Requires understanding subscription tier changes
- Needs to identify upgrade events in specific timeframe
- Requires comparing contract values
- Must access account industry information
- Answer is simple and verifiable
- Based on completed historical transactions
### Poor Questions
**Example 1: Answer changes over time**
```xml
<qa_pair>
<question>How many open issues are currently assigned to the engineering team?</question>
<answer>47</answer>
</qa_pair>
```
This question is poor because:
- The answer will change as issues are created, closed, or reassigned
- Not based on stable/stationary data
- Relies on "current state" which is dynamic
**Example 2: Too easy with keyword search**
```xml
<qa_pair>
<question>Find the pull request with title "Add authentication feature" and tell me who created it.</question>
<answer>developer123</answer>
</qa_pair>
```
This question is poor because:
- Can be solved with a straightforward keyword search for exact title
- Doesn't require deep exploration or understanding
- No synthesis or analysis needed
**Example 3: Ambiguous answer format**
```xml
<qa_pair>
<question>List all the repositories that have Python as their primary language.</question>
<answer>repo1, repo2, repo3, data-pipeline, ml-tools</answer>
</qa_pair>
```
This question is poor because:
- Answer is a list that could be returned in any order
- Difficult to verify with direct string comparison
- LLM might format differently (JSON array, comma-separated, newline-separated)
- Better to ask for a specific aggregate (count) or superlative (most stars)
## Verification Process
After creating evaluations:
1. **Examine the XML file** to understand the schema
2. **Load each task instruction** and in parallel using the MCP server and tools, identify the correct answer by attempting to solve the task YOURSELF
3. **Flag any operations** that require WRITE or DESTRUCTIVE operations
4. **Accumulate all CORRECT answers** and replace any incorrect answers in the document
5. **Remove any `<qa_pair>`** that require WRITE or DESTRUCTIVE operations
Remember to parallelize solving tasks to avoid running out of context, then accumulate all answers and make changes to the file at the end.
## Tips for Creating Quality Evaluations
1. **Think Hard and Plan Ahead** before generating tasks
2. **Parallelize Where Opportunity Arises** to speed up the process and manage context
3. **Focus on Realistic Use Cases** that humans would actually want to accomplish
4. **Create Challenging Questions** that test the limits of the MCP server's capabilities
5. **Ensure Stability** by using historical data and closed concepts
6. **Verify Answers** by solving the questions yourself using the MCP server tools
7. **Iterate and Refine** based on what you learn during the process
---
# Running Evaluations
After creating your evaluation file, you can use the provided evaluation harness to test your MCP server.
## Setup
1. **Install Dependencies**
```bash
pip install -r scripts/requirements.txt
```
Or install manually:
```bash
pip install anthropic mcp
```
2. **Set API Key**
```bash
export ANTHROPIC_API_KEY=your_api_key_here
```
## Evaluation File Format
Evaluation files use XML format with `<qa_pair>` elements:
```xml
<evaluation>
<qa_pair>
<question>Find the project created in Q2 2024 with the highest number of completed tasks. What is the project name?</question>
<answer>Website Redesign</answer>
</qa_pair>
<qa_pair>
<question>Search for issues labeled as "bug" that were closed in March 2024. Which user closed the most issues? Provide their username.</question>
<answer>sarah_dev</answer>
</qa_pair>
</evaluation>
```
## Running Evaluations
The evaluation script (`scripts/evaluation.py`) supports three transport types:
**Important:**
- **stdio transport**: The evaluation script automatically launches and manages the MCP server process for you. Do not run the server manually.
- **sse/http transports**: You must start the MCP server separately before running the evaluation. The script connects to the already-running server at the specified URL.
### 1. Local STDIO Server
For locally-run MCP servers (script launches the server automatically):
```bash
python scripts/evaluation.py \
-t stdio \
-c python \
-a my_mcp_server.py \
evaluation.xml
```
With environment variables:
```bash
python scripts/evaluation.py \
-t stdio \
-c python \
-a my_mcp_server.py \
-e API_KEY=abc123 \
-e DEBUG=true \
evaluation.xml
```
### 2. Server-Sent Events (SSE)
For SSE-based MCP servers (you must start the server first):
```bash
python scripts/evaluation.py \
-t sse \
-u https://example.com/mcp \
-H "Authorization: Bearer token123" \
-H "X-Custom-Header: value" \
evaluation.xml
```
### 3. HTTP (Streamable HTTP)
For HTTP-based MCP servers (you must start the server first):
```bash
python scripts/evaluation.py \
-t http \
-u https://example.com/mcp \
-H "Authorization: Bearer token123" \
evaluation.xml
```
## Command-Line Options
```
usage: evaluation.py [-h] [-t {stdio,sse,http}] [-m MODEL] [-c COMMAND]
[-a ARGS [ARGS ...]] [-e ENV [ENV ...]] [-u URL]
[-H HEADERS [HEADERS ...]] [-o OUTPUT]
eval_file
positional arguments:
eval_file Path to evaluation XML file
optional arguments:
-h, --help Show help message
-t, --transport Transport type: stdio, sse, or http (default: stdio)
-m, --model Claude model to use (default: claude-3-7-sonnet-20250219)
-o, --output Output file for report (default: print to stdout)
stdio options:
-c, --command Command to run MCP server (e.g., python, node)
-a, --args Arguments for the command (e.g., server.py)
-e, --env Environment variables in KEY=VALUE format
sse/http options:
-u, --url MCP server URL
-H, --header HTTP headers in 'Key: Value' format
```
## Output
The evaluation script generates a detailed report including:
- **Summary Statistics**:
- Accuracy (correct/total)
- Average task duration
- Average tool calls per task
- Total tool calls
- **Per-Task Results**:
- Prompt and expected response
- Actual response from the agent
- Whether the answer was correct (✅/❌)
- Duration and tool call details
- Agent's summary of its approach
- Agent's feedback on the tools
### Save Report to File
```bash
python scripts/evaluation.py \
-t stdio \
-c python \
-a my_server.py \
-o evaluation_report.md \
evaluation.xml
```
## Complete Example Workflow
Here's a complete example of creating and running an evaluation:
1. **Create your evaluation file** (`my_evaluation.xml`):
```xml
<evaluation>
<qa_pair>
<question>Find the user who created the most issues in January 2024. What is their username?</question>
<answer>alice_developer</answer>
</qa_pair>
<qa_pair>
<question>Among all pull requests merged in Q1 2024, which repository had the highest number? Provide the repository name.</question>
<answer>backend-api</answer>
</qa_pair>
<qa_pair>
<question>Find the project that was completed in December 2023 and had the longest duration from start to finish. How many days did it take?</question>
<answer>127</answer>
</qa_pair>
</evaluation>
```
2. **Install dependencies**:
```bash
pip install -r scripts/requirements.txt
export ANTHROPIC_API_KEY=your_api_key
```
3. **Run evaluation**:
```bash
python scripts/evaluation.py \
-t stdio \
-c python \
-a github_mcp_server.py \
-e GITHUB_TOKEN=ghp_xxx \
-o github_eval_report.md \
my_evaluation.xml
```
4. **Review the report** in `github_eval_report.md` to:
- See which questions passed/failed
- Read the agent's feedback on your tools
- Identify areas for improvement
- Iterate on your MCP server design
## Troubleshooting
### Connection Errors
If you get connection errors:
- **STDIO**: Verify the command and arguments are correct
- **SSE/HTTP**: Check the URL is accessible and headers are correct
- Ensure any required API keys are set in environment variables or headers
### Low Accuracy
If many evaluations fail:
- Review the agent's feedback for each task
- Check if tool descriptions are clear and comprehensive
- Verify input parameters are well-documented
- Consider whether tools return too much or too little data
- Ensure error messages are actionable
### Timeout Issues
If tasks are timing out:
- Use a more capable model (e.g., `claude-3-7-sonnet-20250219`)
- Check if tools are returning too much data
- Verify pagination is working correctly
- Consider simplifying complex questions
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
# MCP Server Best Practices
## Quick Reference
### Server Naming
- **Python**: `{service}_mcp` (e.g., `slack_mcp`)
- **Node/TypeScript**: `{service}-mcp-server` (e.g., `slack-mcp-server`)
### Tool Naming
- Use snake_case with service prefix
- Format: `{service}_{action}_{resource}`
- Example: `slack_send_message`, `github_create_issue`
### Response Formats
- Support both JSON and Markdown formats
- JSON for programmatic processing
- Markdown for human readability
### Pagination
- Always respect `limit` parameter
- Return `has_more`, `next_offset`, `total_count`
- Default to 20-50 items
### Transport
- **Streamable HTTP**: For remote servers, multi-client scenarios
- **stdio**: For local integrations, command-line tools
- Avoid SSE (deprecated in favor of streamable HTTP)
---
## Server Naming Conventions
Follow these standardized naming patterns:
**Python**: Use format `{service}_mcp` (lowercase with underscores)
- Examples: `slack_mcp`, `github_mcp`, `jira_mcp`
**Node/TypeScript**: Use format `{service}-mcp-server` (lowercase with hyphens)
- Examples: `slack-mcp-server`, `github-mcp-server`, `jira-mcp-server`
The name should be general, descriptive of the service being integrated, easy to infer from the task description, and without version numbers.
---
## Tool Naming and Design
### Tool Naming
1. **Use snake_case**: `search_users`, `create_project`, `get_channel_info`
2. **Include service prefix**: Anticipate that your MCP server may be used alongside other MCP servers
- Use `slack_send_message` instead of just `send_message`
- Use `github_create_issue` instead of just `create_issue`
3. **Be action-oriented**: Start with verbs (get, list, search, create, etc.)
4. **Be specific**: Avoid generic names that could conflict with other servers
### Tool Design
- Tool descriptions must narrowly and unambiguously describe functionality
- Descriptions must precisely match actual functionality
- Provide tool annotations (readOnlyHint, destructiveHint, idempotentHint, openWorldHint)
- Keep tool operations focused and atomic
---
## Response Formats
All tools that return data should support multiple formats:
### JSON Format (`response_format="json"`)
- Machine-readable structured data
- Include all available fields and metadata
- Consistent field names and types
- Use for programmatic processing
### Markdown Format (`response_format="markdown"`, typically default)
- Human-readable formatted text
- Use headers, lists, and formatting for clarity
- Convert timestamps to human-readable format
- Show display names with IDs in parentheses
- Omit verbose metadata
---
## Pagination
For tools that list resources:
- **Always respect the `limit` parameter**
- **Implement pagination**: Use `offset` or cursor-based pagination
- **Return pagination metadata**: Include `has_more`, `next_offset`/`next_cursor`, `total_count`
- **Never load all results into memory**: Especially important for large datasets
- **Default to reasonable limits**: 20-50 items is typical
Example pagination response:
```json
{
"total": 150,
"count": 20,
"offset": 0,
"items": [...],
"has_more": true,
"next_offset": 20
}
```
---
## Transport Options
### Streamable HTTP
**Best for**: Remote servers, web services, multi-client scenarios
**Characteristics**:
- Bidirectional communication over HTTP
- Supports multiple simultaneous clients
- Can be deployed as a web service
- Enables server-to-client notifications
**Use when**:
- Serving multiple clients simultaneously
- Deploying as a cloud service
- Integration with web applications
### stdio
**Best for**: Local integrations, command-line tools
**Characteristics**:
- Standard input/output stream communication
- Simple setup, no network configuration needed
- Runs as a subprocess of the client
**Use when**:
- Building tools for local development environments
- Integrating with desktop applications
- Single-user, single-session scenarios
**Note**: stdio servers should NOT log to stdout (use stderr for logging)
### Transport Selection
| Criterion | stdio | Streamable HTTP |
|-----------|-------|-----------------|
| **Deployment** | Local | Remote |
| **Clients** | Single | Multiple |
| **Complexity** | Low | Medium |
| **Real-time** | No | Yes |
---
## Security Best Practices
### Authentication and Authorization
**OAuth 2.1**:
- Use secure OAuth 2.1 with certificates from recognized authorities
- Validate access tokens before processing requests
- Only accept tokens specifically intended for your server
**API Keys**:
- Store API keys in environment variables, never in code
- Validate keys on server startup
- Provide clear error messages when authentication fails
### Input Validation
- Sanitize file paths to prevent directory traversal
- Validate URLs and external identifiers
- Check parameter sizes and ranges
- Prevent command injection in system calls
- Use schema validation (Pydantic/Zod) for all inputs
### Error Handling
- Don't expose internal errors to clients
- Log security-relevant errors server-side
- Provide helpful but not revealing error messages
- Clean up resources after errors
### DNS Rebinding Protection
For streamable HTTP servers running locally:
- Enable DNS rebinding protection
- Validate the `Origin` header on all incoming connections
- Bind to `127.0.0.1` rather than `0.0.0.0`
---
## Tool Annotations
Provide annotations to help clients understand tool behavior:
| Annotation | Type | Default | Description |
|-----------|------|---------|-------------|
| `readOnlyHint` | boolean | false | Tool does not modify its environment |
| `destructiveHint` | boolean | true | Tool may perform destructive updates |
| `idempotentHint` | boolean | false | Repeated calls with same args have no additional effect |
| `openWorldHint` | boolean | true | Tool interacts with external entities |
**Important**: Annotations are hints, not security guarantees. Clients should not make security-critical decisions based solely on annotations.
---
## Error Handling
- Use standard JSON-RPC error codes
- Report tool errors within result objects (not protocol-level errors)
- Provide helpful, specific error messages with suggested next steps
- Don't expose internal implementation details
- Clean up resources properly on errors
Example error handling:
```typescript
try {
const result = performOperation();
return { content: [{ type: "text", text: result }] };
} catch (error) {
return {
isError: true,
content: [{
type: "text",
text: `Error: ${error.message}. Try using filter='active_only' to reduce results.`
}]
};
}
```
---
## Testing Requirements
Comprehensive testing should cover:
- **Functional testing**: Verify correct execution with valid/invalid inputs
- **Integration testing**: Test interaction with external systems
- **Security testing**: Validate auth, input sanitization, rate limiting
- **Performance testing**: Check behavior under load, timeouts
- **Error handling**: Ensure proper error reporting and cleanup
---
## Documentation Requirements
- Provide clear documentation of all tools and capabilities
- Include working examples (at least 3 per major feature)
- Document security considerations
- Specify required permissions and access levels
- Document rate limits and performance characteristics
@@ -0,0 +1,970 @@
# Node/TypeScript MCP Server Implementation Guide
## Overview
This document provides Node/TypeScript-specific best practices and examples for implementing MCP servers using the MCP TypeScript SDK. It covers project structure, server setup, tool registration patterns, input validation with Zod, error handling, and complete working examples.
---
## Quick Reference
### Key Imports
```typescript
import { McpServer } from "@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/mcp.js";
import { StreamableHTTPServerTransport } from "@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/streamableHttp.js";
import { StdioServerTransport } from "@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/stdio.js";
import express from "express";
import { z } from "zod";
```
### Server Initialization
```typescript
const server = new McpServer({
name: "service-mcp-server",
version: "1.0.0"
});
```
### Tool Registration Pattern
```typescript
server.registerTool(
"tool_name",
{
title: "Tool Display Name",
description: "What the tool does",
inputSchema: { param: z.string() },
outputSchema: { result: z.string() }
},
async ({ param }) => {
const output = { result: `Processed: ${param}` };
return {
content: [{ type: "text", text: JSON.stringify(output) }],
structuredContent: output // Modern pattern for structured data
};
}
);
```
---
## MCP TypeScript SDK
The official MCP TypeScript SDK provides:
- `McpServer` class for server initialization
- `registerTool` method for tool registration
- Zod schema integration for runtime input validation
- Type-safe tool handler implementations
**IMPORTANT - Use Modern APIs Only:**
- **DO use**: `server.registerTool()`, `server.registerResource()`, `server.registerPrompt()`
- **DO NOT use**: Old deprecated APIs such as `server.tool()`, `server.setRequestHandler(ListToolsRequestSchema, ...)`, or manual handler registration
- The `register*` methods provide better type safety, automatic schema handling, and are the recommended approach
See the MCP SDK documentation in the references for complete details.
## Server Naming Convention
Node/TypeScript MCP servers must follow this naming pattern:
- **Format**: `{service}-mcp-server` (lowercase with hyphens)
- **Examples**: `github-mcp-server`, `jira-mcp-server`, `stripe-mcp-server`
The name should be:
- General (not tied to specific features)
- Descriptive of the service/API being integrated
- Easy to infer from the task description
- Without version numbers or dates
## Project Structure
Create the following structure for Node/TypeScript MCP servers:
```
{service}-mcp-server/
├── package.json
├── tsconfig.json
├── README.md
├── src/
│ ├── index.ts # Main entry point with McpServer initialization
│ ├── types.ts # TypeScript type definitions and interfaces
│ ├── tools/ # Tool implementations (one file per domain)
│ ├── services/ # API clients and shared utilities
│ ├── schemas/ # Zod validation schemas
│ └── constants.ts # Shared constants (API_URL, CHARACTER_LIMIT, etc.)
└── dist/ # Built JavaScript files (entry point: dist/index.js)
```
## Tool Implementation
### Tool Naming
Use snake_case for tool names (e.g., "search_users", "create_project", "get_channel_info") with clear, action-oriented names.
**Avoid Naming Conflicts**: Include the service context to prevent overlaps:
- Use "slack_send_message" instead of just "send_message"
- Use "github_create_issue" instead of just "create_issue"
- Use "asana_list_tasks" instead of just "list_tasks"
### Tool Structure
Tools are registered using the `registerTool` method with the following requirements:
- Use Zod schemas for runtime input validation and type safety
- The `description` field must be explicitly provided - JSDoc comments are NOT automatically extracted
- Explicitly provide `title`, `description`, `inputSchema`, and `annotations`
- The `inputSchema` must be a Zod schema object (not a JSON schema)
- Type all parameters and return values explicitly
```typescript
import { McpServer } from "@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/mcp.js";
import { z } from "zod";
const server = new McpServer({
name: "example-mcp",
version: "1.0.0"
});
// Zod schema for input validation
const UserSearchInputSchema = z.object({
query: z.string()
.min(2, "Query must be at least 2 characters")
.max(200, "Query must not exceed 200 characters")
.describe("Search string to match against names/emails"),
limit: z.number()
.int()
.min(1)
.max(100)
.default(20)
.describe("Maximum results to return"),
offset: z.number()
.int()
.min(0)
.default(0)
.describe("Number of results to skip for pagination"),
response_format: z.nativeEnum(ResponseFormat)
.default(ResponseFormat.MARKDOWN)
.describe("Output format: 'markdown' for human-readable or 'json' for machine-readable")
}).strict();
// Type definition from Zod schema
type UserSearchInput = z.infer<typeof UserSearchInputSchema>;
server.registerTool(
"example_search_users",
{
title: "Search Example Users",
description: `Search for users in the Example system by name, email, or team.
This tool searches across all user profiles in the Example platform, supporting partial matches and various search filters. It does NOT create or modify users, only searches existing ones.
Args:
- query (string): Search string to match against names/emails
- limit (number): Maximum results to return, between 1-100 (default: 20)
- offset (number): Number of results to skip for pagination (default: 0)
- response_format ('markdown' | 'json'): Output format (default: 'markdown')
Returns:
For JSON format: Structured data with schema:
{
"total": number, // Total number of matches found
"count": number, // Number of results in this response
"offset": number, // Current pagination offset
"users": [
{
"id": string, // User ID (e.g., "U123456789")
"name": string, // Full name (e.g., "John Doe")
"email": string, // Email address
"team": string, // Team name (optional)
"active": boolean // Whether user is active
}
],
"has_more": boolean, // Whether more results are available
"next_offset": number // Offset for next page (if has_more is true)
}
Examples:
- Use when: "Find all marketing team members" -> params with query="team:marketing"
- Use when: "Search for John's account" -> params with query="john"
- Don't use when: You need to create a user (use example_create_user instead)
Error Handling:
- Returns "Error: Rate limit exceeded" if too many requests (429 status)
- Returns "No users found matching '<query>'" if search returns empty`,
inputSchema: UserSearchInputSchema,
annotations: {
readOnlyHint: true,
destructiveHint: false,
idempotentHint: true,
openWorldHint: true
}
},
async (params: UserSearchInput) => {
try {
// Input validation is handled by Zod schema
// Make API request using validated parameters
const data = await makeApiRequest<any>(
"users/search",
"GET",
undefined,
{
q: params.query,
limit: params.limit,
offset: params.offset
}
);
const users = data.users || [];
const total = data.total || 0;
if (!users.length) {
return {
content: [{
type: "text",
text: `No users found matching '${params.query}'`
}]
};
}
// Prepare structured output
const output = {
total,
count: users.length,
offset: params.offset,
users: users.map((user: any) => ({
id: user.id,
name: user.name,
email: user.email,
...(user.team ? { team: user.team } : {}),
active: user.active ?? true
})),
has_more: total > params.offset + users.length,
...(total > params.offset + users.length ? {
next_offset: params.offset + users.length
} : {})
};
// Format text representation based on requested format
let textContent: string;
if (params.response_format === ResponseFormat.MARKDOWN) {
const lines = [`# User Search Results: '${params.query}'`, "",
`Found ${total} users (showing ${users.length})`, ""];
for (const user of users) {
lines.push(`## ${user.name} (${user.id})`);
lines.push(`- **Email**: ${user.email}`);
if (user.team) lines.push(`- **Team**: ${user.team}`);
lines.push("");
}
textContent = lines.join("\n");
} else {
textContent = JSON.stringify(output, null, 2);
}
return {
content: [{ type: "text", text: textContent }],
structuredContent: output // Modern pattern for structured data
};
} catch (error) {
return {
content: [{
type: "text",
text: handleApiError(error)
}]
};
}
}
);
```
## Zod Schemas for Input Validation
Zod provides runtime type validation:
```typescript
import { z } from "zod";
// Basic schema with validation
const CreateUserSchema = z.object({
name: z.string()
.min(1, "Name is required")
.max(100, "Name must not exceed 100 characters"),
email: z.string()
.email("Invalid email format"),
age: z.number()
.int("Age must be a whole number")
.min(0, "Age cannot be negative")
.max(150, "Age cannot be greater than 150")
}).strict(); // Use .strict() to forbid extra fields
// Enums
enum ResponseFormat {
MARKDOWN = "markdown",
JSON = "json"
}
const SearchSchema = z.object({
response_format: z.nativeEnum(ResponseFormat)
.default(ResponseFormat.MARKDOWN)
.describe("Output format")
});
// Optional fields with defaults
const PaginationSchema = z.object({
limit: z.number()
.int()
.min(1)
.max(100)
.default(20)
.describe("Maximum results to return"),
offset: z.number()
.int()
.min(0)
.default(0)
.describe("Number of results to skip")
});
```
## Response Format Options
Support multiple output formats for flexibility:
```typescript
enum ResponseFormat {
MARKDOWN = "markdown",
JSON = "json"
}
const inputSchema = z.object({
query: z.string(),
response_format: z.nativeEnum(ResponseFormat)
.default(ResponseFormat.MARKDOWN)
.describe("Output format: 'markdown' for human-readable or 'json' for machine-readable")
});
```
**Markdown format**:
- Use headers, lists, and formatting for clarity
- Convert timestamps to human-readable format
- Show display names with IDs in parentheses
- Omit verbose metadata
- Group related information logically
**JSON format**:
- Return complete, structured data suitable for programmatic processing
- Include all available fields and metadata
- Use consistent field names and types
## Pagination Implementation
For tools that list resources:
```typescript
const ListSchema = z.object({
limit: z.number().int().min(1).max(100).default(20),
offset: z.number().int().min(0).default(0)
});
async function listItems(params: z.infer<typeof ListSchema>) {
const data = await apiRequest(params.limit, params.offset);
const response = {
total: data.total,
count: data.items.length,
offset: params.offset,
items: data.items,
has_more: data.total > params.offset + data.items.length,
next_offset: data.total > params.offset + data.items.length
? params.offset + data.items.length
: undefined
};
return JSON.stringify(response, null, 2);
}
```
## Character Limits and Truncation
Add a CHARACTER_LIMIT constant to prevent overwhelming responses:
```typescript
// At module level in constants.ts
export const CHARACTER_LIMIT = 25000; // Maximum response size in characters
async function searchTool(params: SearchInput) {
let result = generateResponse(data);
// Check character limit and truncate if needed
if (result.length > CHARACTER_LIMIT) {
const truncatedData = data.slice(0, Math.max(1, data.length / 2));
response.data = truncatedData;
response.truncated = true;
response.truncation_message =
`Response truncated from ${data.length} to ${truncatedData.length} items. ` +
`Use 'offset' parameter or add filters to see more results.`;
result = JSON.stringify(response, null, 2);
}
return result;
}
```
## Error Handling
Provide clear, actionable error messages:
```typescript
import axios, { AxiosError } from "axios";
function handleApiError(error: unknown): string {
if (error instanceof AxiosError) {
if (error.response) {
switch (error.response.status) {
case 404:
return "Error: Resource not found. Please check the ID is correct.";
case 403:
return "Error: Permission denied. You don't have access to this resource.";
case 429:
return "Error: Rate limit exceeded. Please wait before making more requests.";
default:
return `Error: API request failed with status ${error.response.status}`;
}
} else if (error.code === "ECONNABORTED") {
return "Error: Request timed out. Please try again.";
}
}
return `Error: Unexpected error occurred: ${error instanceof Error ? error.message : String(error)}`;
}
```
## Shared Utilities
Extract common functionality into reusable functions:
```typescript
// Shared API request function
async function makeApiRequest<T>(
endpoint: string,
method: "GET" | "POST" | "PUT" | "DELETE" = "GET",
data?: any,
params?: any
): Promise<T> {
try {
const response = await axios({
method,
url: `${API_BASE_URL}/${endpoint}`,
data,
params,
timeout: 30000,
headers: {
"Content-Type": "application/json",
"Accept": "application/json"
}
});
return response.data;
} catch (error) {
throw error;
}
}
```
## Async/Await Best Practices
Always use async/await for network requests and I/O operations:
```typescript
// Good: Async network request
async function fetchData(resourceId: string): Promise<ResourceData> {
const response = await axios.get(`${API_URL}/resource/${resourceId}`);
return response.data;
}
// Bad: Promise chains
function fetchData(resourceId: string): Promise<ResourceData> {
return axios.get(`${API_URL}/resource/${resourceId}`)
.then(response => response.data); // Harder to read and maintain
}
```
## TypeScript Best Practices
1. **Use Strict TypeScript**: Enable strict mode in tsconfig.json
2. **Define Interfaces**: Create clear interface definitions for all data structures
3. **Avoid `any`**: Use proper types or `unknown` instead of `any`
4. **Zod for Runtime Validation**: Use Zod schemas to validate external data
5. **Type Guards**: Create type guard functions for complex type checking
6. **Error Handling**: Always use try-catch with proper error type checking
7. **Null Safety**: Use optional chaining (`?.`) and nullish coalescing (`??`)
```typescript
// Good: Type-safe with Zod and interfaces
interface UserResponse {
id: string;
name: string;
email: string;
team?: string;
active: boolean;
}
const UserSchema = z.object({
id: z.string(),
name: z.string(),
email: z.string().email(),
team: z.string().optional(),
active: z.boolean()
});
type User = z.infer<typeof UserSchema>;
async function getUser(id: string): Promise<User> {
const data = await apiCall(`/users/${id}`);
return UserSchema.parse(data); // Runtime validation
}
// Bad: Using any
async function getUser(id: string): Promise<any> {
return await apiCall(`/users/${id}`); // No type safety
}
```
## Package Configuration
### package.json
```json
{
"name": "{service}-mcp-server",
"version": "1.0.0",
"description": "MCP server for {Service} API integration",
"type": "module",
"main": "dist/index.js",
"scripts": {
"start": "node dist/index.js",
"dev": "tsx watch src/index.ts",
"build": "tsc",
"clean": "rm -rf dist"
},
"engines": {
"node": ">=18"
},
"dependencies": {
"@modelcontextprotocol/sdk": "^1.6.1",
"axios": "^1.7.9",
"zod": "^3.23.8"
},
"devDependencies": {
"@types/node": "^22.10.0",
"tsx": "^4.19.2",
"typescript": "^5.7.2"
}
}
```
### tsconfig.json
```json
{
"compilerOptions": {
"target": "ES2022",
"module": "Node16",
"moduleResolution": "Node16",
"lib": ["ES2022"],
"outDir": "./dist",
"rootDir": "./src",
"strict": true,
"esModuleInterop": true,
"skipLibCheck": true,
"forceConsistentCasingInFileNames": true,
"declaration": true,
"declarationMap": true,
"sourceMap": true,
"allowSyntheticDefaultImports": true
},
"include": ["src/**/*"],
"exclude": ["node_modules", "dist"]
}
```
## Complete Example
```typescript
#!/usr/bin/env node
/**
* MCP Server for Example Service.
*
* This server provides tools to interact with Example API, including user search,
* project management, and data export capabilities.
*/
import { McpServer } from "@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/mcp.js";
import { StdioServerTransport } from "@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/stdio.js";
import { z } from "zod";
import axios, { AxiosError } from "axios";
// Constants
const API_BASE_URL = "https://api.example.com/v1";
const CHARACTER_LIMIT = 25000;
// Enums
enum ResponseFormat {
MARKDOWN = "markdown",
JSON = "json"
}
// Zod schemas
const UserSearchInputSchema = z.object({
query: z.string()
.min(2, "Query must be at least 2 characters")
.max(200, "Query must not exceed 200 characters")
.describe("Search string to match against names/emails"),
limit: z.number()
.int()
.min(1)
.max(100)
.default(20)
.describe("Maximum results to return"),
offset: z.number()
.int()
.min(0)
.default(0)
.describe("Number of results to skip for pagination"),
response_format: z.nativeEnum(ResponseFormat)
.default(ResponseFormat.MARKDOWN)
.describe("Output format: 'markdown' for human-readable or 'json' for machine-readable")
}).strict();
type UserSearchInput = z.infer<typeof UserSearchInputSchema>;
// Shared utility functions
async function makeApiRequest<T>(
endpoint: string,
method: "GET" | "POST" | "PUT" | "DELETE" = "GET",
data?: any,
params?: any
): Promise<T> {
try {
const response = await axios({
method,
url: `${API_BASE_URL}/${endpoint}`,
data,
params,
timeout: 30000,
headers: {
"Content-Type": "application/json",
"Accept": "application/json"
}
});
return response.data;
} catch (error) {
throw error;
}
}
function handleApiError(error: unknown): string {
if (error instanceof AxiosError) {
if (error.response) {
switch (error.response.status) {
case 404:
return "Error: Resource not found. Please check the ID is correct.";
case 403:
return "Error: Permission denied. You don't have access to this resource.";
case 429:
return "Error: Rate limit exceeded. Please wait before making more requests.";
default:
return `Error: API request failed with status ${error.response.status}`;
}
} else if (error.code === "ECONNABORTED") {
return "Error: Request timed out. Please try again.";
}
}
return `Error: Unexpected error occurred: ${error instanceof Error ? error.message : String(error)}`;
}
// Create MCP server instance
const server = new McpServer({
name: "example-mcp",
version: "1.0.0"
});
// Register tools
server.registerTool(
"example_search_users",
{
title: "Search Example Users",
description: `[Full description as shown above]`,
inputSchema: UserSearchInputSchema,
annotations: {
readOnlyHint: true,
destructiveHint: false,
idempotentHint: true,
openWorldHint: true
}
},
async (params: UserSearchInput) => {
// Implementation as shown above
}
);
// Main function
// For stdio (local):
async function runStdio() {
if (!process.env.EXAMPLE_API_KEY) {
console.error("ERROR: EXAMPLE_API_KEY environment variable is required");
process.exit(1);
}
const transport = new StdioServerTransport();
await server.connect(transport);
console.error("MCP server running via stdio");
}
// For streamable HTTP (remote):
async function runHTTP() {
if (!process.env.EXAMPLE_API_KEY) {
console.error("ERROR: EXAMPLE_API_KEY environment variable is required");
process.exit(1);
}
const app = express();
app.use(express.json());
app.post('/mcp', async (req, res) => {
const transport = new StreamableHTTPServerTransport({
sessionIdGenerator: undefined,
enableJsonResponse: true
});
res.on('close', () => transport.close());
await server.connect(transport);
await transport.handleRequest(req, res, req.body);
});
const port = parseInt(process.env.PORT || '3000');
app.listen(port, () => {
console.error(`MCP server running on http://localhost:${port}/mcp`);
});
}
// Choose transport based on environment
const transport = process.env.TRANSPORT || 'stdio';
if (transport === 'http') {
runHTTP().catch(error => {
console.error("Server error:", error);
process.exit(1);
});
} else {
runStdio().catch(error => {
console.error("Server error:", error);
process.exit(1);
});
}
```
---
## Advanced MCP Features
### Resource Registration
Expose data as resources for efficient, URI-based access:
```typescript
import { ResourceTemplate } from "@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/types.js";
// Register a resource with URI template
server.registerResource(
{
uri: "file://documents/{name}",
name: "Document Resource",
description: "Access documents by name",
mimeType: "text/plain"
},
async (uri: string) => {
// Extract parameter from URI
const match = uri.match(/^file:\/\/documents\/(.+)$/);
if (!match) {
throw new Error("Invalid URI format");
}
const documentName = match[1];
const content = await loadDocument(documentName);
return {
contents: [{
uri,
mimeType: "text/plain",
text: content
}]
};
}
);
// List available resources dynamically
server.registerResourceList(async () => {
const documents = await getAvailableDocuments();
return {
resources: documents.map(doc => ({
uri: `file://documents/${doc.name}`,
name: doc.name,
mimeType: "text/plain",
description: doc.description
}))
};
});
```
**When to use Resources vs Tools:**
- **Resources**: For data access with simple URI-based parameters
- **Tools**: For complex operations requiring validation and business logic
- **Resources**: When data is relatively static or template-based
- **Tools**: When operations have side effects or complex workflows
### Transport Options
The TypeScript SDK supports two main transport mechanisms:
#### Streamable HTTP (Recommended for Remote Servers)
```typescript
import { StreamableHTTPServerTransport } from "@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/streamableHttp.js";
import express from "express";
const app = express();
app.use(express.json());
app.post('/mcp', async (req, res) => {
// Create new transport for each request (stateless, prevents request ID collisions)
const transport = new StreamableHTTPServerTransport({
sessionIdGenerator: undefined,
enableJsonResponse: true
});
res.on('close', () => transport.close());
await server.connect(transport);
await transport.handleRequest(req, res, req.body);
});
app.listen(3000);
```
#### stdio (For Local Integrations)
```typescript
import { StdioServerTransport } from "@modelcontextprotocol/sdk/server/stdio.js";
const transport = new StdioServerTransport();
await server.connect(transport);
```
**Transport selection:**
- **Streamable HTTP**: Web services, remote access, multiple clients
- **stdio**: Command-line tools, local development, subprocess integration
### Notification Support
Notify clients when server state changes:
```typescript
// Notify when tools list changes
server.notification({
method: "notifications/tools/list_changed"
});
// Notify when resources change
server.notification({
method: "notifications/resources/list_changed"
});
```
Use notifications sparingly - only when server capabilities genuinely change.
---
## Code Best Practices
### Code Composability and Reusability
Your implementation MUST prioritize composability and code reuse:
1. **Extract Common Functionality**:
- Create reusable helper functions for operations used across multiple tools
- Build shared API clients for HTTP requests instead of duplicating code
- Centralize error handling logic in utility functions
- Extract business logic into dedicated functions that can be composed
- Extract shared markdown or JSON field selection & formatting functionality
2. **Avoid Duplication**:
- NEVER copy-paste similar code between tools
- If you find yourself writing similar logic twice, extract it into a function
- Common operations like pagination, filtering, field selection, and formatting should be shared
- Authentication/authorization logic should be centralized
## Building and Running
Always build your TypeScript code before running:
```bash
# Build the project
npm run build
# Run the server
npm start
# Development with auto-reload
npm run dev
```
Always ensure `npm run build` completes successfully before considering the implementation complete.
## Quality Checklist
Before finalizing your Node/TypeScript MCP server implementation, ensure:
### Strategic Design
- [ ] Tools enable complete workflows, not just API endpoint wrappers
- [ ] Tool names reflect natural task subdivisions
- [ ] Response formats optimize for agent context efficiency
- [ ] Human-readable identifiers used where appropriate
- [ ] Error messages guide agents toward correct usage
### Implementation Quality
- [ ] FOCUSED IMPLEMENTATION: Most important and valuable tools implemented
- [ ] All tools registered using `registerTool` with complete configuration
- [ ] All tools include `title`, `description`, `inputSchema`, and `annotations`
- [ ] Annotations correctly set (readOnlyHint, destructiveHint, idempotentHint, openWorldHint)
- [ ] All tools use Zod schemas for runtime input validation with `.strict()` enforcement
- [ ] All Zod schemas have proper constraints and descriptive error messages
- [ ] All tools have comprehensive descriptions with explicit input/output types
- [ ] Descriptions include return value examples and complete schema documentation
- [ ] Error messages are clear, actionable, and educational
### TypeScript Quality
- [ ] TypeScript interfaces are defined for all data structures
- [ ] Strict TypeScript is enabled in tsconfig.json
- [ ] No use of `any` type - use `unknown` or proper types instead
- [ ] All async functions have explicit Promise<T> return types
- [ ] Error handling uses proper type guards (e.g., `axios.isAxiosError`, `z.ZodError`)
### Advanced Features (where applicable)
- [ ] Resources registered for appropriate data endpoints
- [ ] Appropriate transport configured (stdio or streamable HTTP)
- [ ] Notifications implemented for dynamic server capabilities
- [ ] Type-safe with SDK interfaces
### Project Configuration
- [ ] Package.json includes all necessary dependencies
- [ ] Build script produces working JavaScript in dist/ directory
- [ ] Main entry point is properly configured as dist/index.js
- [ ] Server name follows format: `{service}-mcp-server`
- [ ] tsconfig.json properly configured with strict mode
### Code Quality
- [ ] Pagination is properly implemented where applicable
- [ ] Large responses check CHARACTER_LIMIT constant and truncate with clear messages
- [ ] Filtering options are provided for potentially large result sets
- [ ] All network operations handle timeouts and connection errors gracefully
- [ ] Common functionality is extracted into reusable functions
- [ ] Return types are consistent across similar operations
### Testing and Build
- [ ] `npm run build` completes successfully without errors
- [ ] dist/index.js created and executable
- [ ] Server runs: `node dist/index.js --help`
- [ ] All imports resolve correctly
- [ ] Sample tool calls work as expected
@@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
# Python MCP Server Implementation Guide
## Overview
This document provides Python-specific best practices and examples for implementing MCP servers using the MCP Python SDK. It covers server setup, tool registration patterns, input validation with Pydantic, error handling, and complete working examples.
---
## Quick Reference
### Key Imports
```python
from mcp.server.fastmcp import FastMCP
from pydantic import BaseModel, Field, field_validator, ConfigDict
from typing import Optional, List, Dict, Any
from enum import Enum
import httpx
```
### Server Initialization
```python
mcp = FastMCP("service_mcp")
```
### Tool Registration Pattern
```python
@mcp.tool(name="tool_name", annotations={...})
async def tool_function(params: InputModel) -> str:
# Implementation
pass
```
---
## MCP Python SDK and FastMCP
The official MCP Python SDK provides FastMCP, a high-level framework for building MCP servers. It provides:
- Automatic description and inputSchema generation from function signatures and docstrings
- Pydantic model integration for input validation
- Decorator-based tool registration with `@mcp.tool`
**For complete SDK documentation, use WebFetch to load:**
`https://raw.githubusercontent.com/modelcontextprotocol/python-sdk/main/README.md`
## Server Naming Convention
Python MCP servers must follow this naming pattern:
- **Format**: `{service}_mcp` (lowercase with underscores)
- **Examples**: `github_mcp`, `jira_mcp`, `stripe_mcp`
The name should be:
- General (not tied to specific features)
- Descriptive of the service/API being integrated
- Easy to infer from the task description
- Without version numbers or dates
## Tool Implementation
### Tool Naming
Use snake_case for tool names (e.g., "search_users", "create_project", "get_channel_info") with clear, action-oriented names.
**Avoid Naming Conflicts**: Include the service context to prevent overlaps:
- Use "slack_send_message" instead of just "send_message"
- Use "github_create_issue" instead of just "create_issue"
- Use "asana_list_tasks" instead of just "list_tasks"
### Tool Structure with FastMCP
Tools are defined using the `@mcp.tool` decorator with Pydantic models for input validation:
```python
from pydantic import BaseModel, Field, ConfigDict
from mcp.server.fastmcp import FastMCP
# Initialize the MCP server
mcp = FastMCP("example_mcp")
# Define Pydantic model for input validation
class ServiceToolInput(BaseModel):
'''Input model for service tool operation.'''
model_config = ConfigDict(
str_strip_whitespace=True, # Auto-strip whitespace from strings
validate_assignment=True, # Validate on assignment
extra='forbid' # Forbid extra fields
)
param1: str = Field(..., description="First parameter description (e.g., 'user123', 'project-abc')", min_length=1, max_length=100)
param2: Optional[int] = Field(default=None, description="Optional integer parameter with constraints", ge=0, le=1000)
tags: Optional[List[str]] = Field(default_factory=list, description="List of tags to apply", max_items=10)
@mcp.tool(
name="service_tool_name",
annotations={
"title": "Human-Readable Tool Title",
"readOnlyHint": True, # Tool does not modify environment
"destructiveHint": False, # Tool does not perform destructive operations
"idempotentHint": True, # Repeated calls have no additional effect
"openWorldHint": False # Tool does not interact with external entities
}
)
async def service_tool_name(params: ServiceToolInput) -> str:
'''Tool description automatically becomes the 'description' field.
This tool performs a specific operation on the service. It validates all inputs
using the ServiceToolInput Pydantic model before processing.
Args:
params (ServiceToolInput): Validated input parameters containing:
- param1 (str): First parameter description
- param2 (Optional[int]): Optional parameter with default
- tags (Optional[List[str]]): List of tags
Returns:
str: JSON-formatted response containing operation results
'''
# Implementation here
pass
```
## Pydantic v2 Key Features
- Use `model_config` instead of nested `Config` class
- Use `field_validator` instead of deprecated `validator`
- Use `model_dump()` instead of deprecated `dict()`
- Validators require `@classmethod` decorator
- Type hints are required for validator methods
```python
from pydantic import BaseModel, Field, field_validator, ConfigDict
class CreateUserInput(BaseModel):
model_config = ConfigDict(
str_strip_whitespace=True,
validate_assignment=True
)
name: str = Field(..., description="User's full name", min_length=1, max_length=100)
email: str = Field(..., description="User's email address", pattern=r'^[\w\.-]+@[\w\.-]+\.\w+$')
age: int = Field(..., description="User's age", ge=0, le=150)
@field_validator('email')
@classmethod
def validate_email(cls, v: str) -> str:
if not v.strip():
raise ValueError("Email cannot be empty")
return v.lower()
```
## Response Format Options
Support multiple output formats for flexibility:
```python
from enum import Enum
class ResponseFormat(str, Enum):
'''Output format for tool responses.'''
MARKDOWN = "markdown"
JSON = "json"
class UserSearchInput(BaseModel):
query: str = Field(..., description="Search query")
response_format: ResponseFormat = Field(
default=ResponseFormat.MARKDOWN,
description="Output format: 'markdown' for human-readable or 'json' for machine-readable"
)
```
**Markdown format**:
- Use headers, lists, and formatting for clarity
- Convert timestamps to human-readable format (e.g., "2024-01-15 10:30:00 UTC" instead of epoch)
- Show display names with IDs in parentheses (e.g., "@john.doe (U123456)")
- Omit verbose metadata (e.g., show only one profile image URL, not all sizes)
- Group related information logically
**JSON format**:
- Return complete, structured data suitable for programmatic processing
- Include all available fields and metadata
- Use consistent field names and types
## Pagination Implementation
For tools that list resources:
```python
class ListInput(BaseModel):
limit: Optional[int] = Field(default=20, description="Maximum results to return", ge=1, le=100)
offset: Optional[int] = Field(default=0, description="Number of results to skip for pagination", ge=0)
async def list_items(params: ListInput) -> str:
# Make API request with pagination
data = await api_request(limit=params.limit, offset=params.offset)
# Return pagination info
response = {
"total": data["total"],
"count": len(data["items"]),
"offset": params.offset,
"items": data["items"],
"has_more": data["total"] > params.offset + len(data["items"]),
"next_offset": params.offset + len(data["items"]) if data["total"] > params.offset + len(data["items"]) else None
}
return json.dumps(response, indent=2)
```
## Error Handling
Provide clear, actionable error messages:
```python
def _handle_api_error(e: Exception) -> str:
'''Consistent error formatting across all tools.'''
if isinstance(e, httpx.HTTPStatusError):
if e.response.status_code == 404:
return "Error: Resource not found. Please check the ID is correct."
elif e.response.status_code == 403:
return "Error: Permission denied. You don't have access to this resource."
elif e.response.status_code == 429:
return "Error: Rate limit exceeded. Please wait before making more requests."
return f"Error: API request failed with status {e.response.status_code}"
elif isinstance(e, httpx.TimeoutException):
return "Error: Request timed out. Please try again."
return f"Error: Unexpected error occurred: {type(e).__name__}"
```
## Shared Utilities
Extract common functionality into reusable functions:
```python
# Shared API request function
async def _make_api_request(endpoint: str, method: str = "GET", **kwargs) -> dict:
'''Reusable function for all API calls.'''
async with httpx.AsyncClient() as client:
response = await client.request(
method,
f"{API_BASE_URL}/{endpoint}",
timeout=30.0,
**kwargs
)
response.raise_for_status()
return response.json()
```
## Async/Await Best Practices
Always use async/await for network requests and I/O operations:
```python
# Good: Async network request
async def fetch_data(resource_id: str) -> dict:
async with httpx.AsyncClient() as client:
response = await client.get(f"{API_URL}/resource/{resource_id}")
response.raise_for_status()
return response.json()
# Bad: Synchronous request
def fetch_data(resource_id: str) -> dict:
response = requests.get(f"{API_URL}/resource/{resource_id}") # Blocks
return response.json()
```
## Type Hints
Use type hints throughout:
```python
from typing import Optional, List, Dict, Any
async def get_user(user_id: str) -> Dict[str, Any]:
data = await fetch_user(user_id)
return {"id": data["id"], "name": data["name"]}
```
## Tool Docstrings
Every tool must have comprehensive docstrings with explicit type information:
```python
async def search_users(params: UserSearchInput) -> str:
'''
Search for users in the Example system by name, email, or team.
This tool searches across all user profiles in the Example platform,
supporting partial matches and various search filters. It does NOT
create or modify users, only searches existing ones.
Args:
params (UserSearchInput): Validated input parameters containing:
- query (str): Search string to match against names/emails (e.g., "john", "@example.com", "team:marketing")
- limit (Optional[int]): Maximum results to return, between 1-100 (default: 20)
- offset (Optional[int]): Number of results to skip for pagination (default: 0)
Returns:
str: JSON-formatted string containing search results with the following schema:
Success response:
{
"total": int, # Total number of matches found
"count": int, # Number of results in this response
"offset": int, # Current pagination offset
"users": [
{
"id": str, # User ID (e.g., "U123456789")
"name": str, # Full name (e.g., "John Doe")
"email": str, # Email address (e.g., "john@example.com")
"team": str # Team name (e.g., "Marketing") - optional
}
]
}
Error response:
"Error: <error message>" or "No users found matching '<query>'"
Examples:
- Use when: "Find all marketing team members" -> params with query="team:marketing"
- Use when: "Search for John's account" -> params with query="john"
- Don't use when: You need to create a user (use example_create_user instead)
- Don't use when: You have a user ID and need full details (use example_get_user instead)
Error Handling:
- Input validation errors are handled by Pydantic model
- Returns "Error: Rate limit exceeded" if too many requests (429 status)
- Returns "Error: Invalid API authentication" if API key is invalid (401 status)
- Returns formatted list of results or "No users found matching 'query'"
'''
```
## Complete Example
See below for a complete Python MCP server example:
```python
#!/usr/bin/env python3
'''
MCP Server for Example Service.
This server provides tools to interact with Example API, including user search,
project management, and data export capabilities.
'''
from typing import Optional, List, Dict, Any
from enum import Enum
import httpx
from pydantic import BaseModel, Field, field_validator, ConfigDict
from mcp.server.fastmcp import FastMCP
# Initialize the MCP server
mcp = FastMCP("example_mcp")
# Constants
API_BASE_URL = "https://api.example.com/v1"
# Enums
class ResponseFormat(str, Enum):
'''Output format for tool responses.'''
MARKDOWN = "markdown"
JSON = "json"
# Pydantic Models for Input Validation
class UserSearchInput(BaseModel):
'''Input model for user search operations.'''
model_config = ConfigDict(
str_strip_whitespace=True,
validate_assignment=True
)
query: str = Field(..., description="Search string to match against names/emails", min_length=2, max_length=200)
limit: Optional[int] = Field(default=20, description="Maximum results to return", ge=1, le=100)
offset: Optional[int] = Field(default=0, description="Number of results to skip for pagination", ge=0)
response_format: ResponseFormat = Field(default=ResponseFormat.MARKDOWN, description="Output format")
@field_validator('query')
@classmethod
def validate_query(cls, v: str) -> str:
if not v.strip():
raise ValueError("Query cannot be empty or whitespace only")
return v.strip()
# Shared utility functions
async def _make_api_request(endpoint: str, method: str = "GET", **kwargs) -> dict:
'''Reusable function for all API calls.'''
async with httpx.AsyncClient() as client:
response = await client.request(
method,
f"{API_BASE_URL}/{endpoint}",
timeout=30.0,
**kwargs
)
response.raise_for_status()
return response.json()
def _handle_api_error(e: Exception) -> str:
'''Consistent error formatting across all tools.'''
if isinstance(e, httpx.HTTPStatusError):
if e.response.status_code == 404:
return "Error: Resource not found. Please check the ID is correct."
elif e.response.status_code == 403:
return "Error: Permission denied. You don't have access to this resource."
elif e.response.status_code == 429:
return "Error: Rate limit exceeded. Please wait before making more requests."
return f"Error: API request failed with status {e.response.status_code}"
elif isinstance(e, httpx.TimeoutException):
return "Error: Request timed out. Please try again."
return f"Error: Unexpected error occurred: {type(e).__name__}"
# Tool definitions
@mcp.tool(
name="example_search_users",
annotations={
"title": "Search Example Users",
"readOnlyHint": True,
"destructiveHint": False,
"idempotentHint": True,
"openWorldHint": True
}
)
async def example_search_users(params: UserSearchInput) -> str:
'''Search for users in the Example system by name, email, or team.
[Full docstring as shown above]
'''
try:
# Make API request using validated parameters
data = await _make_api_request(
"users/search",
params={
"q": params.query,
"limit": params.limit,
"offset": params.offset
}
)
users = data.get("users", [])
total = data.get("total", 0)
if not users:
return f"No users found matching '{params.query}'"
# Format response based on requested format
if params.response_format == ResponseFormat.MARKDOWN:
lines = [f"# User Search Results: '{params.query}'", ""]
lines.append(f"Found {total} users (showing {len(users)})")
lines.append("")
for user in users:
lines.append(f"## {user['name']} ({user['id']})")
lines.append(f"- **Email**: {user['email']}")
if user.get('team'):
lines.append(f"- **Team**: {user['team']}")
lines.append("")
return "\n".join(lines)
else:
# Machine-readable JSON format
import json
response = {
"total": total,
"count": len(users),
"offset": params.offset,
"users": users
}
return json.dumps(response, indent=2)
except Exception as e:
return _handle_api_error(e)
if __name__ == "__main__":
mcp.run()
```
---
## Advanced FastMCP Features
### Context Parameter Injection
FastMCP can automatically inject a `Context` parameter into tools for advanced capabilities like logging, progress reporting, resource reading, and user interaction:
```python
from mcp.server.fastmcp import FastMCP, Context
mcp = FastMCP("example_mcp")
@mcp.tool()
async def advanced_search(query: str, ctx: Context) -> str:
'''Advanced tool with context access for logging and progress.'''
# Report progress for long operations
await ctx.report_progress(0.25, "Starting search...")
# Log information for debugging
await ctx.log_info("Processing query", {"query": query, "timestamp": datetime.now()})
# Perform search
results = await search_api(query)
await ctx.report_progress(0.75, "Formatting results...")
# Access server configuration
server_name = ctx.fastmcp.name
return format_results(results)
@mcp.tool()
async def interactive_tool(resource_id: str, ctx: Context) -> str:
'''Tool that can request additional input from users.'''
# Request sensitive information when needed
api_key = await ctx.elicit(
prompt="Please provide your API key:",
input_type="password"
)
# Use the provided key
return await api_call(resource_id, api_key)
```
**Context capabilities:**
- `ctx.report_progress(progress, message)` - Report progress for long operations
- `ctx.log_info(message, data)` / `ctx.log_error()` / `ctx.log_debug()` - Logging
- `ctx.elicit(prompt, input_type)` - Request input from users
- `ctx.fastmcp.name` - Access server configuration
- `ctx.read_resource(uri)` - Read MCP resources
### Resource Registration
Expose data as resources for efficient, template-based access:
```python
@mcp.resource("file://documents/{name}")
async def get_document(name: str) -> str:
'''Expose documents as MCP resources.
Resources are useful for static or semi-static data that doesn't
require complex parameters. They use URI templates for flexible access.
'''
document_path = f"./docs/{name}"
with open(document_path, "r") as f:
return f.read()
@mcp.resource("config://settings/{key}")
async def get_setting(key: str, ctx: Context) -> str:
'''Expose configuration as resources with context.'''
settings = await load_settings()
return json.dumps(settings.get(key, {}))
```
**When to use Resources vs Tools:**
- **Resources**: For data access with simple parameters (URI templates)
- **Tools**: For complex operations with validation and business logic
### Structured Output Types
FastMCP supports multiple return types beyond strings:
```python
from typing import TypedDict
from dataclasses import dataclass
from pydantic import BaseModel
# TypedDict for structured returns
class UserData(TypedDict):
id: str
name: str
email: str
@mcp.tool()
async def get_user_typed(user_id: str) -> UserData:
'''Returns structured data - FastMCP handles serialization.'''
return {"id": user_id, "name": "John Doe", "email": "john@example.com"}
# Pydantic models for complex validation
class DetailedUser(BaseModel):
id: str
name: str
email: str
created_at: datetime
metadata: Dict[str, Any]
@mcp.tool()
async def get_user_detailed(user_id: str) -> DetailedUser:
'''Returns Pydantic model - automatically generates schema.'''
user = await fetch_user(user_id)
return DetailedUser(**user)
```
### Lifespan Management
Initialize resources that persist across requests:
```python
from contextlib import asynccontextmanager
@asynccontextmanager
async def app_lifespan():
'''Manage resources that live for the server's lifetime.'''
# Initialize connections, load config, etc.
db = await connect_to_database()
config = load_configuration()
# Make available to all tools
yield {"db": db, "config": config}
# Cleanup on shutdown
await db.close()
mcp = FastMCP("example_mcp", lifespan=app_lifespan)
@mcp.tool()
async def query_data(query: str, ctx: Context) -> str:
'''Access lifespan resources through context.'''
db = ctx.request_context.lifespan_state["db"]
results = await db.query(query)
return format_results(results)
```
### Transport Options
FastMCP supports two main transport mechanisms:
```python
# stdio transport (for local tools) - default
if __name__ == "__main__":
mcp.run()
# Streamable HTTP transport (for remote servers)
if __name__ == "__main__":
mcp.run(transport="streamable_http", port=8000)
```
**Transport selection:**
- **stdio**: Command-line tools, local integrations, subprocess execution
- **Streamable HTTP**: Web services, remote access, multiple clients
---
## Code Best Practices
### Code Composability and Reusability
Your implementation MUST prioritize composability and code reuse:
1. **Extract Common Functionality**:
- Create reusable helper functions for operations used across multiple tools
- Build shared API clients for HTTP requests instead of duplicating code
- Centralize error handling logic in utility functions
- Extract business logic into dedicated functions that can be composed
- Extract shared markdown or JSON field selection & formatting functionality
2. **Avoid Duplication**:
- NEVER copy-paste similar code between tools
- If you find yourself writing similar logic twice, extract it into a function
- Common operations like pagination, filtering, field selection, and formatting should be shared
- Authentication/authorization logic should be centralized
### Python-Specific Best Practices
1. **Use Type Hints**: Always include type annotations for function parameters and return values
2. **Pydantic Models**: Define clear Pydantic models for all input validation
3. **Avoid Manual Validation**: Let Pydantic handle input validation with constraints
4. **Proper Imports**: Group imports (standard library, third-party, local)
5. **Error Handling**: Use specific exception types (httpx.HTTPStatusError, not generic Exception)
6. **Async Context Managers**: Use `async with` for resources that need cleanup
7. **Constants**: Define module-level constants in UPPER_CASE
## Quality Checklist
Before finalizing your Python MCP server implementation, ensure:
### Strategic Design
- [ ] Tools enable complete workflows, not just API endpoint wrappers
- [ ] Tool names reflect natural task subdivisions
- [ ] Response formats optimize for agent context efficiency
- [ ] Human-readable identifiers used where appropriate
- [ ] Error messages guide agents toward correct usage
### Implementation Quality
- [ ] FOCUSED IMPLEMENTATION: Most important and valuable tools implemented
- [ ] All tools have descriptive names and documentation
- [ ] Return types are consistent across similar operations
- [ ] Error handling is implemented for all external calls
- [ ] Server name follows format: `{service}_mcp`
- [ ] All network operations use async/await
- [ ] Common functionality is extracted into reusable functions
- [ ] Error messages are clear, actionable, and educational
- [ ] Outputs are properly validated and formatted
### Tool Configuration
- [ ] All tools implement 'name' and 'annotations' in the decorator
- [ ] Annotations correctly set (readOnlyHint, destructiveHint, idempotentHint, openWorldHint)
- [ ] All tools use Pydantic BaseModel for input validation with Field() definitions
- [ ] All Pydantic Fields have explicit types and descriptions with constraints
- [ ] All tools have comprehensive docstrings with explicit input/output types
- [ ] Docstrings include complete schema structure for dict/JSON returns
- [ ] Pydantic models handle input validation (no manual validation needed)
### Advanced Features (where applicable)
- [ ] Context injection used for logging, progress, or elicitation
- [ ] Resources registered for appropriate data endpoints
- [ ] Lifespan management implemented for persistent connections
- [ ] Structured output types used (TypedDict, Pydantic models)
- [ ] Appropriate transport configured (stdio or streamable HTTP)
### Code Quality
- [ ] File includes proper imports including Pydantic imports
- [ ] Pagination is properly implemented where applicable
- [ ] Filtering options are provided for potentially large result sets
- [ ] All async functions are properly defined with `async def`
- [ ] HTTP client usage follows async patterns with proper context managers
- [ ] Type hints are used throughout the code
- [ ] Constants are defined at module level in UPPER_CASE
### Testing
- [ ] Server runs successfully: `python your_server.py --help`
- [ ] All imports resolve correctly
- [ ] Sample tool calls work as expected
- [ ] Error scenarios handled gracefully
+151
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
"""Lightweight connection handling for MCP servers."""
from abc import ABC, abstractmethod
from contextlib import AsyncExitStack
from typing import Any
from mcp import ClientSession, StdioServerParameters
from mcp.client.sse import sse_client
from mcp.client.stdio import stdio_client
from mcp.client.streamable_http import streamablehttp_client
class MCPConnection(ABC):
"""Base class for MCP server connections."""
def __init__(self):
self.session = None
self._stack = None
@abstractmethod
def _create_context(self):
"""Create the connection context based on connection type."""
async def __aenter__(self):
"""Initialize MCP server connection."""
self._stack = AsyncExitStack()
await self._stack.__aenter__()
try:
ctx = self._create_context()
result = await self._stack.enter_async_context(ctx)
if len(result) == 2:
read, write = result
elif len(result) == 3:
read, write, _ = result
else:
raise ValueError(f"Unexpected context result: {result}")
session_ctx = ClientSession(read, write)
self.session = await self._stack.enter_async_context(session_ctx)
await self.session.initialize()
return self
except BaseException:
await self._stack.__aexit__(None, None, None)
raise
async def __aexit__(self, exc_type, exc_val, exc_tb):
"""Clean up MCP server connection resources."""
if self._stack:
await self._stack.__aexit__(exc_type, exc_val, exc_tb)
self.session = None
self._stack = None
async def list_tools(self) -> list[dict[str, Any]]:
"""Retrieve available tools from the MCP server."""
response = await self.session.list_tools()
return [
{
"name": tool.name,
"description": tool.description,
"input_schema": tool.inputSchema,
}
for tool in response.tools
]
async def call_tool(self, tool_name: str, arguments: dict[str, Any]) -> Any:
"""Call a tool on the MCP server with provided arguments."""
result = await self.session.call_tool(tool_name, arguments=arguments)
return result.content
class MCPConnectionStdio(MCPConnection):
"""MCP connection using standard input/output."""
def __init__(self, command: str, args: list[str] = None, env: dict[str, str] = None):
super().__init__()
self.command = command
self.args = args or []
self.env = env
def _create_context(self):
return stdio_client(
StdioServerParameters(command=self.command, args=self.args, env=self.env)
)
class MCPConnectionSSE(MCPConnection):
"""MCP connection using Server-Sent Events."""
def __init__(self, url: str, headers: dict[str, str] = None):
super().__init__()
self.url = url
self.headers = headers or {}
def _create_context(self):
return sse_client(url=self.url, headers=self.headers)
class MCPConnectionHTTP(MCPConnection):
"""MCP connection using Streamable HTTP."""
def __init__(self, url: str, headers: dict[str, str] = None):
super().__init__()
self.url = url
self.headers = headers or {}
def _create_context(self):
return streamablehttp_client(url=self.url, headers=self.headers)
def create_connection(
transport: str,
command: str = None,
args: list[str] = None,
env: dict[str, str] = None,
url: str = None,
headers: dict[str, str] = None,
) -> MCPConnection:
"""Factory function to create the appropriate MCP connection.
Args:
transport: Connection type ("stdio", "sse", or "http")
command: Command to run (stdio only)
args: Command arguments (stdio only)
env: Environment variables (stdio only)
url: Server URL (sse and http only)
headers: HTTP headers (sse and http only)
Returns:
MCPConnection instance
"""
transport = transport.lower()
if transport == "stdio":
if not command:
raise ValueError("Command is required for stdio transport")
return MCPConnectionStdio(command=command, args=args, env=env)
elif transport == "sse":
if not url:
raise ValueError("URL is required for sse transport")
return MCPConnectionSSE(url=url, headers=headers)
elif transport in ["http", "streamable_http", "streamable-http"]:
if not url:
raise ValueError("URL is required for http transport")
return MCPConnectionHTTP(url=url, headers=headers)
else:
raise ValueError(f"Unsupported transport type: {transport}. Use 'stdio', 'sse', or 'http'")
+373
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
"""MCP Server Evaluation Harness
This script evaluates MCP servers by running test questions against them using Claude.
"""
import argparse
import asyncio
import json
import re
import sys
import time
import traceback
import xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
from pathlib import Path
from typing import Any
from anthropic import Anthropic
from connections import create_connection
EVALUATION_PROMPT = """You are an AI assistant with access to tools.
When given a task, you MUST:
1. Use the available tools to complete the task
2. Provide summary of each step in your approach, wrapped in <summary> tags
3. Provide feedback on the tools provided, wrapped in <feedback> tags
4. Provide your final response, wrapped in <response> tags
Summary Requirements:
- In your <summary> tags, you must explain:
- The steps you took to complete the task
- Which tools you used, in what order, and why
- The inputs you provided to each tool
- The outputs you received from each tool
- A summary for how you arrived at the response
Feedback Requirements:
- In your <feedback> tags, provide constructive feedback on the tools:
- Comment on tool names: Are they clear and descriptive?
- Comment on input parameters: Are they well-documented? Are required vs optional parameters clear?
- Comment on descriptions: Do they accurately describe what the tool does?
- Comment on any errors encountered during tool usage: Did the tool fail to execute? Did the tool return too many tokens?
- Identify specific areas for improvement and explain WHY they would help
- Be specific and actionable in your suggestions
Response Requirements:
- Your response should be concise and directly address what was asked
- Always wrap your final response in <response> tags
- If you cannot solve the task return <response>NOT_FOUND</response>
- For numeric responses, provide just the number
- For IDs, provide just the ID
- For names or text, provide the exact text requested
- Your response should go last"""
def parse_evaluation_file(file_path: Path) -> list[dict[str, Any]]:
"""Parse XML evaluation file with qa_pair elements."""
try:
tree = ET.parse(file_path)
root = tree.getroot()
evaluations = []
for qa_pair in root.findall(".//qa_pair"):
question_elem = qa_pair.find("question")
answer_elem = qa_pair.find("answer")
if question_elem is not None and answer_elem is not None:
evaluations.append({
"question": (question_elem.text or "").strip(),
"answer": (answer_elem.text or "").strip(),
})
return evaluations
except Exception as e:
print(f"Error parsing evaluation file {file_path}: {e}")
return []
def extract_xml_content(text: str, tag: str) -> str | None:
"""Extract content from XML tags."""
pattern = rf"<{tag}>(.*?)</{tag}>"
matches = re.findall(pattern, text, re.DOTALL)
return matches[-1].strip() if matches else None
async def agent_loop(
client: Anthropic,
model: str,
question: str,
tools: list[dict[str, Any]],
connection: Any,
) -> tuple[str, dict[str, Any]]:
"""Run the agent loop with MCP tools."""
messages = [{"role": "user", "content": question}]
response = await asyncio.to_thread(
client.messages.create,
model=model,
max_tokens=4096,
system=EVALUATION_PROMPT,
messages=messages,
tools=tools,
)
messages.append({"role": "assistant", "content": response.content})
tool_metrics = {}
while response.stop_reason == "tool_use":
tool_use = next(block for block in response.content if block.type == "tool_use")
tool_name = tool_use.name
tool_input = tool_use.input
tool_start_ts = time.time()
try:
tool_result = await connection.call_tool(tool_name, tool_input)
tool_response = json.dumps(tool_result) if isinstance(tool_result, (dict, list)) else str(tool_result)
except Exception as e:
tool_response = f"Error executing tool {tool_name}: {str(e)}\n"
tool_response += traceback.format_exc()
tool_duration = time.time() - tool_start_ts
if tool_name not in tool_metrics:
tool_metrics[tool_name] = {"count": 0, "durations": []}
tool_metrics[tool_name]["count"] += 1
tool_metrics[tool_name]["durations"].append(tool_duration)
messages.append({
"role": "user",
"content": [{
"type": "tool_result",
"tool_use_id": tool_use.id,
"content": tool_response,
}]
})
response = await asyncio.to_thread(
client.messages.create,
model=model,
max_tokens=4096,
system=EVALUATION_PROMPT,
messages=messages,
tools=tools,
)
messages.append({"role": "assistant", "content": response.content})
response_text = next(
(block.text for block in response.content if hasattr(block, "text")),
None,
)
return response_text, tool_metrics
async def evaluate_single_task(
client: Anthropic,
model: str,
qa_pair: dict[str, Any],
tools: list[dict[str, Any]],
connection: Any,
task_index: int,
) -> dict[str, Any]:
"""Evaluate a single QA pair with the given tools."""
start_time = time.time()
print(f"Task {task_index + 1}: Running task with question: {qa_pair['question']}")
response, tool_metrics = await agent_loop(client, model, qa_pair["question"], tools, connection)
response_value = extract_xml_content(response, "response")
summary = extract_xml_content(response, "summary")
feedback = extract_xml_content(response, "feedback")
duration_seconds = time.time() - start_time
return {
"question": qa_pair["question"],
"expected": qa_pair["answer"],
"actual": response_value,
"score": int(response_value == qa_pair["answer"]) if response_value else 0,
"total_duration": duration_seconds,
"tool_calls": tool_metrics,
"num_tool_calls": sum(len(metrics["durations"]) for metrics in tool_metrics.values()),
"summary": summary,
"feedback": feedback,
}
REPORT_HEADER = """
# Evaluation Report
## Summary
- **Accuracy**: {correct}/{total} ({accuracy:.1f}%)
- **Average Task Duration**: {average_duration_s:.2f}s
- **Average Tool Calls per Task**: {average_tool_calls:.2f}
- **Total Tool Calls**: {total_tool_calls}
---
"""
TASK_TEMPLATE = """
### Task {task_num}
**Question**: {question}
**Ground Truth Answer**: `{expected_answer}`
**Actual Answer**: `{actual_answer}`
**Correct**: {correct_indicator}
**Duration**: {total_duration:.2f}s
**Tool Calls**: {tool_calls}
**Summary**
{summary}
**Feedback**
{feedback}
---
"""
async def run_evaluation(
eval_path: Path,
connection: Any,
model: str = "claude-3-7-sonnet-20250219",
) -> str:
"""Run evaluation with MCP server tools."""
print("🚀 Starting Evaluation")
client = Anthropic()
tools = await connection.list_tools()
print(f"📋 Loaded {len(tools)} tools from MCP server")
qa_pairs = parse_evaluation_file(eval_path)
print(f"📋 Loaded {len(qa_pairs)} evaluation tasks")
results = []
for i, qa_pair in enumerate(qa_pairs):
print(f"Processing task {i + 1}/{len(qa_pairs)}")
result = await evaluate_single_task(client, model, qa_pair, tools, connection, i)
results.append(result)
correct = sum(r["score"] for r in results)
accuracy = (correct / len(results)) * 100 if results else 0
average_duration_s = sum(r["total_duration"] for r in results) / len(results) if results else 0
average_tool_calls = sum(r["num_tool_calls"] for r in results) / len(results) if results else 0
total_tool_calls = sum(r["num_tool_calls"] for r in results)
report = REPORT_HEADER.format(
correct=correct,
total=len(results),
accuracy=accuracy,
average_duration_s=average_duration_s,
average_tool_calls=average_tool_calls,
total_tool_calls=total_tool_calls,
)
report += "".join([
TASK_TEMPLATE.format(
task_num=i + 1,
question=qa_pair["question"],
expected_answer=qa_pair["answer"],
actual_answer=result["actual"] or "N/A",
correct_indicator="" if result["score"] else "",
total_duration=result["total_duration"],
tool_calls=json.dumps(result["tool_calls"], indent=2),
summary=result["summary"] or "N/A",
feedback=result["feedback"] or "N/A",
)
for i, (qa_pair, result) in enumerate(zip(qa_pairs, results))
])
return report
def parse_headers(header_list: list[str]) -> dict[str, str]:
"""Parse header strings in format 'Key: Value' into a dictionary."""
headers = {}
if not header_list:
return headers
for header in header_list:
if ":" in header:
key, value = header.split(":", 1)
headers[key.strip()] = value.strip()
else:
print(f"Warning: Ignoring malformed header: {header}")
return headers
def parse_env_vars(env_list: list[str]) -> dict[str, str]:
"""Parse environment variable strings in format 'KEY=VALUE' into a dictionary."""
env = {}
if not env_list:
return env
for env_var in env_list:
if "=" in env_var:
key, value = env_var.split("=", 1)
env[key.strip()] = value.strip()
else:
print(f"Warning: Ignoring malformed environment variable: {env_var}")
return env
async def main():
parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(
description="Evaluate MCP servers using test questions",
formatter_class=argparse.RawDescriptionHelpFormatter,
epilog="""
Examples:
# Evaluate a local stdio MCP server
python evaluation.py -t stdio -c python -a my_server.py eval.xml
# Evaluate an SSE MCP server
python evaluation.py -t sse -u https://example.com/mcp -H "Authorization: Bearer token" eval.xml
# Evaluate an HTTP MCP server with custom model
python evaluation.py -t http -u https://example.com/mcp -m claude-3-5-sonnet-20241022 eval.xml
""",
)
parser.add_argument("eval_file", type=Path, help="Path to evaluation XML file")
parser.add_argument("-t", "--transport", choices=["stdio", "sse", "http"], default="stdio", help="Transport type (default: stdio)")
parser.add_argument("-m", "--model", default="claude-3-7-sonnet-20250219", help="Claude model to use (default: claude-3-7-sonnet-20250219)")
stdio_group = parser.add_argument_group("stdio options")
stdio_group.add_argument("-c", "--command", help="Command to run MCP server (stdio only)")
stdio_group.add_argument("-a", "--args", nargs="+", help="Arguments for the command (stdio only)")
stdio_group.add_argument("-e", "--env", nargs="+", help="Environment variables in KEY=VALUE format (stdio only)")
remote_group = parser.add_argument_group("sse/http options")
remote_group.add_argument("-u", "--url", help="MCP server URL (sse/http only)")
remote_group.add_argument("-H", "--header", nargs="+", dest="headers", help="HTTP headers in 'Key: Value' format (sse/http only)")
parser.add_argument("-o", "--output", type=Path, help="Output file for evaluation report (default: stdout)")
args = parser.parse_args()
if not args.eval_file.exists():
print(f"Error: Evaluation file not found: {args.eval_file}")
sys.exit(1)
headers = parse_headers(args.headers) if args.headers else None
env_vars = parse_env_vars(args.env) if args.env else None
try:
connection = create_connection(
transport=args.transport,
command=args.command,
args=args.args,
env=env_vars,
url=args.url,
headers=headers,
)
except ValueError as e:
print(f"Error: {e}")
sys.exit(1)
print(f"🔗 Connecting to MCP server via {args.transport}...")
async with connection:
print("✅ Connected successfully")
report = await run_evaluation(args.eval_file, connection, args.model)
if args.output:
args.output.write_text(report)
print(f"\n✅ Report saved to {args.output}")
else:
print("\n" + report)
if __name__ == "__main__":
asyncio.run(main())
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
anthropic>=0.39.0
mcp>=1.1.0
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
© 2025 Anthropic, PBC. All rights reserved.
LICENSE: Use of these materials (including all code, prompts, assets, files,
and other components of this Skill) is governed by your agreement with
Anthropic regarding use of Anthropic's services. If no separate agreement
exists, use is governed by Anthropic's Consumer Terms of Service or
Commercial Terms of Service, as applicable:
https://www.anthropic.com/legal/consumer-terms
https://www.anthropic.com/legal/commercial-terms
Your applicable agreement is referred to as the "Agreement." "Services" are
as defined in the Agreement.
ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS: Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the
contrary, users may not:
- Extract these materials from the Services or retain copies of these
materials outside the Services
- Reproduce or copy these materials, except for temporary copies created
automatically during authorized use of the Services
- Create derivative works based on these materials
- Distribute, sublicense, or transfer these materials to any third party
- Make, offer to sell, sell, or import any inventions embodied in these
materials
- Reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble these materials
The receipt, viewing, or possession of these materials does not convey or
imply any license or right beyond those expressly granted above.
Anthropic retains all right, title, and interest in these materials,
including all copyrights, patents, and other intellectual property rights.
+314
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
---
name: pdf
description: Use this skill whenever the user wants to do anything with PDF files. This includes reading or extracting text/tables from PDFs, combining or merging multiple PDFs into one, splitting PDFs apart, rotating pages, adding watermarks, creating new PDFs, filling PDF forms, encrypting/decrypting PDFs, extracting images, and OCR on scanned PDFs to make them searchable. If the user mentions a .pdf file or asks to produce one, use this skill.
license: Proprietary. LICENSE.txt has complete terms
---
# PDF Processing Guide
## Overview
This guide covers essential PDF processing operations using Python libraries and command-line tools. For advanced features, JavaScript libraries, and detailed examples, see REFERENCE.md. If you need to fill out a PDF form, read FORMS.md and follow its instructions.
## Quick Start
```python
from pypdf import PdfReader, PdfWriter
# Read a PDF
reader = PdfReader("document.pdf")
print(f"Pages: {len(reader.pages)}")
# Extract text
text = ""
for page in reader.pages:
text += page.extract_text()
```
## Python Libraries
### pypdf - Basic Operations
#### Merge PDFs
```python
from pypdf import PdfWriter, PdfReader
writer = PdfWriter()
for pdf_file in ["doc1.pdf", "doc2.pdf", "doc3.pdf"]:
reader = PdfReader(pdf_file)
for page in reader.pages:
writer.add_page(page)
with open("merged.pdf", "wb") as output:
writer.write(output)
```
#### Split PDF
```python
reader = PdfReader("input.pdf")
for i, page in enumerate(reader.pages):
writer = PdfWriter()
writer.add_page(page)
with open(f"page_{i+1}.pdf", "wb") as output:
writer.write(output)
```
#### Extract Metadata
```python
reader = PdfReader("document.pdf")
meta = reader.metadata
print(f"Title: {meta.title}")
print(f"Author: {meta.author}")
print(f"Subject: {meta.subject}")
print(f"Creator: {meta.creator}")
```
#### Rotate Pages
```python
reader = PdfReader("input.pdf")
writer = PdfWriter()
page = reader.pages[0]
page.rotate(90) # Rotate 90 degrees clockwise
writer.add_page(page)
with open("rotated.pdf", "wb") as output:
writer.write(output)
```
### pdfplumber - Text and Table Extraction
#### Extract Text with Layout
```python
import pdfplumber
with pdfplumber.open("document.pdf") as pdf:
for page in pdf.pages:
text = page.extract_text()
print(text)
```
#### Extract Tables
```python
with pdfplumber.open("document.pdf") as pdf:
for i, page in enumerate(pdf.pages):
tables = page.extract_tables()
for j, table in enumerate(tables):
print(f"Table {j+1} on page {i+1}:")
for row in table:
print(row)
```
#### Advanced Table Extraction
```python
import pandas as pd
with pdfplumber.open("document.pdf") as pdf:
all_tables = []
for page in pdf.pages:
tables = page.extract_tables()
for table in tables:
if table: # Check if table is not empty
df = pd.DataFrame(table[1:], columns=table[0])
all_tables.append(df)
# Combine all tables
if all_tables:
combined_df = pd.concat(all_tables, ignore_index=True)
combined_df.to_excel("extracted_tables.xlsx", index=False)
```
### reportlab - Create PDFs
#### Basic PDF Creation
```python
from reportlab.lib.pagesizes import letter
from reportlab.pdfgen import canvas
c = canvas.Canvas("hello.pdf", pagesize=letter)
width, height = letter
# Add text
c.drawString(100, height - 100, "Hello World!")
c.drawString(100, height - 120, "This is a PDF created with reportlab")
# Add a line
c.line(100, height - 140, 400, height - 140)
# Save
c.save()
```
#### Create PDF with Multiple Pages
```python
from reportlab.lib.pagesizes import letter
from reportlab.platypus import SimpleDocTemplate, Paragraph, Spacer, PageBreak
from reportlab.lib.styles import getSampleStyleSheet
doc = SimpleDocTemplate("report.pdf", pagesize=letter)
styles = getSampleStyleSheet()
story = []
# Add content
title = Paragraph("Report Title", styles['Title'])
story.append(title)
story.append(Spacer(1, 12))
body = Paragraph("This is the body of the report. " * 20, styles['Normal'])
story.append(body)
story.append(PageBreak())
# Page 2
story.append(Paragraph("Page 2", styles['Heading1']))
story.append(Paragraph("Content for page 2", styles['Normal']))
# Build PDF
doc.build(story)
```
#### Subscripts and Superscripts
**IMPORTANT**: Never use Unicode subscript/superscript characters (₀₁₂₃₄₅₆₇₈₉, ⁰¹²³⁴⁵⁶⁷⁸⁹) in ReportLab PDFs. The built-in fonts do not include these glyphs, causing them to render as solid black boxes.
Instead, use ReportLab's XML markup tags in Paragraph objects:
```python
from reportlab.platypus import Paragraph
from reportlab.lib.styles import getSampleStyleSheet
styles = getSampleStyleSheet()
# Subscripts: use <sub> tag
chemical = Paragraph("H<sub>2</sub>O", styles['Normal'])
# Superscripts: use <super> tag
squared = Paragraph("x<super>2</super> + y<super>2</super>", styles['Normal'])
```
For canvas-drawn text (not Paragraph objects), manually adjust font the size and position rather than using Unicode subscripts/superscripts.
## Command-Line Tools
### pdftotext (poppler-utils)
```bash
# Extract text
pdftotext input.pdf output.txt
# Extract text preserving layout
pdftotext -layout input.pdf output.txt
# Extract specific pages
pdftotext -f 1 -l 5 input.pdf output.txt # Pages 1-5
```
### qpdf
```bash
# Merge PDFs
qpdf --empty --pages file1.pdf file2.pdf -- merged.pdf
# Split pages
qpdf input.pdf --pages . 1-5 -- pages1-5.pdf
qpdf input.pdf --pages . 6-10 -- pages6-10.pdf
# Rotate pages
qpdf input.pdf output.pdf --rotate=+90:1 # Rotate page 1 by 90 degrees
# Remove password
qpdf --password=mypassword --decrypt encrypted.pdf decrypted.pdf
```
### pdftk (if available)
```bash
# Merge
pdftk file1.pdf file2.pdf cat output merged.pdf
# Split
pdftk input.pdf burst
# Rotate
pdftk input.pdf rotate 1east output rotated.pdf
```
## Common Tasks
### Extract Text from Scanned PDFs
```python
# Requires: pip install pytesseract pdf2image
import pytesseract
from pdf2image import convert_from_path
# Convert PDF to images
images = convert_from_path('scanned.pdf')
# OCR each page
text = ""
for i, image in enumerate(images):
text += f"Page {i+1}:\n"
text += pytesseract.image_to_string(image)
text += "\n\n"
print(text)
```
### Add Watermark
```python
from pypdf import PdfReader, PdfWriter
# Create watermark (or load existing)
watermark = PdfReader("watermark.pdf").pages[0]
# Apply to all pages
reader = PdfReader("document.pdf")
writer = PdfWriter()
for page in reader.pages:
page.merge_page(watermark)
writer.add_page(page)
with open("watermarked.pdf", "wb") as output:
writer.write(output)
```
### Extract Images
```bash
# Using pdfimages (poppler-utils)
pdfimages -j input.pdf output_prefix
# This extracts all images as output_prefix-000.jpg, output_prefix-001.jpg, etc.
```
### Password Protection
```python
from pypdf import PdfReader, PdfWriter
reader = PdfReader("input.pdf")
writer = PdfWriter()
for page in reader.pages:
writer.add_page(page)
# Add password
writer.encrypt("userpassword", "ownerpassword")
with open("encrypted.pdf", "wb") as output:
writer.write(output)
```
## Quick Reference
| Task | Best Tool | Command/Code |
|------|-----------|--------------|
| Merge PDFs | pypdf | `writer.add_page(page)` |
| Split PDFs | pypdf | One page per file |
| Extract text | pdfplumber | `page.extract_text()` |
| Extract tables | pdfplumber | `page.extract_tables()` |
| Create PDFs | reportlab | Canvas or Platypus |
| Command line merge | qpdf | `qpdf --empty --pages ...` |
| OCR scanned PDFs | pytesseract | Convert to image first |
| Fill PDF forms | pdf-lib or pypdf (see FORMS.md) | See FORMS.md |
## Next Steps
- For advanced pypdfium2 usage, see REFERENCE.md
- For JavaScript libraries (pdf-lib), see REFERENCE.md
- If you need to fill out a PDF form, follow the instructions in FORMS.md
- For troubleshooting guides, see REFERENCE.md
+294
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
**CRITICAL: You MUST complete these steps in order. Do not skip ahead to writing code.**
If you need to fill out a PDF form, first check to see if the PDF has fillable form fields. Run this script from this file's directory:
`python scripts/check_fillable_fields <file.pdf>`, and depending on the result go to either the "Fillable fields" or "Non-fillable fields" and follow those instructions.
# Fillable fields
If the PDF has fillable form fields:
- Run this script from this file's directory: `python scripts/extract_form_field_info.py <input.pdf> <field_info.json>`. It will create a JSON file with a list of fields in this format:
```
[
{
"field_id": (unique ID for the field),
"page": (page number, 1-based),
"rect": ([left, bottom, right, top] bounding box in PDF coordinates, y=0 is the bottom of the page),
"type": ("text", "checkbox", "radio_group", or "choice"),
},
// Checkboxes have "checked_value" and "unchecked_value" properties:
{
"field_id": (unique ID for the field),
"page": (page number, 1-based),
"type": "checkbox",
"checked_value": (Set the field to this value to check the checkbox),
"unchecked_value": (Set the field to this value to uncheck the checkbox),
},
// Radio groups have a "radio_options" list with the possible choices.
{
"field_id": (unique ID for the field),
"page": (page number, 1-based),
"type": "radio_group",
"radio_options": [
{
"value": (set the field to this value to select this radio option),
"rect": (bounding box for the radio button for this option)
},
// Other radio options
]
},
// Multiple choice fields have a "choice_options" list with the possible choices:
{
"field_id": (unique ID for the field),
"page": (page number, 1-based),
"type": "choice",
"choice_options": [
{
"value": (set the field to this value to select this option),
"text": (display text of the option)
},
// Other choice options
],
}
]
```
- Convert the PDF to PNGs (one image for each page) with this script (run from this file's directory):
`python scripts/convert_pdf_to_images.py <file.pdf> <output_directory>`
Then analyze the images to determine the purpose of each form field (make sure to convert the bounding box PDF coordinates to image coordinates).
- Create a `field_values.json` file in this format with the values to be entered for each field:
```
[
{
"field_id": "last_name", // Must match the field_id from `extract_form_field_info.py`
"description": "The user's last name",
"page": 1, // Must match the "page" value in field_info.json
"value": "Simpson"
},
{
"field_id": "Checkbox12",
"description": "Checkbox to be checked if the user is 18 or over",
"page": 1,
"value": "/On" // If this is a checkbox, use its "checked_value" value to check it. If it's a radio button group, use one of the "value" values in "radio_options".
},
// more fields
]
```
- Run the `fill_fillable_fields.py` script from this file's directory to create a filled-in PDF:
`python scripts/fill_fillable_fields.py <input pdf> <field_values.json> <output pdf>`
This script will verify that the field IDs and values you provide are valid; if it prints error messages, correct the appropriate fields and try again.
# Non-fillable fields
If the PDF doesn't have fillable form fields, you'll add text annotations. First try to extract coordinates from the PDF structure (more accurate), then fall back to visual estimation if needed.
## Step 1: Try Structure Extraction First
Run this script to extract text labels, lines, and checkboxes with their exact PDF coordinates:
`python scripts/extract_form_structure.py <input.pdf> form_structure.json`
This creates a JSON file containing:
- **labels**: Every text element with exact coordinates (x0, top, x1, bottom in PDF points)
- **lines**: Horizontal lines that define row boundaries
- **checkboxes**: Small square rectangles that are checkboxes (with center coordinates)
- **row_boundaries**: Row top/bottom positions calculated from horizontal lines
**Check the results**: If `form_structure.json` has meaningful labels (text elements that correspond to form fields), use **Approach A: Structure-Based Coordinates**. If the PDF is scanned/image-based and has few or no labels, use **Approach B: Visual Estimation**.
---
## Approach A: Structure-Based Coordinates (Preferred)
Use this when `extract_form_structure.py` found text labels in the PDF.
### A.1: Analyze the Structure
Read form_structure.json and identify:
1. **Label groups**: Adjacent text elements that form a single label (e.g., "Last" + "Name")
2. **Row structure**: Labels with similar `top` values are in the same row
3. **Field columns**: Entry areas start after label ends (x0 = label.x1 + gap)
4. **Checkboxes**: Use the checkbox coordinates directly from the structure
**Coordinate system**: PDF coordinates where y=0 is at TOP of page, y increases downward.
### A.2: Check for Missing Elements
The structure extraction may not detect all form elements. Common cases:
- **Circular checkboxes**: Only square rectangles are detected as checkboxes
- **Complex graphics**: Decorative elements or non-standard form controls
- **Faded or light-colored elements**: May not be extracted
If you see form fields in the PDF images that aren't in form_structure.json, you'll need to use **visual analysis** for those specific fields (see "Hybrid Approach" below).
### A.3: Create fields.json with PDF Coordinates
For each field, calculate entry coordinates from the extracted structure:
**Text fields:**
- entry x0 = label x1 + 5 (small gap after label)
- entry x1 = next label's x0, or row boundary
- entry top = same as label top
- entry bottom = row boundary line below, or label bottom + row_height
**Checkboxes:**
- Use the checkbox rectangle coordinates directly from form_structure.json
- entry_bounding_box = [checkbox.x0, checkbox.top, checkbox.x1, checkbox.bottom]
Create fields.json using `pdf_width` and `pdf_height` (signals PDF coordinates):
```json
{
"pages": [
{"page_number": 1, "pdf_width": 612, "pdf_height": 792}
],
"form_fields": [
{
"page_number": 1,
"description": "Last name entry field",
"field_label": "Last Name",
"label_bounding_box": [43, 63, 87, 73],
"entry_bounding_box": [92, 63, 260, 79],
"entry_text": {"text": "Smith", "font_size": 10}
},
{
"page_number": 1,
"description": "US Citizen Yes checkbox",
"field_label": "Yes",
"label_bounding_box": [260, 200, 280, 210],
"entry_bounding_box": [285, 197, 292, 205],
"entry_text": {"text": "X"}
}
]
}
```
**Important**: Use `pdf_width`/`pdf_height` and coordinates directly from form_structure.json.
### A.4: Validate Bounding Boxes
Before filling, check your bounding boxes for errors:
`python scripts/check_bounding_boxes.py fields.json`
This checks for intersecting bounding boxes and entry boxes that are too small for the font size. Fix any reported errors before filling.
---
## Approach B: Visual Estimation (Fallback)
Use this when the PDF is scanned/image-based and structure extraction found no usable text labels (e.g., all text shows as "(cid:X)" patterns).
### B.1: Convert PDF to Images
`python scripts/convert_pdf_to_images.py <input.pdf> <images_dir/>`
### B.2: Initial Field Identification
Examine each page image to identify form sections and get **rough estimates** of field locations:
- Form field labels and their approximate positions
- Entry areas (lines, boxes, or blank spaces for text input)
- Checkboxes and their approximate locations
For each field, note approximate pixel coordinates (they don't need to be precise yet).
### B.3: Zoom Refinement (CRITICAL for accuracy)
For each field, crop a region around the estimated position to refine coordinates precisely.
**Create a zoomed crop using ImageMagick:**
```bash
magick <page_image> -crop <width>x<height>+<x>+<y> +repage <crop_output.png>
```
Where:
- `<x>, <y>` = top-left corner of crop region (use your rough estimate minus padding)
- `<width>, <height>` = size of crop region (field area plus ~50px padding on each side)
**Example:** To refine a "Name" field estimated around (100, 150):
```bash
magick images_dir/page_1.png -crop 300x80+50+120 +repage crops/name_field.png
```
(Note: if the `magick` command isn't available, try `convert` with the same arguments).
**Examine the cropped image** to determine precise coordinates:
1. Identify the exact pixel where the entry area begins (after the label)
2. Identify where the entry area ends (before next field or edge)
3. Identify the top and bottom of the entry line/box
**Convert crop coordinates back to full image coordinates:**
- full_x = crop_x + crop_offset_x
- full_y = crop_y + crop_offset_y
Example: If the crop started at (50, 120) and the entry box starts at (52, 18) within the crop:
- entry_x0 = 52 + 50 = 102
- entry_top = 18 + 120 = 138
**Repeat for each field**, grouping nearby fields into single crops when possible.
### B.4: Create fields.json with Refined Coordinates
Create fields.json using `image_width` and `image_height` (signals image coordinates):
```json
{
"pages": [
{"page_number": 1, "image_width": 1700, "image_height": 2200}
],
"form_fields": [
{
"page_number": 1,
"description": "Last name entry field",
"field_label": "Last Name",
"label_bounding_box": [120, 175, 242, 198],
"entry_bounding_box": [255, 175, 720, 218],
"entry_text": {"text": "Smith", "font_size": 10}
}
]
}
```
**Important**: Use `image_width`/`image_height` and the refined pixel coordinates from the zoom analysis.
### B.5: Validate Bounding Boxes
Before filling, check your bounding boxes for errors:
`python scripts/check_bounding_boxes.py fields.json`
This checks for intersecting bounding boxes and entry boxes that are too small for the font size. Fix any reported errors before filling.
---
## Hybrid Approach: Structure + Visual
Use this when structure extraction works for most fields but misses some elements (e.g., circular checkboxes, unusual form controls).
1. **Use Approach A** for fields that were detected in form_structure.json
2. **Convert PDF to images** for visual analysis of missing fields
3. **Use zoom refinement** (from Approach B) for the missing fields
4. **Combine coordinates**: For fields from structure extraction, use `pdf_width`/`pdf_height`. For visually-estimated fields, you must convert image coordinates to PDF coordinates:
- pdf_x = image_x * (pdf_width / image_width)
- pdf_y = image_y * (pdf_height / image_height)
5. **Use a single coordinate system** in fields.json - convert all to PDF coordinates with `pdf_width`/`pdf_height`
---
## Step 2: Validate Before Filling
**Always validate bounding boxes before filling:**
`python scripts/check_bounding_boxes.py fields.json`
This checks for:
- Intersecting bounding boxes (which would cause overlapping text)
- Entry boxes that are too small for the specified font size
Fix any reported errors in fields.json before proceeding.
## Step 3: Fill the Form
The fill script auto-detects the coordinate system and handles conversion:
`python scripts/fill_pdf_form_with_annotations.py <input.pdf> fields.json <output.pdf>`
## Step 4: Verify Output
Convert the filled PDF to images and verify text placement:
`python scripts/convert_pdf_to_images.py <output.pdf> <verify_images/>`
If text is mispositioned:
- **Approach A**: Check that you're using PDF coordinates from form_structure.json with `pdf_width`/`pdf_height`
- **Approach B**: Check that image dimensions match and coordinates are accurate pixels
- **Hybrid**: Ensure coordinate conversions are correct for visually-estimated fields
+612
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
# PDF Processing Advanced Reference
This document contains advanced PDF processing features, detailed examples, and additional libraries not covered in the main skill instructions.
## pypdfium2 Library (Apache/BSD License)
### Overview
pypdfium2 is a Python binding for PDFium (Chromium's PDF library). It's excellent for fast PDF rendering, image generation, and serves as a PyMuPDF replacement.
### Render PDF to Images
```python
import pypdfium2 as pdfium
from PIL import Image
# Load PDF
pdf = pdfium.PdfDocument("document.pdf")
# Render page to image
page = pdf[0] # First page
bitmap = page.render(
scale=2.0, # Higher resolution
rotation=0 # No rotation
)
# Convert to PIL Image
img = bitmap.to_pil()
img.save("page_1.png", "PNG")
# Process multiple pages
for i, page in enumerate(pdf):
bitmap = page.render(scale=1.5)
img = bitmap.to_pil()
img.save(f"page_{i+1}.jpg", "JPEG", quality=90)
```
### Extract Text with pypdfium2
```python
import pypdfium2 as pdfium
pdf = pdfium.PdfDocument("document.pdf")
for i, page in enumerate(pdf):
text = page.get_text()
print(f"Page {i+1} text length: {len(text)} chars")
```
## JavaScript Libraries
### pdf-lib (MIT License)
pdf-lib is a powerful JavaScript library for creating and modifying PDF documents in any JavaScript environment.
#### Load and Manipulate Existing PDF
```javascript
import { PDFDocument } from 'pdf-lib';
import fs from 'fs';
async function manipulatePDF() {
// Load existing PDF
const existingPdfBytes = fs.readFileSync('input.pdf');
const pdfDoc = await PDFDocument.load(existingPdfBytes);
// Get page count
const pageCount = pdfDoc.getPageCount();
console.log(`Document has ${pageCount} pages`);
// Add new page
const newPage = pdfDoc.addPage([600, 400]);
newPage.drawText('Added by pdf-lib', {
x: 100,
y: 300,
size: 16
});
// Save modified PDF
const pdfBytes = await pdfDoc.save();
fs.writeFileSync('modified.pdf', pdfBytes);
}
```
#### Create Complex PDFs from Scratch
```javascript
import { PDFDocument, rgb, StandardFonts } from 'pdf-lib';
import fs from 'fs';
async function createPDF() {
const pdfDoc = await PDFDocument.create();
// Add fonts
const helveticaFont = await pdfDoc.embedFont(StandardFonts.Helvetica);
const helveticaBold = await pdfDoc.embedFont(StandardFonts.HelveticaBold);
// Add page
const page = pdfDoc.addPage([595, 842]); // A4 size
const { width, height } = page.getSize();
// Add text with styling
page.drawText('Invoice #12345', {
x: 50,
y: height - 50,
size: 18,
font: helveticaBold,
color: rgb(0.2, 0.2, 0.8)
});
// Add rectangle (header background)
page.drawRectangle({
x: 40,
y: height - 100,
width: width - 80,
height: 30,
color: rgb(0.9, 0.9, 0.9)
});
// Add table-like content
const items = [
['Item', 'Qty', 'Price', 'Total'],
['Widget', '2', '$50', '$100'],
['Gadget', '1', '$75', '$75']
];
let yPos = height - 150;
items.forEach(row => {
let xPos = 50;
row.forEach(cell => {
page.drawText(cell, {
x: xPos,
y: yPos,
size: 12,
font: helveticaFont
});
xPos += 120;
});
yPos -= 25;
});
const pdfBytes = await pdfDoc.save();
fs.writeFileSync('created.pdf', pdfBytes);
}
```
#### Advanced Merge and Split Operations
```javascript
import { PDFDocument } from 'pdf-lib';
import fs from 'fs';
async function mergePDFs() {
// Create new document
const mergedPdf = await PDFDocument.create();
// Load source PDFs
const pdf1Bytes = fs.readFileSync('doc1.pdf');
const pdf2Bytes = fs.readFileSync('doc2.pdf');
const pdf1 = await PDFDocument.load(pdf1Bytes);
const pdf2 = await PDFDocument.load(pdf2Bytes);
// Copy pages from first PDF
const pdf1Pages = await mergedPdf.copyPages(pdf1, pdf1.getPageIndices());
pdf1Pages.forEach(page => mergedPdf.addPage(page));
// Copy specific pages from second PDF (pages 0, 2, 4)
const pdf2Pages = await mergedPdf.copyPages(pdf2, [0, 2, 4]);
pdf2Pages.forEach(page => mergedPdf.addPage(page));
const mergedPdfBytes = await mergedPdf.save();
fs.writeFileSync('merged.pdf', mergedPdfBytes);
}
```
### pdfjs-dist (Apache License)
PDF.js is Mozilla's JavaScript library for rendering PDFs in the browser.
#### Basic PDF Loading and Rendering
```javascript
import * as pdfjsLib from 'pdfjs-dist';
// Configure worker (important for performance)
pdfjsLib.GlobalWorkerOptions.workerSrc = './pdf.worker.js';
async function renderPDF() {
// Load PDF
const loadingTask = pdfjsLib.getDocument('document.pdf');
const pdf = await loadingTask.promise;
console.log(`Loaded PDF with ${pdf.numPages} pages`);
// Get first page
const page = await pdf.getPage(1);
const viewport = page.getViewport({ scale: 1.5 });
// Render to canvas
const canvas = document.createElement('canvas');
const context = canvas.getContext('2d');
canvas.height = viewport.height;
canvas.width = viewport.width;
const renderContext = {
canvasContext: context,
viewport: viewport
};
await page.render(renderContext).promise;
document.body.appendChild(canvas);
}
```
#### Extract Text with Coordinates
```javascript
import * as pdfjsLib from 'pdfjs-dist';
async function extractText() {
const loadingTask = pdfjsLib.getDocument('document.pdf');
const pdf = await loadingTask.promise;
let fullText = '';
// Extract text from all pages
for (let i = 1; i <= pdf.numPages; i++) {
const page = await pdf.getPage(i);
const textContent = await page.getTextContent();
const pageText = textContent.items
.map(item => item.str)
.join(' ');
fullText += `\n--- Page ${i} ---\n${pageText}`;
// Get text with coordinates for advanced processing
const textWithCoords = textContent.items.map(item => ({
text: item.str,
x: item.transform[4],
y: item.transform[5],
width: item.width,
height: item.height
}));
}
console.log(fullText);
return fullText;
}
```
#### Extract Annotations and Forms
```javascript
import * as pdfjsLib from 'pdfjs-dist';
async function extractAnnotations() {
const loadingTask = pdfjsLib.getDocument('annotated.pdf');
const pdf = await loadingTask.promise;
for (let i = 1; i <= pdf.numPages; i++) {
const page = await pdf.getPage(i);
const annotations = await page.getAnnotations();
annotations.forEach(annotation => {
console.log(`Annotation type: ${annotation.subtype}`);
console.log(`Content: ${annotation.contents}`);
console.log(`Coordinates: ${JSON.stringify(annotation.rect)}`);
});
}
}
```
## Advanced Command-Line Operations
### poppler-utils Advanced Features
#### Extract Text with Bounding Box Coordinates
```bash
# Extract text with bounding box coordinates (essential for structured data)
pdftotext -bbox-layout document.pdf output.xml
# The XML output contains precise coordinates for each text element
```
#### Advanced Image Conversion
```bash
# Convert to PNG images with specific resolution
pdftoppm -png -r 300 document.pdf output_prefix
# Convert specific page range with high resolution
pdftoppm -png -r 600 -f 1 -l 3 document.pdf high_res_pages
# Convert to JPEG with quality setting
pdftoppm -jpeg -jpegopt quality=85 -r 200 document.pdf jpeg_output
```
#### Extract Embedded Images
```bash
# Extract all embedded images with metadata
pdfimages -j -p document.pdf page_images
# List image info without extracting
pdfimages -list document.pdf
# Extract images in their original format
pdfimages -all document.pdf images/img
```
### qpdf Advanced Features
#### Complex Page Manipulation
```bash
# Split PDF into groups of pages
qpdf --split-pages=3 input.pdf output_group_%02d.pdf
# Extract specific pages with complex ranges
qpdf input.pdf --pages input.pdf 1,3-5,8,10-end -- extracted.pdf
# Merge specific pages from multiple PDFs
qpdf --empty --pages doc1.pdf 1-3 doc2.pdf 5-7 doc3.pdf 2,4 -- combined.pdf
```
#### PDF Optimization and Repair
```bash
# Optimize PDF for web (linearize for streaming)
qpdf --linearize input.pdf optimized.pdf
# Remove unused objects and compress
qpdf --optimize-level=all input.pdf compressed.pdf
# Attempt to repair corrupted PDF structure
qpdf --check input.pdf
qpdf --fix-qdf damaged.pdf repaired.pdf
# Show detailed PDF structure for debugging
qpdf --show-all-pages input.pdf > structure.txt
```
#### Advanced Encryption
```bash
# Add password protection with specific permissions
qpdf --encrypt user_pass owner_pass 256 --print=none --modify=none -- input.pdf encrypted.pdf
# Check encryption status
qpdf --show-encryption encrypted.pdf
# Remove password protection (requires password)
qpdf --password=secret123 --decrypt encrypted.pdf decrypted.pdf
```
## Advanced Python Techniques
### pdfplumber Advanced Features
#### Extract Text with Precise Coordinates
```python
import pdfplumber
with pdfplumber.open("document.pdf") as pdf:
page = pdf.pages[0]
# Extract all text with coordinates
chars = page.chars
for char in chars[:10]: # First 10 characters
print(f"Char: '{char['text']}' at x:{char['x0']:.1f} y:{char['y0']:.1f}")
# Extract text by bounding box (left, top, right, bottom)
bbox_text = page.within_bbox((100, 100, 400, 200)).extract_text()
```
#### Advanced Table Extraction with Custom Settings
```python
import pdfplumber
import pandas as pd
with pdfplumber.open("complex_table.pdf") as pdf:
page = pdf.pages[0]
# Extract tables with custom settings for complex layouts
table_settings = {
"vertical_strategy": "lines",
"horizontal_strategy": "lines",
"snap_tolerance": 3,
"intersection_tolerance": 15
}
tables = page.extract_tables(table_settings)
# Visual debugging for table extraction
img = page.to_image(resolution=150)
img.save("debug_layout.png")
```
### reportlab Advanced Features
#### Create Professional Reports with Tables
```python
from reportlab.platypus import SimpleDocTemplate, Table, TableStyle, Paragraph
from reportlab.lib.styles import getSampleStyleSheet
from reportlab.lib import colors
# Sample data
data = [
['Product', 'Q1', 'Q2', 'Q3', 'Q4'],
['Widgets', '120', '135', '142', '158'],
['Gadgets', '85', '92', '98', '105']
]
# Create PDF with table
doc = SimpleDocTemplate("report.pdf")
elements = []
# Add title
styles = getSampleStyleSheet()
title = Paragraph("Quarterly Sales Report", styles['Title'])
elements.append(title)
# Add table with advanced styling
table = Table(data)
table.setStyle(TableStyle([
('BACKGROUND', (0, 0), (-1, 0), colors.grey),
('TEXTCOLOR', (0, 0), (-1, 0), colors.whitesmoke),
('ALIGN', (0, 0), (-1, -1), 'CENTER'),
('FONTNAME', (0, 0), (-1, 0), 'Helvetica-Bold'),
('FONTSIZE', (0, 0), (-1, 0), 14),
('BOTTOMPADDING', (0, 0), (-1, 0), 12),
('BACKGROUND', (0, 1), (-1, -1), colors.beige),
('GRID', (0, 0), (-1, -1), 1, colors.black)
]))
elements.append(table)
doc.build(elements)
```
## Complex Workflows
### Extract Figures/Images from PDF
#### Method 1: Using pdfimages (fastest)
```bash
# Extract all images with original quality
pdfimages -all document.pdf images/img
```
#### Method 2: Using pypdfium2 + Image Processing
```python
import pypdfium2 as pdfium
from PIL import Image
import numpy as np
def extract_figures(pdf_path, output_dir):
pdf = pdfium.PdfDocument(pdf_path)
for page_num, page in enumerate(pdf):
# Render high-resolution page
bitmap = page.render(scale=3.0)
img = bitmap.to_pil()
# Convert to numpy for processing
img_array = np.array(img)
# Simple figure detection (non-white regions)
mask = np.any(img_array != [255, 255, 255], axis=2)
# Find contours and extract bounding boxes
# (This is simplified - real implementation would need more sophisticated detection)
# Save detected figures
# ... implementation depends on specific needs
```
### Batch PDF Processing with Error Handling
```python
import os
import glob
from pypdf import PdfReader, PdfWriter
import logging
logging.basicConfig(level=logging.INFO)
logger = logging.getLogger(__name__)
def batch_process_pdfs(input_dir, operation='merge'):
pdf_files = glob.glob(os.path.join(input_dir, "*.pdf"))
if operation == 'merge':
writer = PdfWriter()
for pdf_file in pdf_files:
try:
reader = PdfReader(pdf_file)
for page in reader.pages:
writer.add_page(page)
logger.info(f"Processed: {pdf_file}")
except Exception as e:
logger.error(f"Failed to process {pdf_file}: {e}")
continue
with open("batch_merged.pdf", "wb") as output:
writer.write(output)
elif operation == 'extract_text':
for pdf_file in pdf_files:
try:
reader = PdfReader(pdf_file)
text = ""
for page in reader.pages:
text += page.extract_text()
output_file = pdf_file.replace('.pdf', '.txt')
with open(output_file, 'w', encoding='utf-8') as f:
f.write(text)
logger.info(f"Extracted text from: {pdf_file}")
except Exception as e:
logger.error(f"Failed to extract text from {pdf_file}: {e}")
continue
```
### Advanced PDF Cropping
```python
from pypdf import PdfWriter, PdfReader
reader = PdfReader("input.pdf")
writer = PdfWriter()
# Crop page (left, bottom, right, top in points)
page = reader.pages[0]
page.mediabox.left = 50
page.mediabox.bottom = 50
page.mediabox.right = 550
page.mediabox.top = 750
writer.add_page(page)
with open("cropped.pdf", "wb") as output:
writer.write(output)
```
## Performance Optimization Tips
### 1. For Large PDFs
- Use streaming approaches instead of loading entire PDF in memory
- Use `qpdf --split-pages` for splitting large files
- Process pages individually with pypdfium2
### 2. For Text Extraction
- `pdftotext -bbox-layout` is fastest for plain text extraction
- Use pdfplumber for structured data and tables
- Avoid `pypdf.extract_text()` for very large documents
### 3. For Image Extraction
- `pdfimages` is much faster than rendering pages
- Use low resolution for previews, high resolution for final output
### 4. For Form Filling
- pdf-lib maintains form structure better than most alternatives
- Pre-validate form fields before processing
### 5. Memory Management
```python
# Process PDFs in chunks
def process_large_pdf(pdf_path, chunk_size=10):
reader = PdfReader(pdf_path)
total_pages = len(reader.pages)
for start_idx in range(0, total_pages, chunk_size):
end_idx = min(start_idx + chunk_size, total_pages)
writer = PdfWriter()
for i in range(start_idx, end_idx):
writer.add_page(reader.pages[i])
# Process chunk
with open(f"chunk_{start_idx//chunk_size}.pdf", "wb") as output:
writer.write(output)
```
## Troubleshooting Common Issues
### Encrypted PDFs
```python
# Handle password-protected PDFs
from pypdf import PdfReader
try:
reader = PdfReader("encrypted.pdf")
if reader.is_encrypted:
reader.decrypt("password")
except Exception as e:
print(f"Failed to decrypt: {e}")
```
### Corrupted PDFs
```bash
# Use qpdf to repair
qpdf --check corrupted.pdf
qpdf --replace-input corrupted.pdf
```
### Text Extraction Issues
```python
# Fallback to OCR for scanned PDFs
import pytesseract
from pdf2image import convert_from_path
def extract_text_with_ocr(pdf_path):
images = convert_from_path(pdf_path)
text = ""
for i, image in enumerate(images):
text += pytesseract.image_to_string(image)
return text
```
## License Information
- **pypdf**: BSD License
- **pdfplumber**: MIT License
- **pypdfium2**: Apache/BSD License
- **reportlab**: BSD License
- **poppler-utils**: GPL-2 License
- **qpdf**: Apache License
- **pdf-lib**: MIT License
- **pdfjs-dist**: Apache License
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
from dataclasses import dataclass
import json
import sys
@dataclass
class RectAndField:
rect: list[float]
rect_type: str
field: dict
def get_bounding_box_messages(fields_json_stream) -> list[str]:
messages = []
fields = json.load(fields_json_stream)
messages.append(f"Read {len(fields['form_fields'])} fields")
def rects_intersect(r1, r2):
disjoint_horizontal = r1[0] >= r2[2] or r1[2] <= r2[0]
disjoint_vertical = r1[1] >= r2[3] or r1[3] <= r2[1]
return not (disjoint_horizontal or disjoint_vertical)
rects_and_fields = []
for f in fields["form_fields"]:
rects_and_fields.append(RectAndField(f["label_bounding_box"], "label", f))
rects_and_fields.append(RectAndField(f["entry_bounding_box"], "entry", f))
has_error = False
for i, ri in enumerate(rects_and_fields):
for j in range(i + 1, len(rects_and_fields)):
rj = rects_and_fields[j]
if ri.field["page_number"] == rj.field["page_number"] and rects_intersect(ri.rect, rj.rect):
has_error = True
if ri.field is rj.field:
messages.append(f"FAILURE: intersection between label and entry bounding boxes for `{ri.field['description']}` ({ri.rect}, {rj.rect})")
else:
messages.append(f"FAILURE: intersection between {ri.rect_type} bounding box for `{ri.field['description']}` ({ri.rect}) and {rj.rect_type} bounding box for `{rj.field['description']}` ({rj.rect})")
if len(messages) >= 20:
messages.append("Aborting further checks; fix bounding boxes and try again")
return messages
if ri.rect_type == "entry":
if "entry_text" in ri.field:
font_size = ri.field["entry_text"].get("font_size", 14)
entry_height = ri.rect[3] - ri.rect[1]
if entry_height < font_size:
has_error = True
messages.append(f"FAILURE: entry bounding box height ({entry_height}) for `{ri.field['description']}` is too short for the text content (font size: {font_size}). Increase the box height or decrease the font size.")
if len(messages) >= 20:
messages.append("Aborting further checks; fix bounding boxes and try again")
return messages
if not has_error:
messages.append("SUCCESS: All bounding boxes are valid")
return messages
if __name__ == "__main__":
if len(sys.argv) != 2:
print("Usage: check_bounding_boxes.py [fields.json]")
sys.exit(1)
with open(sys.argv[1]) as f:
messages = get_bounding_box_messages(f)
for msg in messages:
print(msg)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
import sys
from pypdf import PdfReader
reader = PdfReader(sys.argv[1])
if (reader.get_fields()):
print("This PDF has fillable form fields")
else:
print("This PDF does not have fillable form fields; you will need to visually determine where to enter data")
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
import os
import sys
from pdf2image import convert_from_path
def convert(pdf_path, output_dir, max_dim=1000):
images = convert_from_path(pdf_path, dpi=200)
for i, image in enumerate(images):
width, height = image.size
if width > max_dim or height > max_dim:
scale_factor = min(max_dim / width, max_dim / height)
new_width = int(width * scale_factor)
new_height = int(height * scale_factor)
image = image.resize((new_width, new_height))
image_path = os.path.join(output_dir, f"page_{i+1}.png")
image.save(image_path)
print(f"Saved page {i+1} as {image_path} (size: {image.size})")
print(f"Converted {len(images)} pages to PNG images")
if __name__ == "__main__":
if len(sys.argv) != 3:
print("Usage: convert_pdf_to_images.py [input pdf] [output directory]")
sys.exit(1)
pdf_path = sys.argv[1]
output_directory = sys.argv[2]
convert(pdf_path, output_directory)
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
import json
import sys
from PIL import Image, ImageDraw
def create_validation_image(page_number, fields_json_path, input_path, output_path):
with open(fields_json_path, 'r') as f:
data = json.load(f)
img = Image.open(input_path)
draw = ImageDraw.Draw(img)
num_boxes = 0
for field in data["form_fields"]:
if field["page_number"] == page_number:
entry_box = field['entry_bounding_box']
label_box = field['label_bounding_box']
draw.rectangle(entry_box, outline='red', width=2)
draw.rectangle(label_box, outline='blue', width=2)
num_boxes += 2
img.save(output_path)
print(f"Created validation image at {output_path} with {num_boxes} bounding boxes")
if __name__ == "__main__":
if len(sys.argv) != 5:
print("Usage: create_validation_image.py [page number] [fields.json file] [input image path] [output image path]")
sys.exit(1)
page_number = int(sys.argv[1])
fields_json_path = sys.argv[2]
input_image_path = sys.argv[3]
output_image_path = sys.argv[4]
create_validation_image(page_number, fields_json_path, input_image_path, output_image_path)
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
import json
import sys
from pypdf import PdfReader
def get_full_annotation_field_id(annotation):
components = []
while annotation:
field_name = annotation.get('/T')
if field_name:
components.append(field_name)
annotation = annotation.get('/Parent')
return ".".join(reversed(components)) if components else None
def make_field_dict(field, field_id):
field_dict = {"field_id": field_id}
ft = field.get('/FT')
if ft == "/Tx":
field_dict["type"] = "text"
elif ft == "/Btn":
field_dict["type"] = "checkbox"
states = field.get("/_States_", [])
if len(states) == 2:
if "/Off" in states:
field_dict["checked_value"] = states[0] if states[0] != "/Off" else states[1]
field_dict["unchecked_value"] = "/Off"
else:
print(f"Unexpected state values for checkbox `${field_id}`. Its checked and unchecked values may not be correct; if you're trying to check it, visually verify the results.")
field_dict["checked_value"] = states[0]
field_dict["unchecked_value"] = states[1]
elif ft == "/Ch":
field_dict["type"] = "choice"
states = field.get("/_States_", [])
field_dict["choice_options"] = [{
"value": state[0],
"text": state[1],
} for state in states]
else:
field_dict["type"] = f"unknown ({ft})"
return field_dict
def get_field_info(reader: PdfReader):
fields = reader.get_fields()
field_info_by_id = {}
possible_radio_names = set()
for field_id, field in fields.items():
if field.get("/Kids"):
if field.get("/FT") == "/Btn":
possible_radio_names.add(field_id)
continue
field_info_by_id[field_id] = make_field_dict(field, field_id)
radio_fields_by_id = {}
for page_index, page in enumerate(reader.pages):
annotations = page.get('/Annots', [])
for ann in annotations:
field_id = get_full_annotation_field_id(ann)
if field_id in field_info_by_id:
field_info_by_id[field_id]["page"] = page_index + 1
field_info_by_id[field_id]["rect"] = ann.get('/Rect')
elif field_id in possible_radio_names:
try:
on_values = [v for v in ann["/AP"]["/N"] if v != "/Off"]
except KeyError:
continue
if len(on_values) == 1:
rect = ann.get("/Rect")
if field_id not in radio_fields_by_id:
radio_fields_by_id[field_id] = {
"field_id": field_id,
"type": "radio_group",
"page": page_index + 1,
"radio_options": [],
}
radio_fields_by_id[field_id]["radio_options"].append({
"value": on_values[0],
"rect": rect,
})
fields_with_location = []
for field_info in field_info_by_id.values():
if "page" in field_info:
fields_with_location.append(field_info)
else:
print(f"Unable to determine location for field id: {field_info.get('field_id')}, ignoring")
def sort_key(f):
if "radio_options" in f:
rect = f["radio_options"][0]["rect"] or [0, 0, 0, 0]
else:
rect = f.get("rect") or [0, 0, 0, 0]
adjusted_position = [-rect[1], rect[0]]
return [f.get("page"), adjusted_position]
sorted_fields = fields_with_location + list(radio_fields_by_id.values())
sorted_fields.sort(key=sort_key)
return sorted_fields
def write_field_info(pdf_path: str, json_output_path: str):
reader = PdfReader(pdf_path)
field_info = get_field_info(reader)
with open(json_output_path, "w") as f:
json.dump(field_info, f, indent=2)
print(f"Wrote {len(field_info)} fields to {json_output_path}")
if __name__ == "__main__":
if len(sys.argv) != 3:
print("Usage: extract_form_field_info.py [input pdf] [output json]")
sys.exit(1)
write_field_info(sys.argv[1], sys.argv[2])
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
"""
Extract form structure from a non-fillable PDF.
This script analyzes the PDF to find:
- Text labels with their exact coordinates
- Horizontal lines (row boundaries)
- Checkboxes (small rectangles)
Output: A JSON file with the form structure that can be used to generate
accurate field coordinates for filling.
Usage: python extract_form_structure.py <input.pdf> <output.json>
"""
import json
import sys
import pdfplumber
def extract_form_structure(pdf_path):
structure = {
"pages": [],
"labels": [],
"lines": [],
"checkboxes": [],
"row_boundaries": []
}
with pdfplumber.open(pdf_path) as pdf:
for page_num, page in enumerate(pdf.pages, 1):
structure["pages"].append({
"page_number": page_num,
"width": float(page.width),
"height": float(page.height)
})
words = page.extract_words()
for word in words:
structure["labels"].append({
"page": page_num,
"text": word["text"],
"x0": round(float(word["x0"]), 1),
"top": round(float(word["top"]), 1),
"x1": round(float(word["x1"]), 1),
"bottom": round(float(word["bottom"]), 1)
})
for line in page.lines:
if abs(float(line["x1"]) - float(line["x0"])) > page.width * 0.5:
structure["lines"].append({
"page": page_num,
"y": round(float(line["top"]), 1),
"x0": round(float(line["x0"]), 1),
"x1": round(float(line["x1"]), 1)
})
for rect in page.rects:
width = float(rect["x1"]) - float(rect["x0"])
height = float(rect["bottom"]) - float(rect["top"])
if 5 <= width <= 15 and 5 <= height <= 15 and abs(width - height) < 2:
structure["checkboxes"].append({
"page": page_num,
"x0": round(float(rect["x0"]), 1),
"top": round(float(rect["top"]), 1),
"x1": round(float(rect["x1"]), 1),
"bottom": round(float(rect["bottom"]), 1),
"center_x": round((float(rect["x0"]) + float(rect["x1"])) / 2, 1),
"center_y": round((float(rect["top"]) + float(rect["bottom"])) / 2, 1)
})
lines_by_page = {}
for line in structure["lines"]:
page = line["page"]
if page not in lines_by_page:
lines_by_page[page] = []
lines_by_page[page].append(line["y"])
for page, y_coords in lines_by_page.items():
y_coords = sorted(set(y_coords))
for i in range(len(y_coords) - 1):
structure["row_boundaries"].append({
"page": page,
"row_top": y_coords[i],
"row_bottom": y_coords[i + 1],
"row_height": round(y_coords[i + 1] - y_coords[i], 1)
})
return structure
def main():
if len(sys.argv) != 3:
print("Usage: extract_form_structure.py <input.pdf> <output.json>")
sys.exit(1)
pdf_path = sys.argv[1]
output_path = sys.argv[2]
print(f"Extracting structure from {pdf_path}...")
structure = extract_form_structure(pdf_path)
with open(output_path, "w") as f:
json.dump(structure, f, indent=2)
print(f"Found:")
print(f" - {len(structure['pages'])} pages")
print(f" - {len(structure['labels'])} text labels")
print(f" - {len(structure['lines'])} horizontal lines")
print(f" - {len(structure['checkboxes'])} checkboxes")
print(f" - {len(structure['row_boundaries'])} row boundaries")
print(f"Saved to {output_path}")
if __name__ == "__main__":
main()
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
import json
import sys
from pypdf import PdfReader, PdfWriter
from extract_form_field_info import get_field_info
def fill_pdf_fields(input_pdf_path: str, fields_json_path: str, output_pdf_path: str):
with open(fields_json_path) as f:
fields = json.load(f)
fields_by_page = {}
for field in fields:
if "value" in field:
field_id = field["field_id"]
page = field["page"]
if page not in fields_by_page:
fields_by_page[page] = {}
fields_by_page[page][field_id] = field["value"]
reader = PdfReader(input_pdf_path)
has_error = False
field_info = get_field_info(reader)
fields_by_ids = {f["field_id"]: f for f in field_info}
for field in fields:
existing_field = fields_by_ids.get(field["field_id"])
if not existing_field:
has_error = True
print(f"ERROR: `{field['field_id']}` is not a valid field ID")
elif field["page"] != existing_field["page"]:
has_error = True
print(f"ERROR: Incorrect page number for `{field['field_id']}` (got {field['page']}, expected {existing_field['page']})")
else:
if "value" in field:
err = validation_error_for_field_value(existing_field, field["value"])
if err:
print(err)
has_error = True
if has_error:
sys.exit(1)
writer = PdfWriter(clone_from=reader)
for page, field_values in fields_by_page.items():
writer.update_page_form_field_values(writer.pages[page - 1], field_values, auto_regenerate=False)
writer.set_need_appearances_writer(True)
with open(output_pdf_path, "wb") as f:
writer.write(f)
def validation_error_for_field_value(field_info, field_value):
field_type = field_info["type"]
field_id = field_info["field_id"]
if field_type == "checkbox":
checked_val = field_info["checked_value"]
unchecked_val = field_info["unchecked_value"]
if field_value != checked_val and field_value != unchecked_val:
return f'ERROR: Invalid value "{field_value}" for checkbox field "{field_id}". The checked value is "{checked_val}" and the unchecked value is "{unchecked_val}"'
elif field_type == "radio_group":
option_values = [opt["value"] for opt in field_info["radio_options"]]
if field_value not in option_values:
return f'ERROR: Invalid value "{field_value}" for radio group field "{field_id}". Valid values are: {option_values}'
elif field_type == "choice":
choice_values = [opt["value"] for opt in field_info["choice_options"]]
if field_value not in choice_values:
return f'ERROR: Invalid value "{field_value}" for choice field "{field_id}". Valid values are: {choice_values}'
return None
def monkeypatch_pydpf_method():
from pypdf.generic import DictionaryObject
from pypdf.constants import FieldDictionaryAttributes
original_get_inherited = DictionaryObject.get_inherited
def patched_get_inherited(self, key: str, default = None):
result = original_get_inherited(self, key, default)
if key == FieldDictionaryAttributes.Opt:
if isinstance(result, list) and all(isinstance(v, list) and len(v) == 2 for v in result):
result = [r[0] for r in result]
return result
DictionaryObject.get_inherited = patched_get_inherited
if __name__ == "__main__":
if len(sys.argv) != 4:
print("Usage: fill_fillable_fields.py [input pdf] [field_values.json] [output pdf]")
sys.exit(1)
monkeypatch_pydpf_method()
input_pdf = sys.argv[1]
fields_json = sys.argv[2]
output_pdf = sys.argv[3]
fill_pdf_fields(input_pdf, fields_json, output_pdf)
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
import json
import sys
from pypdf import PdfReader, PdfWriter
from pypdf.annotations import FreeText
def transform_from_image_coords(bbox, image_width, image_height, pdf_width, pdf_height):
x_scale = pdf_width / image_width
y_scale = pdf_height / image_height
left = bbox[0] * x_scale
right = bbox[2] * x_scale
top = pdf_height - (bbox[1] * y_scale)
bottom = pdf_height - (bbox[3] * y_scale)
return left, bottom, right, top
def transform_from_pdf_coords(bbox, pdf_height):
left = bbox[0]
right = bbox[2]
pypdf_top = pdf_height - bbox[1]
pypdf_bottom = pdf_height - bbox[3]
return left, pypdf_bottom, right, pypdf_top
def fill_pdf_form(input_pdf_path, fields_json_path, output_pdf_path):
with open(fields_json_path, "r") as f:
fields_data = json.load(f)
reader = PdfReader(input_pdf_path)
writer = PdfWriter()
writer.append(reader)
pdf_dimensions = {}
for i, page in enumerate(reader.pages):
mediabox = page.mediabox
pdf_dimensions[i + 1] = [mediabox.width, mediabox.height]
annotations = []
for field in fields_data["form_fields"]:
page_num = field["page_number"]
page_info = next(p for p in fields_data["pages"] if p["page_number"] == page_num)
pdf_width, pdf_height = pdf_dimensions[page_num]
if "pdf_width" in page_info:
transformed_entry_box = transform_from_pdf_coords(
field["entry_bounding_box"],
float(pdf_height)
)
else:
image_width = page_info["image_width"]
image_height = page_info["image_height"]
transformed_entry_box = transform_from_image_coords(
field["entry_bounding_box"],
image_width, image_height,
float(pdf_width), float(pdf_height)
)
if "entry_text" not in field or "text" not in field["entry_text"]:
continue
entry_text = field["entry_text"]
text = entry_text["text"]
if not text:
continue
font_name = entry_text.get("font", "Arial")
font_size = str(entry_text.get("font_size", 14)) + "pt"
font_color = entry_text.get("font_color", "000000")
annotation = FreeText(
text=text,
rect=transformed_entry_box,
font=font_name,
font_size=font_size,
font_color=font_color,
border_color=None,
background_color=None,
)
annotations.append(annotation)
writer.add_annotation(page_number=page_num - 1, annotation=annotation)
with open(output_pdf_path, "wb") as output:
writer.write(output)
print(f"Successfully filled PDF form and saved to {output_pdf_path}")
print(f"Added {len(annotations)} text annotations")
if __name__ == "__main__":
if len(sys.argv) != 4:
print("Usage: fill_pdf_form_with_annotations.py [input pdf] [fields.json] [output pdf]")
sys.exit(1)
input_pdf = sys.argv[1]
fields_json = sys.argv[2]
output_pdf = sys.argv[3]
fill_pdf_form(input_pdf, fields_json, output_pdf)
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
© 2025 Anthropic, PBC. All rights reserved.
LICENSE: Use of these materials (including all code, prompts, assets, files,
and other components of this Skill) is governed by your agreement with
Anthropic regarding use of Anthropic's services. If no separate agreement
exists, use is governed by Anthropic's Consumer Terms of Service or
Commercial Terms of Service, as applicable:
https://www.anthropic.com/legal/consumer-terms
https://www.anthropic.com/legal/commercial-terms
Your applicable agreement is referred to as the "Agreement." "Services" are
as defined in the Agreement.
ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS: Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the
contrary, users may not:
- Extract these materials from the Services or retain copies of these
materials outside the Services
- Reproduce or copy these materials, except for temporary copies created
automatically during authorized use of the Services
- Create derivative works based on these materials
- Distribute, sublicense, or transfer these materials to any third party
- Make, offer to sell, sell, or import any inventions embodied in these
materials
- Reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble these materials
The receipt, viewing, or possession of these materials does not convey or
imply any license or right beyond those expressly granted above.
Anthropic retains all right, title, and interest in these materials,
including all copyrights, patents, and other intellectual property rights.
+232
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
---
name: pptx
description: "Use this skill any time a .pptx file is involved in any way — as input, output, or both. This includes: creating slide decks, pitch decks, or presentations; reading, parsing, or extracting text from any .pptx file (even if the extracted content will be used elsewhere, like in an email or summary); editing, modifying, or updating existing presentations; combining or splitting slide files; working with templates, layouts, speaker notes, or comments. Trigger whenever the user mentions \"deck,\" \"slides,\" \"presentation,\" or references a .pptx filename, regardless of what they plan to do with the content afterward. If a .pptx file needs to be opened, created, or touched, use this skill."
license: Proprietary. LICENSE.txt has complete terms
---
# PPTX Skill
## Quick Reference
| Task | Guide |
|------|-------|
| Read/analyze content | `python -m markitdown presentation.pptx` |
| Edit or create from template | Read [editing.md](editing.md) |
| Create from scratch | Read [pptxgenjs.md](pptxgenjs.md) |
---
## Reading Content
```bash
# Text extraction
python -m markitdown presentation.pptx
# Visual overview
python scripts/thumbnail.py presentation.pptx
# Raw XML
python scripts/office/unpack.py presentation.pptx unpacked/
```
---
## Editing Workflow
**Read [editing.md](editing.md) for full details.**
1. Analyze template with `thumbnail.py`
2. Unpack → manipulate slides → edit content → clean → pack
---
## Creating from Scratch
**Read [pptxgenjs.md](pptxgenjs.md) for full details.**
Use when no template or reference presentation is available.
---
## Design Ideas
**Don't create boring slides.** Plain bullets on a white background won't impress anyone. Consider ideas from this list for each slide.
### Before Starting
- **Pick a bold, content-informed color palette**: The palette should feel designed for THIS topic. If swapping your colors into a completely different presentation would still "work," you haven't made specific enough choices.
- **Dominance over equality**: One color should dominate (60-70% visual weight), with 1-2 supporting tones and one sharp accent. Never give all colors equal weight.
- **Dark/light contrast**: Dark backgrounds for title + conclusion slides, light for content ("sandwich" structure). Or commit to dark throughout for a premium feel.
- **Commit to a visual motif**: Pick ONE distinctive element and repeat it — rounded image frames, icons in colored circles, thick single-side borders. Carry it across every slide.
### Color Palettes
Choose colors that match your topic — don't default to generic blue. Use these palettes as inspiration:
| Theme | Primary | Secondary | Accent |
|-------|---------|-----------|--------|
| **Midnight Executive** | `1E2761` (navy) | `CADCFC` (ice blue) | `FFFFFF` (white) |
| **Forest & Moss** | `2C5F2D` (forest) | `97BC62` (moss) | `F5F5F5` (cream) |
| **Coral Energy** | `F96167` (coral) | `F9E795` (gold) | `2F3C7E` (navy) |
| **Warm Terracotta** | `B85042` (terracotta) | `E7E8D1` (sand) | `A7BEAE` (sage) |
| **Ocean Gradient** | `065A82` (deep blue) | `1C7293` (teal) | `21295C` (midnight) |
| **Charcoal Minimal** | `36454F` (charcoal) | `F2F2F2` (off-white) | `212121` (black) |
| **Teal Trust** | `028090` (teal) | `00A896` (seafoam) | `02C39A` (mint) |
| **Berry & Cream** | `6D2E46` (berry) | `A26769` (dusty rose) | `ECE2D0` (cream) |
| **Sage Calm** | `84B59F` (sage) | `69A297` (eucalyptus) | `50808E` (slate) |
| **Cherry Bold** | `990011` (cherry) | `FCF6F5` (off-white) | `2F3C7E` (navy) |
### For Each Slide
**Every slide needs a visual element** — image, chart, icon, or shape. Text-only slides are forgettable.
**Layout options:**
- Two-column (text left, illustration on right)
- Icon + text rows (icon in colored circle, bold header, description below)
- 2x2 or 2x3 grid (image on one side, grid of content blocks on other)
- Half-bleed image (full left or right side) with content overlay
**Data display:**
- Large stat callouts (big numbers 60-72pt with small labels below)
- Comparison columns (before/after, pros/cons, side-by-side options)
- Timeline or process flow (numbered steps, arrows)
**Visual polish:**
- Icons in small colored circles next to section headers
- Italic accent text for key stats or taglines
### Typography
**Choose an interesting font pairing** — don't default to Arial. Pick a header font with personality and pair it with a clean body font.
| Header Font | Body Font |
|-------------|-----------|
| Georgia | Calibri |
| Arial Black | Arial |
| Calibri | Calibri Light |
| Cambria | Calibri |
| Trebuchet MS | Calibri |
| Impact | Arial |
| Palatino | Garamond |
| Consolas | Calibri |
| Element | Size |
|---------|------|
| Slide title | 36-44pt bold |
| Section header | 20-24pt bold |
| Body text | 14-16pt |
| Captions | 10-12pt muted |
### Spacing
- 0.5" minimum margins
- 0.3-0.5" between content blocks
- Leave breathing room—don't fill every inch
### Avoid (Common Mistakes)
- **Don't repeat the same layout** — vary columns, cards, and callouts across slides
- **Don't center body text** — left-align paragraphs and lists; center only titles
- **Don't skimp on size contrast** — titles need 36pt+ to stand out from 14-16pt body
- **Don't default to blue** — pick colors that reflect the specific topic
- **Don't mix spacing randomly** — choose 0.3" or 0.5" gaps and use consistently
- **Don't style one slide and leave the rest plain** — commit fully or keep it simple throughout
- **Don't create text-only slides** — add images, icons, charts, or visual elements; avoid plain title + bullets
- **Don't forget text box padding** — when aligning lines or shapes with text edges, set `margin: 0` on the text box or offset the shape to account for padding
- **Don't use low-contrast elements** — icons AND text need strong contrast against the background; avoid light text on light backgrounds or dark text on dark backgrounds
- **NEVER use accent lines under titles** — these are a hallmark of AI-generated slides; use whitespace or background color instead
---
## QA (Required)
**Assume there are problems. Your job is to find them.**
Your first render is almost never correct. Approach QA as a bug hunt, not a confirmation step. If you found zero issues on first inspection, you weren't looking hard enough.
### Content QA
```bash
python -m markitdown output.pptx
```
Check for missing content, typos, wrong order.
**When using templates, check for leftover placeholder text:**
```bash
python -m markitdown output.pptx | grep -iE "xxxx|lorem|ipsum|this.*(page|slide).*layout"
```
If grep returns results, fix them before declaring success.
### Visual QA
**⚠️ USE SUBAGENTS** — even for 2-3 slides. You've been staring at the code and will see what you expect, not what's there. Subagents have fresh eyes.
Convert slides to images (see [Converting to Images](#converting-to-images)), then use this prompt:
```
Visually inspect these slides. Assume there are issues — find them.
Look for:
- Overlapping elements (text through shapes, lines through words, stacked elements)
- Text overflow or cut off at edges/box boundaries
- Decorative lines positioned for single-line text but title wrapped to two lines
- Source citations or footers colliding with content above
- Elements too close (< 0.3" gaps) or cards/sections nearly touching
- Uneven gaps (large empty area in one place, cramped in another)
- Insufficient margin from slide edges (< 0.5")
- Columns or similar elements not aligned consistently
- Low-contrast text (e.g., light gray text on cream-colored background)
- Low-contrast icons (e.g., dark icons on dark backgrounds without a contrasting circle)
- Text boxes too narrow causing excessive wrapping
- Leftover placeholder content
For each slide, list issues or areas of concern, even if minor.
Read and analyze these images:
1. /path/to/slide-01.jpg (Expected: [brief description])
2. /path/to/slide-02.jpg (Expected: [brief description])
Report ALL issues found, including minor ones.
```
### Verification Loop
1. Generate slides → Convert to images → Inspect
2. **List issues found** (if none found, look again more critically)
3. Fix issues
4. **Re-verify affected slides** — one fix often creates another problem
5. Repeat until a full pass reveals no new issues
**Do not declare success until you've completed at least one fix-and-verify cycle.**
---
## Converting to Images
Convert presentations to individual slide images for visual inspection:
```bash
python scripts/office/soffice.py --headless --convert-to pdf output.pptx
pdftoppm -jpeg -r 150 output.pdf slide
```
This creates `slide-01.jpg`, `slide-02.jpg`, etc.
To re-render specific slides after fixes:
```bash
pdftoppm -jpeg -r 150 -f N -l N output.pdf slide-fixed
```
---
## Dependencies
- `pip install "markitdown[pptx]"` - text extraction
- `pip install Pillow` - thumbnail grids
- `npm install -g pptxgenjs` - creating from scratch
- LibreOffice (`soffice`) - PDF conversion (auto-configured for sandboxed environments via `scripts/office/soffice.py`)
- Poppler (`pdftoppm`) - PDF to images
+205
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
# Editing Presentations
## Template-Based Workflow
When using an existing presentation as a template:
1. **Analyze existing slides**:
```bash
python scripts/thumbnail.py template.pptx
python -m markitdown template.pptx
```
Review `thumbnails.jpg` to see layouts, and markitdown output to see placeholder text.
2. **Plan slide mapping**: For each content section, choose a template slide.
⚠️ **USE VARIED LAYOUTS** — monotonous presentations are a common failure mode. Don't default to basic title + bullet slides. Actively seek out:
- Multi-column layouts (2-column, 3-column)
- Image + text combinations
- Full-bleed images with text overlay
- Quote or callout slides
- Section dividers
- Stat/number callouts
- Icon grids or icon + text rows
**Avoid:** Repeating the same text-heavy layout for every slide.
Match content type to layout style (e.g., key points → bullet slide, team info → multi-column, testimonials → quote slide).
3. **Unpack**: `python scripts/office/unpack.py template.pptx unpacked/`
4. **Build presentation** (do this yourself, not with subagents):
- Delete unwanted slides (remove from `<p:sldIdLst>`)
- Duplicate slides you want to reuse (`add_slide.py`)
- Reorder slides in `<p:sldIdLst>`
- **Complete all structural changes before step 5**
5. **Edit content**: Update text in each `slide{N}.xml`.
**Use subagents here if available** — slides are separate XML files, so subagents can edit in parallel.
6. **Clean**: `python scripts/clean.py unpacked/`
7. **Pack**: `python scripts/office/pack.py unpacked/ output.pptx --original template.pptx`
---
## Scripts
| Script | Purpose |
|--------|---------|
| `unpack.py` | Extract and pretty-print PPTX |
| `add_slide.py` | Duplicate slide or create from layout |
| `clean.py` | Remove orphaned files |
| `pack.py` | Repack with validation |
| `thumbnail.py` | Create visual grid of slides |
### unpack.py
```bash
python scripts/office/unpack.py input.pptx unpacked/
```
Extracts PPTX, pretty-prints XML, escapes smart quotes.
### add_slide.py
```bash
python scripts/add_slide.py unpacked/ slide2.xml # Duplicate slide
python scripts/add_slide.py unpacked/ slideLayout2.xml # From layout
```
Prints `<p:sldId>` to add to `<p:sldIdLst>` at desired position.
### clean.py
```bash
python scripts/clean.py unpacked/
```
Removes slides not in `<p:sldIdLst>`, unreferenced media, orphaned rels.
### pack.py
```bash
python scripts/office/pack.py unpacked/ output.pptx --original input.pptx
```
Validates, repairs, condenses XML, re-encodes smart quotes.
### thumbnail.py
```bash
python scripts/thumbnail.py input.pptx [output_prefix] [--cols N]
```
Creates `thumbnails.jpg` with slide filenames as labels. Default 3 columns, max 12 per grid.
**Use for template analysis only** (choosing layouts). For visual QA, use `soffice` + `pdftoppm` to create full-resolution individual slide images—see SKILL.md.
---
## Slide Operations
Slide order is in `ppt/presentation.xml` → `<p:sldIdLst>`.
**Reorder**: Rearrange `<p:sldId>` elements.
**Delete**: Remove `<p:sldId>`, then run `clean.py`.
**Add**: Use `add_slide.py`. Never manually copy slide files—the script handles notes references, Content_Types.xml, and relationship IDs that manual copying misses.
---
## Editing Content
**Subagents:** If available, use them here (after completing step 4). Each slide is a separate XML file, so subagents can edit in parallel. In your prompt to subagents, include:
- The slide file path(s) to edit
- **"Use the Edit tool for all changes"**
- The formatting rules and common pitfalls below
For each slide:
1. Read the slide's XML
2. Identify ALL placeholder content—text, images, charts, icons, captions
3. Replace each placeholder with final content
**Use the Edit tool, not sed or Python scripts.** The Edit tool forces specificity about what to replace and where, yielding better reliability.
### Formatting Rules
- **Bold all headers, subheadings, and inline labels**: Use `b="1"` on `<a:rPr>`. This includes:
- Slide titles
- Section headers within a slide
- Inline labels like (e.g.: "Status:", "Description:") at the start of a line
- **Never use unicode bullets (•)**: Use proper list formatting with `<a:buChar>` or `<a:buAutoNum>`
- **Bullet consistency**: Let bullets inherit from the layout. Only specify `<a:buChar>` or `<a:buNone>`.
---
## Common Pitfalls
### Template Adaptation
When source content has fewer items than the template:
- **Remove excess elements entirely** (images, shapes, text boxes), don't just clear text
- Check for orphaned visuals after clearing text content
- Run visual QA to catch mismatched counts
When replacing text with different length content:
- **Shorter replacements**: Usually safe
- **Longer replacements**: May overflow or wrap unexpectedly
- Test with visual QA after text changes
- Consider truncating or splitting content to fit the template's design constraints
**Template slots ≠ Source items**: If template has 4 team members but source has 3 users, delete the 4th member's entire group (image + text boxes), not just the text.
### Multi-Item Content
If source has multiple items (numbered lists, multiple sections), create separate `<a:p>` elements for each — **never concatenate into one string**.
**❌ WRONG** — all items in one paragraph:
```xml
<a:p>
<a:r><a:rPr .../><a:t>Step 1: Do the first thing. Step 2: Do the second thing.</a:t></a:r>
</a:p>
```
**✅ CORRECT** — separate paragraphs with bold headers:
```xml
<a:p>
<a:pPr algn="l"><a:lnSpc><a:spcPts val="3919"/></a:lnSpc></a:pPr>
<a:r><a:rPr lang="en-US" sz="2799" b="1" .../><a:t>Step 1</a:t></a:r>
</a:p>
<a:p>
<a:pPr algn="l"><a:lnSpc><a:spcPts val="3919"/></a:lnSpc></a:pPr>
<a:r><a:rPr lang="en-US" sz="2799" .../><a:t>Do the first thing.</a:t></a:r>
</a:p>
<a:p>
<a:pPr algn="l"><a:lnSpc><a:spcPts val="3919"/></a:lnSpc></a:pPr>
<a:r><a:rPr lang="en-US" sz="2799" b="1" .../><a:t>Step 2</a:t></a:r>
</a:p>
<!-- continue pattern -->
```
Copy `<a:pPr>` from the original paragraph to preserve line spacing. Use `b="1"` on headers.
### Smart Quotes
Handled automatically by unpack/pack. But the Edit tool converts smart quotes to ASCII.
**When adding new text with quotes, use XML entities:**
```xml
<a:t>the &#x201C;Agreement&#x201D;</a:t>
```
| Character | Name | Unicode | XML Entity |
|-----------|------|---------|------------|
| `` | Left double quote | U+201C | `&#x201C;` |
| `` | Right double quote | U+201D | `&#x201D;` |
| `` | Left single quote | U+2018 | `&#x2018;` |
| `` | Right single quote | U+2019 | `&#x2019;` |
### Other
- **Whitespace**: Use `xml:space="preserve"` on `<a:t>` with leading/trailing spaces
- **XML parsing**: Use `defusedxml.minidom`, not `xml.etree.ElementTree` (corrupts namespaces)
+420
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
# PptxGenJS Tutorial
## Setup & Basic Structure
```javascript
const pptxgen = require("pptxgenjs");
let pres = new pptxgen();
pres.layout = 'LAYOUT_16x9'; // or 'LAYOUT_16x10', 'LAYOUT_4x3', 'LAYOUT_WIDE'
pres.author = 'Your Name';
pres.title = 'Presentation Title';
let slide = pres.addSlide();
slide.addText("Hello World!", { x: 0.5, y: 0.5, fontSize: 36, color: "363636" });
pres.writeFile({ fileName: "Presentation.pptx" });
```
## Layout Dimensions
Slide dimensions (coordinates in inches):
- `LAYOUT_16x9`: 10" × 5.625" (default)
- `LAYOUT_16x10`: 10" × 6.25"
- `LAYOUT_4x3`: 10" × 7.5"
- `LAYOUT_WIDE`: 13.3" × 7.5"
---
## Text & Formatting
```javascript
// Basic text
slide.addText("Simple Text", {
x: 1, y: 1, w: 8, h: 2, fontSize: 24, fontFace: "Arial",
color: "363636", bold: true, align: "center", valign: "middle"
});
// Character spacing (use charSpacing, not letterSpacing which is silently ignored)
slide.addText("SPACED TEXT", { x: 1, y: 1, w: 8, h: 1, charSpacing: 6 });
// Rich text arrays
slide.addText([
{ text: "Bold ", options: { bold: true } },
{ text: "Italic ", options: { italic: true } }
], { x: 1, y: 3, w: 8, h: 1 });
// Multi-line text (requires breakLine: true)
slide.addText([
{ text: "Line 1", options: { breakLine: true } },
{ text: "Line 2", options: { breakLine: true } },
{ text: "Line 3" } // Last item doesn't need breakLine
], { x: 0.5, y: 0.5, w: 8, h: 2 });
// Text box margin (internal padding)
slide.addText("Title", {
x: 0.5, y: 0.3, w: 9, h: 0.6,
margin: 0 // Use 0 when aligning text with other elements like shapes or icons
});
```
**Tip:** Text boxes have internal margin by default. Set `margin: 0` when you need text to align precisely with shapes, lines, or icons at the same x-position.
---
## Lists & Bullets
```javascript
// ✅ CORRECT: Multiple bullets
slide.addText([
{ text: "First item", options: { bullet: true, breakLine: true } },
{ text: "Second item", options: { bullet: true, breakLine: true } },
{ text: "Third item", options: { bullet: true } }
], { x: 0.5, y: 0.5, w: 8, h: 3 });
// ❌ WRONG: Never use unicode bullets
slide.addText("• First item", { ... }); // Creates double bullets
// Sub-items and numbered lists
{ text: "Sub-item", options: { bullet: true, indentLevel: 1 } }
{ text: "First", options: { bullet: { type: "number" }, breakLine: true } }
```
---
## Shapes
```javascript
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, {
x: 0.5, y: 0.8, w: 1.5, h: 3.0,
fill: { color: "FF0000" }, line: { color: "000000", width: 2 }
});
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.OVAL, { x: 4, y: 1, w: 2, h: 2, fill: { color: "0000FF" } });
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.LINE, {
x: 1, y: 3, w: 5, h: 0, line: { color: "FF0000", width: 3, dashType: "dash" }
});
// With transparency
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, {
x: 1, y: 1, w: 3, h: 2,
fill: { color: "0088CC", transparency: 50 }
});
// Rounded rectangle (rectRadius only works with ROUNDED_RECTANGLE, not RECTANGLE)
// ⚠️ Don't pair with rectangular accent overlays — they won't cover rounded corners. Use RECTANGLE instead.
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.ROUNDED_RECTANGLE, {
x: 1, y: 1, w: 3, h: 2,
fill: { color: "FFFFFF" }, rectRadius: 0.1
});
// With shadow
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, {
x: 1, y: 1, w: 3, h: 2,
fill: { color: "FFFFFF" },
shadow: { type: "outer", color: "000000", blur: 6, offset: 2, angle: 135, opacity: 0.15 }
});
```
Shadow options:
| Property | Type | Range | Notes |
|----------|------|-------|-------|
| `type` | string | `"outer"`, `"inner"` | |
| `color` | string | 6-char hex (e.g. `"000000"`) | No `#` prefix, no 8-char hex — see Common Pitfalls |
| `blur` | number | 0-100 pt | |
| `offset` | number | 0-200 pt | **Must be non-negative** — negative values corrupt the file |
| `angle` | number | 0-359 degrees | Direction the shadow falls (135 = bottom-right, 270 = upward) |
| `opacity` | number | 0.0-1.0 | Use this for transparency, never encode in color string |
To cast a shadow upward (e.g. on a footer bar), use `angle: 270` with a positive offset — do **not** use a negative offset.
**Note**: Gradient fills are not natively supported. Use a gradient image as a background instead.
---
## Images
### Image Sources
```javascript
// From file path
slide.addImage({ path: "images/chart.png", x: 1, y: 1, w: 5, h: 3 });
// From URL
slide.addImage({ path: "https://example.com/image.jpg", x: 1, y: 1, w: 5, h: 3 });
// From base64 (faster, no file I/O)
slide.addImage({ data: "image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...", x: 1, y: 1, w: 5, h: 3 });
```
### Image Options
```javascript
slide.addImage({
path: "image.png",
x: 1, y: 1, w: 5, h: 3,
rotate: 45, // 0-359 degrees
rounding: true, // Circular crop
transparency: 50, // 0-100
flipH: true, // Horizontal flip
flipV: false, // Vertical flip
altText: "Description", // Accessibility
hyperlink: { url: "https://example.com" }
});
```
### Image Sizing Modes
```javascript
// Contain - fit inside, preserve ratio
{ sizing: { type: 'contain', w: 4, h: 3 } }
// Cover - fill area, preserve ratio (may crop)
{ sizing: { type: 'cover', w: 4, h: 3 } }
// Crop - cut specific portion
{ sizing: { type: 'crop', x: 0.5, y: 0.5, w: 2, h: 2 } }
```
### Calculate Dimensions (preserve aspect ratio)
```javascript
const origWidth = 1978, origHeight = 923, maxHeight = 3.0;
const calcWidth = maxHeight * (origWidth / origHeight);
const centerX = (10 - calcWidth) / 2;
slide.addImage({ path: "image.png", x: centerX, y: 1.2, w: calcWidth, h: maxHeight });
```
### Supported Formats
- **Standard**: PNG, JPG, GIF (animated GIFs work in Microsoft 365)
- **SVG**: Works in modern PowerPoint/Microsoft 365
---
## Icons
Use react-icons to generate SVG icons, then rasterize to PNG for universal compatibility.
### Setup
```javascript
const React = require("react");
const ReactDOMServer = require("react-dom/server");
const sharp = require("sharp");
const { FaCheckCircle, FaChartLine } = require("react-icons/fa");
function renderIconSvg(IconComponent, color = "#000000", size = 256) {
return ReactDOMServer.renderToStaticMarkup(
React.createElement(IconComponent, { color, size: String(size) })
);
}
async function iconToBase64Png(IconComponent, color, size = 256) {
const svg = renderIconSvg(IconComponent, color, size);
const pngBuffer = await sharp(Buffer.from(svg)).png().toBuffer();
return "image/png;base64," + pngBuffer.toString("base64");
}
```
### Add Icon to Slide
```javascript
const iconData = await iconToBase64Png(FaCheckCircle, "#4472C4", 256);
slide.addImage({
data: iconData,
x: 1, y: 1, w: 0.5, h: 0.5 // Size in inches
});
```
**Note**: Use size 256 or higher for crisp icons. The size parameter controls the rasterization resolution, not the display size on the slide (which is set by `w` and `h` in inches).
### Icon Libraries
Install: `npm install -g react-icons react react-dom sharp`
Popular icon sets in react-icons:
- `react-icons/fa` - Font Awesome
- `react-icons/md` - Material Design
- `react-icons/hi` - Heroicons
- `react-icons/bi` - Bootstrap Icons
---
## Slide Backgrounds
```javascript
// Solid color
slide.background = { color: "F1F1F1" };
// Color with transparency
slide.background = { color: "FF3399", transparency: 50 };
// Image from URL
slide.background = { path: "https://example.com/bg.jpg" };
// Image from base64
slide.background = { data: "image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo..." };
```
---
## Tables
```javascript
slide.addTable([
["Header 1", "Header 2"],
["Cell 1", "Cell 2"]
], {
x: 1, y: 1, w: 8, h: 2,
border: { pt: 1, color: "999999" }, fill: { color: "F1F1F1" }
});
// Advanced with merged cells
let tableData = [
[{ text: "Header", options: { fill: { color: "6699CC" }, color: "FFFFFF", bold: true } }, "Cell"],
[{ text: "Merged", options: { colspan: 2 } }]
];
slide.addTable(tableData, { x: 1, y: 3.5, w: 8, colW: [4, 4] });
```
---
## Charts
```javascript
// Bar chart
slide.addChart(pres.charts.BAR, [{
name: "Sales", labels: ["Q1", "Q2", "Q3", "Q4"], values: [4500, 5500, 6200, 7100]
}], {
x: 0.5, y: 0.6, w: 6, h: 3, barDir: 'col',
showTitle: true, title: 'Quarterly Sales'
});
// Line chart
slide.addChart(pres.charts.LINE, [{
name: "Temp", labels: ["Jan", "Feb", "Mar"], values: [32, 35, 42]
}], { x: 0.5, y: 4, w: 6, h: 3, lineSize: 3, lineSmooth: true });
// Pie chart
slide.addChart(pres.charts.PIE, [{
name: "Share", labels: ["A", "B", "Other"], values: [35, 45, 20]
}], { x: 7, y: 1, w: 5, h: 4, showPercent: true });
```
### Better-Looking Charts
Default charts look dated. Apply these options for a modern, clean appearance:
```javascript
slide.addChart(pres.charts.BAR, chartData, {
x: 0.5, y: 1, w: 9, h: 4, barDir: "col",
// Custom colors (match your presentation palette)
chartColors: ["0D9488", "14B8A6", "5EEAD4"],
// Clean background
chartArea: { fill: { color: "FFFFFF" }, roundedCorners: true },
// Muted axis labels
catAxisLabelColor: "64748B",
valAxisLabelColor: "64748B",
// Subtle grid (value axis only)
valGridLine: { color: "E2E8F0", size: 0.5 },
catGridLine: { style: "none" },
// Data labels on bars
showValue: true,
dataLabelPosition: "outEnd",
dataLabelColor: "1E293B",
// Hide legend for single series
showLegend: false,
});
```
**Key styling options:**
- `chartColors: [...]` - hex colors for series/segments
- `chartArea: { fill, border, roundedCorners }` - chart background
- `catGridLine/valGridLine: { color, style, size }` - grid lines (`style: "none"` to hide)
- `lineSmooth: true` - curved lines (line charts)
- `legendPos: "r"` - legend position: "b", "t", "l", "r", "tr"
---
## Slide Masters
```javascript
pres.defineSlideMaster({
title: 'TITLE_SLIDE', background: { color: '283A5E' },
objects: [{
placeholder: { options: { name: 'title', type: 'title', x: 1, y: 2, w: 8, h: 2 } }
}]
});
let titleSlide = pres.addSlide({ masterName: "TITLE_SLIDE" });
titleSlide.addText("My Title", { placeholder: "title" });
```
---
## Common Pitfalls
⚠️ These issues cause file corruption, visual bugs, or broken output. Avoid them.
1. **NEVER use "#" with hex colors** - causes file corruption
```javascript
color: "FF0000" // ✅ CORRECT
color: "#FF0000" // ❌ WRONG
```
2. **NEVER encode opacity in hex color strings** - 8-char colors (e.g., `"00000020"`) corrupt the file. Use the `opacity` property instead.
```javascript
shadow: { type: "outer", blur: 6, offset: 2, color: "00000020" } // ❌ CORRUPTS FILE
shadow: { type: "outer", blur: 6, offset: 2, color: "000000", opacity: 0.12 } // ✅ CORRECT
```
3. **Use `bullet: true`** - NEVER unicode symbols like "•" (creates double bullets)
4. **Use `breakLine: true`** between array items or text runs together
5. **Avoid `lineSpacing` with bullets** - causes excessive gaps; use `paraSpaceAfter` instead
6. **Each presentation needs fresh instance** - don't reuse `pptxgen()` objects
7. **NEVER reuse option objects across calls** - PptxGenJS mutates objects in-place (e.g. converting shadow values to EMU). Sharing one object between multiple calls corrupts the second shape.
```javascript
const shadow = { type: "outer", blur: 6, offset: 2, color: "000000", opacity: 0.15 };
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, { shadow, ... }); // ❌ second call gets already-converted values
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, { shadow, ... });
const makeShadow = () => ({ type: "outer", blur: 6, offset: 2, color: "000000", opacity: 0.15 });
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, { shadow: makeShadow(), ... }); // ✅ fresh object each time
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, { shadow: makeShadow(), ... });
```
8. **Don't use `ROUNDED_RECTANGLE` with accent borders** - rectangular overlay bars won't cover rounded corners. Use `RECTANGLE` instead.
```javascript
// ❌ WRONG: Accent bar doesn't cover rounded corners
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.ROUNDED_RECTANGLE, { x: 1, y: 1, w: 3, h: 1.5, fill: { color: "FFFFFF" } });
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, { x: 1, y: 1, w: 0.08, h: 1.5, fill: { color: "0891B2" } });
// ✅ CORRECT: Use RECTANGLE for clean alignment
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, { x: 1, y: 1, w: 3, h: 1.5, fill: { color: "FFFFFF" } });
slide.addShape(pres.shapes.RECTANGLE, { x: 1, y: 1, w: 0.08, h: 1.5, fill: { color: "0891B2" } });
```
---
## Quick Reference
- **Shapes**: RECTANGLE, OVAL, LINE, ROUNDED_RECTANGLE
- **Charts**: BAR, LINE, PIE, DOUGHNUT, SCATTER, BUBBLE, RADAR
- **Layouts**: LAYOUT_16x9 (10"×5.625"), LAYOUT_16x10, LAYOUT_4x3, LAYOUT_WIDE
- **Alignment**: "left", "center", "right"
- **Chart data labels**: "outEnd", "inEnd", "center"
View File
+195
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
"""Add a new slide to an unpacked PPTX directory.
Usage: python add_slide.py <unpacked_dir> <source>
The source can be:
- A slide file (e.g., slide2.xml) - duplicates the slide
- A layout file (e.g., slideLayout2.xml) - creates from layout
Examples:
python add_slide.py unpacked/ slide2.xml
# Duplicates slide2, creates slide5.xml
python add_slide.py unpacked/ slideLayout2.xml
# Creates slide5.xml from slideLayout2.xml
To see available layouts: ls unpacked/ppt/slideLayouts/
Prints the <p:sldId> element to add to presentation.xml.
"""
import re
import shutil
import sys
from pathlib import Path
def get_next_slide_number(slides_dir: Path) -> int:
existing = [int(m.group(1)) for f in slides_dir.glob("slide*.xml")
if (m := re.match(r"slide(\d+)\.xml", f.name))]
return max(existing) + 1 if existing else 1
def create_slide_from_layout(unpacked_dir: Path, layout_file: str) -> None:
slides_dir = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "slides"
rels_dir = slides_dir / "_rels"
layouts_dir = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "slideLayouts"
layout_path = layouts_dir / layout_file
if not layout_path.exists():
print(f"Error: {layout_path} not found", file=sys.stderr)
sys.exit(1)
next_num = get_next_slide_number(slides_dir)
dest = f"slide{next_num}.xml"
dest_slide = slides_dir / dest
dest_rels = rels_dir / f"{dest}.rels"
slide_xml = '''<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<p:sld xmlns:a="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/main" xmlns:r="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships" xmlns:p="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/presentationml/2006/main">
<p:cSld>
<p:spTree>
<p:nvGrpSpPr>
<p:cNvPr id="1" name=""/>
<p:cNvGrpSpPr/>
<p:nvPr/>
</p:nvGrpSpPr>
<p:grpSpPr>
<a:xfrm>
<a:off x="0" y="0"/>
<a:ext cx="0" cy="0"/>
<a:chOff x="0" y="0"/>
<a:chExt cx="0" cy="0"/>
</a:xfrm>
</p:grpSpPr>
</p:spTree>
</p:cSld>
<p:clrMapOvr>
<a:masterClrMapping/>
</p:clrMapOvr>
</p:sld>'''
dest_slide.write_text(slide_xml, encoding="utf-8")
rels_dir.mkdir(exist_ok=True)
rels_xml = f'''<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<Relationships xmlns="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/package/2006/relationships">
<Relationship Id="rId1" Type="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships/slideLayout" Target="../slideLayouts/{layout_file}"/>
</Relationships>'''
dest_rels.write_text(rels_xml, encoding="utf-8")
_add_to_content_types(unpacked_dir, dest)
rid = _add_to_presentation_rels(unpacked_dir, dest)
next_slide_id = _get_next_slide_id(unpacked_dir)
print(f"Created {dest} from {layout_file}")
print(f'Add to presentation.xml <p:sldIdLst>: <p:sldId id="{next_slide_id}" r:id="{rid}"/>')
def duplicate_slide(unpacked_dir: Path, source: str) -> None:
slides_dir = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "slides"
rels_dir = slides_dir / "_rels"
source_slide = slides_dir / source
if not source_slide.exists():
print(f"Error: {source_slide} not found", file=sys.stderr)
sys.exit(1)
next_num = get_next_slide_number(slides_dir)
dest = f"slide{next_num}.xml"
dest_slide = slides_dir / dest
source_rels = rels_dir / f"{source}.rels"
dest_rels = rels_dir / f"{dest}.rels"
shutil.copy2(source_slide, dest_slide)
if source_rels.exists():
shutil.copy2(source_rels, dest_rels)
rels_content = dest_rels.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
rels_content = re.sub(
r'\s*<Relationship[^>]*Type="[^"]*notesSlide"[^>]*/>\s*',
"\n",
rels_content,
)
dest_rels.write_text(rels_content, encoding="utf-8")
_add_to_content_types(unpacked_dir, dest)
rid = _add_to_presentation_rels(unpacked_dir, dest)
next_slide_id = _get_next_slide_id(unpacked_dir)
print(f"Created {dest} from {source}")
print(f'Add to presentation.xml <p:sldIdLst>: <p:sldId id="{next_slide_id}" r:id="{rid}"/>')
def _add_to_content_types(unpacked_dir: Path, dest: str) -> None:
content_types_path = unpacked_dir / "[Content_Types].xml"
content_types = content_types_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
new_override = f'<Override PartName="/ppt/slides/{dest}" ContentType="application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.slide+xml"/>'
if f"/ppt/slides/{dest}" not in content_types:
content_types = content_types.replace("</Types>", f" {new_override}\n</Types>")
content_types_path.write_text(content_types, encoding="utf-8")
def _add_to_presentation_rels(unpacked_dir: Path, dest: str) -> str:
pres_rels_path = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "_rels" / "presentation.xml.rels"
pres_rels = pres_rels_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
rids = [int(m) for m in re.findall(r'Id="rId(\d+)"', pres_rels)]
next_rid = max(rids) + 1 if rids else 1
rid = f"rId{next_rid}"
new_rel = f'<Relationship Id="{rid}" Type="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships/slide" Target="slides/{dest}"/>'
if f"slides/{dest}" not in pres_rels:
pres_rels = pres_rels.replace("</Relationships>", f" {new_rel}\n</Relationships>")
pres_rels_path.write_text(pres_rels, encoding="utf-8")
return rid
def _get_next_slide_id(unpacked_dir: Path) -> int:
pres_path = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "presentation.xml"
pres_content = pres_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
slide_ids = [int(m) for m in re.findall(r'<p:sldId[^>]*id="(\d+)"', pres_content)]
return max(slide_ids) + 1 if slide_ids else 256
def parse_source(source: str) -> tuple[str, str | None]:
if source.startswith("slideLayout") and source.endswith(".xml"):
return ("layout", source)
return ("slide", None)
if __name__ == "__main__":
if len(sys.argv) != 3:
print("Usage: python add_slide.py <unpacked_dir> <source>", file=sys.stderr)
print("", file=sys.stderr)
print("Source can be:", file=sys.stderr)
print(" slide2.xml - duplicate an existing slide", file=sys.stderr)
print(" slideLayout2.xml - create from a layout template", file=sys.stderr)
print("", file=sys.stderr)
print("To see available layouts: ls <unpacked_dir>/ppt/slideLayouts/", file=sys.stderr)
sys.exit(1)
unpacked_dir = Path(sys.argv[1])
source = sys.argv[2]
if not unpacked_dir.exists():
print(f"Error: {unpacked_dir} not found", file=sys.stderr)
sys.exit(1)
source_type, layout_file = parse_source(source)
if source_type == "layout" and layout_file is not None:
create_slide_from_layout(unpacked_dir, layout_file)
else:
duplicate_slide(unpacked_dir, source)
+286
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
"""Remove unreferenced files from an unpacked PPTX directory.
Usage: python clean.py <unpacked_dir>
Example:
python clean.py unpacked/
This script removes:
- Orphaned slides (not in sldIdLst) and their relationships
- [trash] directory (unreferenced files)
- Orphaned .rels files for deleted resources
- Unreferenced media, embeddings, charts, diagrams, drawings, ink files
- Unreferenced theme files
- Unreferenced notes slides
- Content-Type overrides for deleted files
"""
import sys
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
import re
def get_slides_in_sldidlst(unpacked_dir: Path) -> set[str]:
pres_path = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "presentation.xml"
pres_rels_path = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "_rels" / "presentation.xml.rels"
if not pres_path.exists() or not pres_rels_path.exists():
return set()
rels_dom = defusedxml.minidom.parse(str(pres_rels_path))
rid_to_slide = {}
for rel in rels_dom.getElementsByTagName("Relationship"):
rid = rel.getAttribute("Id")
target = rel.getAttribute("Target")
rel_type = rel.getAttribute("Type")
if "slide" in rel_type and target.startswith("slides/"):
rid_to_slide[rid] = target.replace("slides/", "")
pres_content = pres_path.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
referenced_rids = set(re.findall(r'<p:sldId[^>]*r:id="([^"]+)"', pres_content))
return {rid_to_slide[rid] for rid in referenced_rids if rid in rid_to_slide}
def remove_orphaned_slides(unpacked_dir: Path) -> list[str]:
slides_dir = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "slides"
slides_rels_dir = slides_dir / "_rels"
pres_rels_path = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "_rels" / "presentation.xml.rels"
if not slides_dir.exists():
return []
referenced_slides = get_slides_in_sldidlst(unpacked_dir)
removed = []
for slide_file in slides_dir.glob("slide*.xml"):
if slide_file.name not in referenced_slides:
rel_path = slide_file.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
slide_file.unlink()
removed.append(str(rel_path))
rels_file = slides_rels_dir / f"{slide_file.name}.rels"
if rels_file.exists():
rels_file.unlink()
removed.append(str(rels_file.relative_to(unpacked_dir)))
if removed and pres_rels_path.exists():
rels_dom = defusedxml.minidom.parse(str(pres_rels_path))
changed = False
for rel in list(rels_dom.getElementsByTagName("Relationship")):
target = rel.getAttribute("Target")
if target.startswith("slides/"):
slide_name = target.replace("slides/", "")
if slide_name not in referenced_slides:
if rel.parentNode:
rel.parentNode.removeChild(rel)
changed = True
if changed:
with open(pres_rels_path, "wb") as f:
f.write(rels_dom.toxml(encoding="utf-8"))
return removed
def remove_trash_directory(unpacked_dir: Path) -> list[str]:
trash_dir = unpacked_dir / "[trash]"
removed = []
if trash_dir.exists() and trash_dir.is_dir():
for file_path in trash_dir.iterdir():
if file_path.is_file():
rel_path = file_path.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
removed.append(str(rel_path))
file_path.unlink()
trash_dir.rmdir()
return removed
def get_slide_referenced_files(unpacked_dir: Path) -> set:
referenced = set()
slides_rels_dir = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "slides" / "_rels"
if not slides_rels_dir.exists():
return referenced
for rels_file in slides_rels_dir.glob("*.rels"):
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parse(str(rels_file))
for rel in dom.getElementsByTagName("Relationship"):
target = rel.getAttribute("Target")
if not target:
continue
target_path = (rels_file.parent.parent / target).resolve()
try:
referenced.add(target_path.relative_to(unpacked_dir.resolve()))
except ValueError:
pass
return referenced
def remove_orphaned_rels_files(unpacked_dir: Path) -> list[str]:
resource_dirs = ["charts", "diagrams", "drawings"]
removed = []
slide_referenced = get_slide_referenced_files(unpacked_dir)
for dir_name in resource_dirs:
rels_dir = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / dir_name / "_rels"
if not rels_dir.exists():
continue
for rels_file in rels_dir.glob("*.rels"):
resource_file = rels_dir.parent / rels_file.name.replace(".rels", "")
try:
resource_rel_path = resource_file.resolve().relative_to(unpacked_dir.resolve())
except ValueError:
continue
if not resource_file.exists() or resource_rel_path not in slide_referenced:
rels_file.unlink()
rel_path = rels_file.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
removed.append(str(rel_path))
return removed
def get_referenced_files(unpacked_dir: Path) -> set:
referenced = set()
for rels_file in unpacked_dir.rglob("*.rels"):
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parse(str(rels_file))
for rel in dom.getElementsByTagName("Relationship"):
target = rel.getAttribute("Target")
if not target:
continue
target_path = (rels_file.parent.parent / target).resolve()
try:
referenced.add(target_path.relative_to(unpacked_dir.resolve()))
except ValueError:
pass
return referenced
def remove_orphaned_files(unpacked_dir: Path, referenced: set) -> list[str]:
resource_dirs = ["media", "embeddings", "charts", "diagrams", "tags", "drawings", "ink"]
removed = []
for dir_name in resource_dirs:
dir_path = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / dir_name
if not dir_path.exists():
continue
for file_path in dir_path.glob("*"):
if not file_path.is_file():
continue
rel_path = file_path.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
if rel_path not in referenced:
file_path.unlink()
removed.append(str(rel_path))
theme_dir = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "theme"
if theme_dir.exists():
for file_path in theme_dir.glob("theme*.xml"):
rel_path = file_path.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
if rel_path not in referenced:
file_path.unlink()
removed.append(str(rel_path))
theme_rels = theme_dir / "_rels" / f"{file_path.name}.rels"
if theme_rels.exists():
theme_rels.unlink()
removed.append(str(theme_rels.relative_to(unpacked_dir)))
notes_dir = unpacked_dir / "ppt" / "notesSlides"
if notes_dir.exists():
for file_path in notes_dir.glob("*.xml"):
if not file_path.is_file():
continue
rel_path = file_path.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
if rel_path not in referenced:
file_path.unlink()
removed.append(str(rel_path))
notes_rels_dir = notes_dir / "_rels"
if notes_rels_dir.exists():
for file_path in notes_rels_dir.glob("*.rels"):
notes_file = notes_dir / file_path.name.replace(".rels", "")
if not notes_file.exists():
file_path.unlink()
removed.append(str(file_path.relative_to(unpacked_dir)))
return removed
def update_content_types(unpacked_dir: Path, removed_files: list[str]) -> None:
ct_path = unpacked_dir / "[Content_Types].xml"
if not ct_path.exists():
return
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parse(str(ct_path))
changed = False
for override in list(dom.getElementsByTagName("Override")):
part_name = override.getAttribute("PartName").lstrip("/")
if part_name in removed_files:
if override.parentNode:
override.parentNode.removeChild(override)
changed = True
if changed:
with open(ct_path, "wb") as f:
f.write(dom.toxml(encoding="utf-8"))
def clean_unused_files(unpacked_dir: Path) -> list[str]:
all_removed = []
slides_removed = remove_orphaned_slides(unpacked_dir)
all_removed.extend(slides_removed)
trash_removed = remove_trash_directory(unpacked_dir)
all_removed.extend(trash_removed)
while True:
removed_rels = remove_orphaned_rels_files(unpacked_dir)
referenced = get_referenced_files(unpacked_dir)
removed_files = remove_orphaned_files(unpacked_dir, referenced)
total_removed = removed_rels + removed_files
if not total_removed:
break
all_removed.extend(total_removed)
if all_removed:
update_content_types(unpacked_dir, all_removed)
return all_removed
if __name__ == "__main__":
if len(sys.argv) != 2:
print("Usage: python clean.py <unpacked_dir>", file=sys.stderr)
print("Example: python clean.py unpacked/", file=sys.stderr)
sys.exit(1)
unpacked_dir = Path(sys.argv[1])
if not unpacked_dir.exists():
print(f"Error: {unpacked_dir} not found", file=sys.stderr)
sys.exit(1)
removed = clean_unused_files(unpacked_dir)
if removed:
print(f"Removed {len(removed)} unreferenced files:")
for f in removed:
print(f" {f}")
else:
print("No unreferenced files found")
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
"""Merge adjacent runs with identical formatting in DOCX.
Merges adjacent <w:r> elements that have identical <w:rPr> properties.
Works on runs in paragraphs and inside tracked changes (<w:ins>, <w:del>).
Also:
- Removes rsid attributes from runs (revision metadata that doesn't affect rendering)
- Removes proofErr elements (spell/grammar markers that block merging)
"""
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
def merge_runs(input_dir: str) -> tuple[int, str]:
doc_xml = Path(input_dir) / "word" / "document.xml"
if not doc_xml.exists():
return 0, f"Error: {doc_xml} not found"
try:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(doc_xml.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
root = dom.documentElement
_remove_elements(root, "proofErr")
_strip_run_rsid_attrs(root)
containers = {run.parentNode for run in _find_elements(root, "r")}
merge_count = 0
for container in containers:
merge_count += _merge_runs_in(container)
doc_xml.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
return merge_count, f"Merged {merge_count} runs"
except Exception as e:
return 0, f"Error: {e}"
def _find_elements(root, tag: str) -> list:
results = []
def traverse(node):
if node.nodeType == node.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = node.localName or node.tagName
if name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}"):
results.append(node)
for child in node.childNodes:
traverse(child)
traverse(root)
return results
def _get_child(parent, tag: str):
for child in parent.childNodes:
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = child.localName or child.tagName
if name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}"):
return child
return None
def _get_children(parent, tag: str) -> list:
results = []
for child in parent.childNodes:
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = child.localName or child.tagName
if name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}"):
results.append(child)
return results
def _is_adjacent(elem1, elem2) -> bool:
node = elem1.nextSibling
while node:
if node == elem2:
return True
if node.nodeType == node.ELEMENT_NODE:
return False
if node.nodeType == node.TEXT_NODE and node.data.strip():
return False
node = node.nextSibling
return False
def _remove_elements(root, tag: str):
for elem in _find_elements(root, tag):
if elem.parentNode:
elem.parentNode.removeChild(elem)
def _strip_run_rsid_attrs(root):
for run in _find_elements(root, "r"):
for attr in list(run.attributes.values()):
if "rsid" in attr.name.lower():
run.removeAttribute(attr.name)
def _merge_runs_in(container) -> int:
merge_count = 0
run = _first_child_run(container)
while run:
while True:
next_elem = _next_element_sibling(run)
if next_elem and _is_run(next_elem) and _can_merge(run, next_elem):
_merge_run_content(run, next_elem)
container.removeChild(next_elem)
merge_count += 1
else:
break
_consolidate_text(run)
run = _next_sibling_run(run)
return merge_count
def _first_child_run(container):
for child in container.childNodes:
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE and _is_run(child):
return child
return None
def _next_element_sibling(node):
sibling = node.nextSibling
while sibling:
if sibling.nodeType == sibling.ELEMENT_NODE:
return sibling
sibling = sibling.nextSibling
return None
def _next_sibling_run(node):
sibling = node.nextSibling
while sibling:
if sibling.nodeType == sibling.ELEMENT_NODE:
if _is_run(sibling):
return sibling
sibling = sibling.nextSibling
return None
def _is_run(node) -> bool:
name = node.localName or node.tagName
return name == "r" or name.endswith(":r")
def _can_merge(run1, run2) -> bool:
rpr1 = _get_child(run1, "rPr")
rpr2 = _get_child(run2, "rPr")
if (rpr1 is None) != (rpr2 is None):
return False
if rpr1 is None:
return True
return rpr1.toxml() == rpr2.toxml()
def _merge_run_content(target, source):
for child in list(source.childNodes):
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = child.localName or child.tagName
if name != "rPr" and not name.endswith(":rPr"):
target.appendChild(child)
def _consolidate_text(run):
t_elements = _get_children(run, "t")
for i in range(len(t_elements) - 1, 0, -1):
curr, prev = t_elements[i], t_elements[i - 1]
if _is_adjacent(prev, curr):
prev_text = prev.firstChild.data if prev.firstChild else ""
curr_text = curr.firstChild.data if curr.firstChild else ""
merged = prev_text + curr_text
if prev.firstChild:
prev.firstChild.data = merged
else:
prev.appendChild(run.ownerDocument.createTextNode(merged))
if merged.startswith(" ") or merged.endswith(" "):
prev.setAttribute("xml:space", "preserve")
elif prev.hasAttribute("xml:space"):
prev.removeAttribute("xml:space")
run.removeChild(curr)
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
"""Simplify tracked changes by merging adjacent w:ins or w:del elements.
Merges adjacent <w:ins> elements from the same author into a single element.
Same for <w:del> elements. This makes heavily-redlined documents easier to
work with by reducing the number of tracked change wrappers.
Rules:
- Only merges w:ins with w:ins, w:del with w:del (same element type)
- Only merges if same author (ignores timestamp differences)
- Only merges if truly adjacent (only whitespace between them)
"""
import xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
WORD_NS = "http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main"
def simplify_redlines(input_dir: str) -> tuple[int, str]:
doc_xml = Path(input_dir) / "word" / "document.xml"
if not doc_xml.exists():
return 0, f"Error: {doc_xml} not found"
try:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(doc_xml.read_text(encoding="utf-8"))
root = dom.documentElement
merge_count = 0
containers = _find_elements(root, "p") + _find_elements(root, "tc")
for container in containers:
merge_count += _merge_tracked_changes_in(container, "ins")
merge_count += _merge_tracked_changes_in(container, "del")
doc_xml.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
return merge_count, f"Simplified {merge_count} tracked changes"
except Exception as e:
return 0, f"Error: {e}"
def _merge_tracked_changes_in(container, tag: str) -> int:
merge_count = 0
tracked = [
child
for child in container.childNodes
if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE and _is_element(child, tag)
]
if len(tracked) < 2:
return 0
i = 0
while i < len(tracked) - 1:
curr = tracked[i]
next_elem = tracked[i + 1]
if _can_merge_tracked(curr, next_elem):
_merge_tracked_content(curr, next_elem)
container.removeChild(next_elem)
tracked.pop(i + 1)
merge_count += 1
else:
i += 1
return merge_count
def _is_element(node, tag: str) -> bool:
name = node.localName or node.tagName
return name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}")
def _get_author(elem) -> str:
author = elem.getAttribute("w:author")
if not author:
for attr in elem.attributes.values():
if attr.localName == "author" or attr.name.endswith(":author"):
return attr.value
return author
def _can_merge_tracked(elem1, elem2) -> bool:
if _get_author(elem1) != _get_author(elem2):
return False
node = elem1.nextSibling
while node and node != elem2:
if node.nodeType == node.ELEMENT_NODE:
return False
if node.nodeType == node.TEXT_NODE and node.data.strip():
return False
node = node.nextSibling
return True
def _merge_tracked_content(target, source):
while source.firstChild:
child = source.firstChild
source.removeChild(child)
target.appendChild(child)
def _find_elements(root, tag: str) -> list:
results = []
def traverse(node):
if node.nodeType == node.ELEMENT_NODE:
name = node.localName or node.tagName
if name == tag or name.endswith(f":{tag}"):
results.append(node)
for child in node.childNodes:
traverse(child)
traverse(root)
return results
def get_tracked_change_authors(doc_xml_path: Path) -> dict[str, int]:
if not doc_xml_path.exists():
return {}
try:
tree = ET.parse(doc_xml_path)
root = tree.getroot()
except ET.ParseError:
return {}
namespaces = {"w": WORD_NS}
author_attr = f"{{{WORD_NS}}}author"
authors: dict[str, int] = {}
for tag in ["ins", "del"]:
for elem in root.findall(f".//w:{tag}", namespaces):
author = elem.get(author_attr)
if author:
authors[author] = authors.get(author, 0) + 1
return authors
def _get_authors_from_docx(docx_path: Path) -> dict[str, int]:
try:
with zipfile.ZipFile(docx_path, "r") as zf:
if "word/document.xml" not in zf.namelist():
return {}
with zf.open("word/document.xml") as f:
tree = ET.parse(f)
root = tree.getroot()
namespaces = {"w": WORD_NS}
author_attr = f"{{{WORD_NS}}}author"
authors: dict[str, int] = {}
for tag in ["ins", "del"]:
for elem in root.findall(f".//w:{tag}", namespaces):
author = elem.get(author_attr)
if author:
authors[author] = authors.get(author, 0) + 1
return authors
except (zipfile.BadZipFile, ET.ParseError):
return {}
def infer_author(modified_dir: Path, original_docx: Path, default: str = "Claude") -> str:
modified_xml = modified_dir / "word" / "document.xml"
modified_authors = get_tracked_change_authors(modified_xml)
if not modified_authors:
return default
original_authors = _get_authors_from_docx(original_docx)
new_changes: dict[str, int] = {}
for author, count in modified_authors.items():
original_count = original_authors.get(author, 0)
diff = count - original_count
if diff > 0:
new_changes[author] = diff
if not new_changes:
return default
if len(new_changes) == 1:
return next(iter(new_changes))
raise ValueError(
f"Multiple authors added new changes: {new_changes}. "
"Cannot infer which author to validate."
)
+159
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
"""Pack a directory into a DOCX, PPTX, or XLSX file.
Validates with auto-repair, condenses XML formatting, and creates the Office file.
Usage:
python pack.py <input_directory> <output_file> [--original <file>] [--validate true|false]
Examples:
python pack.py unpacked/ output.docx --original input.docx
python pack.py unpacked/ output.pptx --validate false
"""
import argparse
import sys
import shutil
import tempfile
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
from validators import DOCXSchemaValidator, PPTXSchemaValidator, RedliningValidator
def pack(
input_directory: str,
output_file: str,
original_file: str | None = None,
validate: bool = True,
infer_author_func=None,
) -> tuple[None, str]:
input_dir = Path(input_directory)
output_path = Path(output_file)
suffix = output_path.suffix.lower()
if not input_dir.is_dir():
return None, f"Error: {input_dir} is not a directory"
if suffix not in {".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"}:
return None, f"Error: {output_file} must be a .docx, .pptx, or .xlsx file"
if validate and original_file:
original_path = Path(original_file)
if original_path.exists():
success, output = _run_validation(
input_dir, original_path, suffix, infer_author_func
)
if output:
print(output)
if not success:
return None, f"Error: Validation failed for {input_dir}"
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
temp_content_dir = Path(temp_dir) / "content"
shutil.copytree(input_dir, temp_content_dir)
for pattern in ["*.xml", "*.rels"]:
for xml_file in temp_content_dir.rglob(pattern):
_condense_xml(xml_file)
output_path.parent.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True)
with zipfile.ZipFile(output_path, "w", zipfile.ZIP_DEFLATED) as zf:
for f in temp_content_dir.rglob("*"):
if f.is_file():
zf.write(f, f.relative_to(temp_content_dir))
return None, f"Successfully packed {input_dir} to {output_file}"
def _run_validation(
unpacked_dir: Path,
original_file: Path,
suffix: str,
infer_author_func=None,
) -> tuple[bool, str | None]:
output_lines = []
validators = []
if suffix == ".docx":
author = "Claude"
if infer_author_func:
try:
author = infer_author_func(unpacked_dir, original_file)
except ValueError as e:
print(f"Warning: {e} Using default author 'Claude'.", file=sys.stderr)
validators = [
DOCXSchemaValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file),
RedliningValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file, author=author),
]
elif suffix == ".pptx":
validators = [PPTXSchemaValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file)]
if not validators:
return True, None
total_repairs = sum(v.repair() for v in validators)
if total_repairs:
output_lines.append(f"Auto-repaired {total_repairs} issue(s)")
success = all(v.validate() for v in validators)
if success:
output_lines.append("All validations PASSED!")
return success, "\n".join(output_lines) if output_lines else None
def _condense_xml(xml_file: Path) -> None:
try:
with open(xml_file, encoding="utf-8") as f:
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parse(f)
for element in dom.getElementsByTagName("*"):
if element.tagName.endswith(":t"):
continue
for child in list(element.childNodes):
if (
child.nodeType == child.TEXT_NODE
and child.nodeValue
and child.nodeValue.strip() == ""
) or child.nodeType == child.COMMENT_NODE:
element.removeChild(child)
xml_file.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
except Exception as e:
print(f"ERROR: Failed to parse {xml_file.name}: {e}", file=sys.stderr)
raise
if __name__ == "__main__":
parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(
description="Pack a directory into a DOCX, PPTX, or XLSX file"
)
parser.add_argument("input_directory", help="Unpacked Office document directory")
parser.add_argument("output_file", help="Output Office file (.docx/.pptx/.xlsx)")
parser.add_argument(
"--original",
help="Original file for validation comparison",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--validate",
type=lambda x: x.lower() == "true",
default=True,
metavar="true|false",
help="Run validation with auto-repair (default: true)",
)
args = parser.parse_args()
_, message = pack(
args.input_directory,
args.output_file,
original_file=args.original,
validate=args.validate,
)
print(message)
if "Error" in message:
sys.exit(1)
+183
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
"""
Helper for running LibreOffice (soffice) in environments where AF_UNIX
sockets may be blocked (e.g., sandboxed VMs). Detects the restriction
at runtime and applies an LD_PRELOAD shim if needed.
Usage:
from office.soffice import run_soffice, get_soffice_env
# Option 1 run soffice directly
result = run_soffice(["--headless", "--convert-to", "pdf", "input.docx"])
# Option 2 get env dict for your own subprocess calls
env = get_soffice_env()
subprocess.run(["soffice", ...], env=env)
"""
import os
import socket
import subprocess
import tempfile
from pathlib import Path
def get_soffice_env() -> dict:
env = os.environ.copy()
env["SAL_USE_VCLPLUGIN"] = "svp"
if _needs_shim():
shim = _ensure_shim()
env["LD_PRELOAD"] = str(shim)
return env
def run_soffice(args: list[str], **kwargs) -> subprocess.CompletedProcess:
env = get_soffice_env()
return subprocess.run(["soffice"] + args, env=env, **kwargs)
_SHIM_SO = Path(tempfile.gettempdir()) / "lo_socket_shim.so"
def _needs_shim() -> bool:
try:
s = socket.socket(socket.AF_UNIX, socket.SOCK_STREAM)
s.close()
return False
except OSError:
return True
def _ensure_shim() -> Path:
if _SHIM_SO.exists():
return _SHIM_SO
src = Path(tempfile.gettempdir()) / "lo_socket_shim.c"
src.write_text(_SHIM_SOURCE)
subprocess.run(
["gcc", "-shared", "-fPIC", "-o", str(_SHIM_SO), str(src), "-ldl"],
check=True,
capture_output=True,
)
src.unlink()
return _SHIM_SO
_SHIM_SOURCE = r"""
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <dlfcn.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <unistd.h>
static int (*real_socket)(int, int, int);
static int (*real_socketpair)(int, int, int, int[2]);
static int (*real_listen)(int, int);
static int (*real_accept)(int, struct sockaddr *, socklen_t *);
static int (*real_close)(int);
static int (*real_read)(int, void *, size_t);
/* Per-FD bookkeeping (FDs >= 1024 are passed through unshimmed). */
static int is_shimmed[1024];
static int peer_of[1024];
static int wake_r[1024]; /* accept() blocks reading this */
static int wake_w[1024]; /* close() writes to this */
static int listener_fd = -1; /* FD that received listen() */
__attribute__((constructor))
static void init(void) {
real_socket = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "socket");
real_socketpair = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "socketpair");
real_listen = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "listen");
real_accept = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "accept");
real_close = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "close");
real_read = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "read");
for (int i = 0; i < 1024; i++) {
peer_of[i] = -1;
wake_r[i] = -1;
wake_w[i] = -1;
}
}
/* ---- socket ---------------------------------------------------------- */
int socket(int domain, int type, int protocol) {
if (domain == AF_UNIX) {
int fd = real_socket(domain, type, protocol);
if (fd >= 0) return fd;
/* socket(AF_UNIX) blocked fall back to socketpair(). */
int sv[2];
if (real_socketpair(domain, type, protocol, sv) == 0) {
if (sv[0] >= 0 && sv[0] < 1024) {
is_shimmed[sv[0]] = 1;
peer_of[sv[0]] = sv[1];
int wp[2];
if (pipe(wp) == 0) {
wake_r[sv[0]] = wp[0];
wake_w[sv[0]] = wp[1];
}
}
return sv[0];
}
errno = EPERM;
return -1;
}
return real_socket(domain, type, protocol);
}
/* ---- listen ---------------------------------------------------------- */
int listen(int sockfd, int backlog) {
if (sockfd >= 0 && sockfd < 1024 && is_shimmed[sockfd]) {
listener_fd = sockfd;
return 0;
}
return real_listen(sockfd, backlog);
}
/* ---- accept ---------------------------------------------------------- */
int accept(int sockfd, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen) {
if (sockfd >= 0 && sockfd < 1024 && is_shimmed[sockfd]) {
/* Block until close() writes to the wake pipe. */
if (wake_r[sockfd] >= 0) {
char buf;
real_read(wake_r[sockfd], &buf, 1);
}
errno = ECONNABORTED;
return -1;
}
return real_accept(sockfd, addr, addrlen);
}
/* ---- close ----------------------------------------------------------- */
int close(int fd) {
if (fd >= 0 && fd < 1024 && is_shimmed[fd]) {
int was_listener = (fd == listener_fd);
is_shimmed[fd] = 0;
if (wake_w[fd] >= 0) { /* unblock accept() */
char c = 0;
write(wake_w[fd], &c, 1);
real_close(wake_w[fd]);
wake_w[fd] = -1;
}
if (wake_r[fd] >= 0) { real_close(wake_r[fd]); wake_r[fd] = -1; }
if (peer_of[fd] >= 0) { real_close(peer_of[fd]); peer_of[fd] = -1; }
if (was_listener)
_exit(0); /* conversion done exit */
}
return real_close(fd);
}
"""
if __name__ == "__main__":
import sys
result = run_soffice(sys.argv[1:])
sys.exit(result.returncode)
+132
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
"""Unpack Office files (DOCX, PPTX, XLSX) for editing.
Extracts the ZIP archive, pretty-prints XML files, and optionally:
- Merges adjacent runs with identical formatting (DOCX only)
- Simplifies adjacent tracked changes from same author (DOCX only)
Usage:
python unpack.py <office_file> <output_dir> [options]
Examples:
python unpack.py document.docx unpacked/
python unpack.py presentation.pptx unpacked/
python unpack.py document.docx unpacked/ --merge-runs false
"""
import argparse
import sys
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
from helpers.merge_runs import merge_runs as do_merge_runs
from helpers.simplify_redlines import simplify_redlines as do_simplify_redlines
SMART_QUOTE_REPLACEMENTS = {
"\u201c": "&#x201C;",
"\u201d": "&#x201D;",
"\u2018": "&#x2018;",
"\u2019": "&#x2019;",
}
def unpack(
input_file: str,
output_directory: str,
merge_runs: bool = True,
simplify_redlines: bool = True,
) -> tuple[None, str]:
input_path = Path(input_file)
output_path = Path(output_directory)
suffix = input_path.suffix.lower()
if not input_path.exists():
return None, f"Error: {input_file} does not exist"
if suffix not in {".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"}:
return None, f"Error: {input_file} must be a .docx, .pptx, or .xlsx file"
try:
output_path.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True)
with zipfile.ZipFile(input_path, "r") as zf:
zf.extractall(output_path)
xml_files = list(output_path.rglob("*.xml")) + list(output_path.rglob("*.rels"))
for xml_file in xml_files:
_pretty_print_xml(xml_file)
message = f"Unpacked {input_file} ({len(xml_files)} XML files)"
if suffix == ".docx":
if simplify_redlines:
simplify_count, _ = do_simplify_redlines(str(output_path))
message += f", simplified {simplify_count} tracked changes"
if merge_runs:
merge_count, _ = do_merge_runs(str(output_path))
message += f", merged {merge_count} runs"
for xml_file in xml_files:
_escape_smart_quotes(xml_file)
return None, message
except zipfile.BadZipFile:
return None, f"Error: {input_file} is not a valid Office file"
except Exception as e:
return None, f"Error unpacking: {e}"
def _pretty_print_xml(xml_file: Path) -> None:
try:
content = xml_file.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(content)
xml_file.write_bytes(dom.toprettyxml(indent=" ", encoding="utf-8"))
except Exception:
pass
def _escape_smart_quotes(xml_file: Path) -> None:
try:
content = xml_file.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
for char, entity in SMART_QUOTE_REPLACEMENTS.items():
content = content.replace(char, entity)
xml_file.write_text(content, encoding="utf-8")
except Exception:
pass
if __name__ == "__main__":
parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(
description="Unpack an Office file (DOCX, PPTX, XLSX) for editing"
)
parser.add_argument("input_file", help="Office file to unpack")
parser.add_argument("output_directory", help="Output directory")
parser.add_argument(
"--merge-runs",
type=lambda x: x.lower() == "true",
default=True,
metavar="true|false",
help="Merge adjacent runs with identical formatting (DOCX only, default: true)",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--simplify-redlines",
type=lambda x: x.lower() == "true",
default=True,
metavar="true|false",
help="Merge adjacent tracked changes from same author (DOCX only, default: true)",
)
args = parser.parse_args()
_, message = unpack(
args.input_file,
args.output_directory,
merge_runs=args.merge_runs,
simplify_redlines=args.simplify_redlines,
)
print(message)
if "Error" in message:
sys.exit(1)
+111
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
"""
Command line tool to validate Office document XML files against XSD schemas and tracked changes.
Usage:
python validate.py <path> [--original <original_file>] [--auto-repair] [--author NAME]
The first argument can be either:
- An unpacked directory containing the Office document XML files
- A packed Office file (.docx/.pptx/.xlsx) which will be unpacked to a temp directory
Auto-repair fixes:
- paraId/durableId values that exceed OOXML limits
- Missing xml:space="preserve" on w:t elements with whitespace
"""
import argparse
import sys
import tempfile
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
from validators import DOCXSchemaValidator, PPTXSchemaValidator, RedliningValidator
def main():
parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(description="Validate Office document XML files")
parser.add_argument(
"path",
help="Path to unpacked directory or packed Office file (.docx/.pptx/.xlsx)",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--original",
required=False,
default=None,
help="Path to original file (.docx/.pptx/.xlsx). If omitted, all XSD errors are reported and redlining validation is skipped.",
)
parser.add_argument(
"-v",
"--verbose",
action="store_true",
help="Enable verbose output",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--auto-repair",
action="store_true",
help="Automatically repair common issues (hex IDs, whitespace preservation)",
)
parser.add_argument(
"--author",
default="Claude",
help="Author name for redlining validation (default: Claude)",
)
args = parser.parse_args()
path = Path(args.path)
assert path.exists(), f"Error: {path} does not exist"
original_file = None
if args.original:
original_file = Path(args.original)
assert original_file.is_file(), f"Error: {original_file} is not a file"
assert original_file.suffix.lower() in [".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"], (
f"Error: {original_file} must be a .docx, .pptx, or .xlsx file"
)
file_extension = (original_file or path).suffix.lower()
assert file_extension in [".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"], (
f"Error: Cannot determine file type from {path}. Use --original or provide a .docx/.pptx/.xlsx file."
)
if path.is_file() and path.suffix.lower() in [".docx", ".pptx", ".xlsx"]:
temp_dir = tempfile.mkdtemp()
with zipfile.ZipFile(path, "r") as zf:
zf.extractall(temp_dir)
unpacked_dir = Path(temp_dir)
else:
assert path.is_dir(), f"Error: {path} is not a directory or Office file"
unpacked_dir = path
match file_extension:
case ".docx":
validators = [
DOCXSchemaValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file, verbose=args.verbose),
]
if original_file:
validators.append(
RedliningValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file, verbose=args.verbose, author=args.author)
)
case ".pptx":
validators = [
PPTXSchemaValidator(unpacked_dir, original_file, verbose=args.verbose),
]
case _:
print(f"Error: Validation not supported for file type {file_extension}")
sys.exit(1)
if args.auto_repair:
total_repairs = sum(v.repair() for v in validators)
if total_repairs:
print(f"Auto-repaired {total_repairs} issue(s)")
success = all(v.validate() for v in validators)
if success:
print("All validations PASSED!")
sys.exit(0 if success else 1)
if __name__ == "__main__":
main()
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
"""
Validation modules for Word document processing.
"""
from .base import BaseSchemaValidator
from .docx import DOCXSchemaValidator
from .pptx import PPTXSchemaValidator
from .redlining import RedliningValidator
__all__ = [
"BaseSchemaValidator",
"DOCXSchemaValidator",
"PPTXSchemaValidator",
"RedliningValidator",
]
@@ -0,0 +1,847 @@
"""
Base validator with common validation logic for document files.
"""
import re
from pathlib import Path
import defusedxml.minidom
import lxml.etree
class BaseSchemaValidator:
IGNORED_VALIDATION_ERRORS = [
"hyphenationZone",
"purl.org/dc/terms",
]
UNIQUE_ID_REQUIREMENTS = {
"comment": ("id", "file"),
"commentrangestart": ("id", "file"),
"commentrangeend": ("id", "file"),
"bookmarkstart": ("id", "file"),
"bookmarkend": ("id", "file"),
"sldid": ("id", "file"),
"sldmasterid": ("id", "global"),
"sldlayoutid": ("id", "global"),
"cm": ("authorid", "file"),
"sheet": ("sheetid", "file"),
"definedname": ("id", "file"),
"cxnsp": ("id", "file"),
"sp": ("id", "file"),
"pic": ("id", "file"),
"grpsp": ("id", "file"),
}
EXCLUDED_ID_CONTAINERS = {
"sectionlst",
}
ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES = {}
SCHEMA_MAPPINGS = {
"word": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/wml.xsd",
"ppt": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/pml.xsd",
"xl": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/sml.xsd",
"[Content_Types].xml": "ecma/fouth-edition/opc-contentTypes.xsd",
"app.xml": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/shared-documentPropertiesExtended.xsd",
"core.xml": "ecma/fouth-edition/opc-coreProperties.xsd",
"custom.xml": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/shared-documentPropertiesCustom.xsd",
".rels": "ecma/fouth-edition/opc-relationships.xsd",
"people.xml": "microsoft/wml-2012.xsd",
"commentsIds.xml": "microsoft/wml-cid-2016.xsd",
"commentsExtensible.xml": "microsoft/wml-cex-2018.xsd",
"commentsExtended.xml": "microsoft/wml-2012.xsd",
"chart": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/dml-chart.xsd",
"theme": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/dml-main.xsd",
"drawing": "ISO-IEC29500-4_2016/dml-main.xsd",
}
MC_NAMESPACE = "http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/markup-compatibility/2006"
XML_NAMESPACE = "http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace"
PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE = (
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/package/2006/relationships"
)
OFFICE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE = (
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships"
)
CONTENT_TYPES_NAMESPACE = (
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/package/2006/content-types"
)
MAIN_CONTENT_FOLDERS = {"word", "ppt", "xl"}
OOXML_NAMESPACES = {
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/math",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/schemaLibrary/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/chart",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/chartDrawing",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/diagram",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/picture",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/spreadsheetDrawing",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/drawingml/2006/wordprocessingDrawing",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/presentationml/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/spreadsheetml/2006/main",
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/sharedTypes",
"http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace",
}
def __init__(self, unpacked_dir, original_file=None, verbose=False):
self.unpacked_dir = Path(unpacked_dir).resolve()
self.original_file = Path(original_file) if original_file else None
self.verbose = verbose
self.schemas_dir = Path(__file__).parent.parent / "schemas"
patterns = ["*.xml", "*.rels"]
self.xml_files = [
f for pattern in patterns for f in self.unpacked_dir.rglob(pattern)
]
if not self.xml_files:
print(f"Warning: No XML files found in {self.unpacked_dir}")
def validate(self):
raise NotImplementedError("Subclasses must implement the validate method")
def repair(self) -> int:
return self.repair_whitespace_preservation()
def repair_whitespace_preservation(self) -> int:
repairs = 0
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
content = xml_file.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(content)
modified = False
for elem in dom.getElementsByTagName("*"):
if elem.tagName.endswith(":t") and elem.firstChild:
text = elem.firstChild.nodeValue
if text and (text.startswith((' ', '\t')) or text.endswith((' ', '\t'))):
if elem.getAttribute("xml:space") != "preserve":
elem.setAttribute("xml:space", "preserve")
text_preview = repr(text[:30]) + "..." if len(text) > 30 else repr(text)
print(f" Repaired: {xml_file.name}: Added xml:space='preserve' to {elem.tagName}: {text_preview}")
repairs += 1
modified = True
if modified:
xml_file.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
except Exception:
pass
return repairs
def validate_xml(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file))
except lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {e.lineno}: {e.msg}"
)
except Exception as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Unexpected error: {str(e)}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} XML violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All XML files are well-formed")
return True
def validate_namespaces(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
declared = set(root.nsmap.keys()) - {None}
for attr_val in [
v for k, v in root.attrib.items() if k.endswith("Ignorable")
]:
undeclared = set(attr_val.split()) - declared
errors.extend(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Namespace '{ns}' in Ignorable but not declared"
for ns in undeclared
)
except lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError:
continue
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - {len(errors)} namespace issues:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All namespace prefixes properly declared")
return True
def validate_unique_ids(self):
errors = []
global_ids = {}
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
file_ids = {}
mc_elements = root.xpath(
".//mc:AlternateContent", namespaces={"mc": self.MC_NAMESPACE}
)
for elem in mc_elements:
elem.getparent().remove(elem)
for elem in root.iter():
tag = (
elem.tag.split("}")[-1].lower()
if "}" in elem.tag
else elem.tag.lower()
)
if tag in self.UNIQUE_ID_REQUIREMENTS:
in_excluded_container = any(
ancestor.tag.split("}")[-1].lower() in self.EXCLUDED_ID_CONTAINERS
for ancestor in elem.iterancestors()
)
if in_excluded_container:
continue
attr_name, scope = self.UNIQUE_ID_REQUIREMENTS[tag]
id_value = None
for attr, value in elem.attrib.items():
attr_local = (
attr.split("}")[-1].lower()
if "}" in attr
else attr.lower()
)
if attr_local == attr_name:
id_value = value
break
if id_value is not None:
if scope == "global":
if id_value in global_ids:
prev_file, prev_line, prev_tag = global_ids[
id_value
]
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: Global ID '{id_value}' in <{tag}> "
f"already used in {prev_file} at line {prev_line} in <{prev_tag}>"
)
else:
global_ids[id_value] = (
xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir),
elem.sourceline,
tag,
)
elif scope == "file":
key = (tag, attr_name)
if key not in file_ids:
file_ids[key] = {}
if id_value in file_ids[key]:
prev_line = file_ids[key][id_value]
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: Duplicate {attr_name}='{id_value}' in <{tag}> "
f"(first occurrence at line {prev_line})"
)
else:
file_ids[key][id_value] = elem.sourceline
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} ID uniqueness violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All required IDs are unique")
return True
def validate_file_references(self):
errors = []
rels_files = list(self.unpacked_dir.rglob("*.rels"))
if not rels_files:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No .rels files found")
return True
all_files = []
for file_path in self.unpacked_dir.rglob("*"):
if (
file_path.is_file()
and file_path.name != "[Content_Types].xml"
and not file_path.name.endswith(".rels")
):
all_files.append(file_path.resolve())
all_referenced_files = set()
if self.verbose:
print(
f"Found {len(rels_files)} .rels files and {len(all_files)} target files"
)
for rels_file in rels_files:
try:
rels_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
rels_dir = rels_file.parent
referenced_files = set()
broken_refs = []
for rel in rels_root.findall(
".//ns:Relationship",
namespaces={"ns": self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE},
):
target = rel.get("Target")
if target and not target.startswith(
("http", "mailto:")
):
if target.startswith("/"):
target_path = self.unpacked_dir / target.lstrip("/")
elif rels_file.name == ".rels":
target_path = self.unpacked_dir / target
else:
base_dir = rels_dir.parent
target_path = base_dir / target
try:
target_path = target_path.resolve()
if target_path.exists() and target_path.is_file():
referenced_files.add(target_path)
all_referenced_files.add(target_path)
else:
broken_refs.append((target, rel.sourceline))
except (OSError, ValueError):
broken_refs.append((target, rel.sourceline))
if broken_refs:
rel_path = rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
for broken_ref, line_num in broken_refs:
errors.append(
f" {rel_path}: Line {line_num}: Broken reference to {broken_ref}"
)
except Exception as e:
rel_path = rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(f" Error parsing {rel_path}: {e}")
unreferenced_files = set(all_files) - all_referenced_files
if unreferenced_files:
for unref_file in sorted(unreferenced_files):
unref_rel_path = unref_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(f" Unreferenced file: {unref_rel_path}")
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} relationship validation errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
print(
"CRITICAL: These errors will cause the document to appear corrupt. "
+ "Broken references MUST be fixed, "
+ "and unreferenced files MUST be referenced or removed."
)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print(
"PASSED - All references are valid and all files are properly referenced"
)
return True
def validate_all_relationship_ids(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.suffix == ".rels":
continue
rels_dir = xml_file.parent / "_rels"
rels_file = rels_dir / f"{xml_file.name}.rels"
if not rels_file.exists():
continue
try:
rels_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
rid_to_type = {}
for rel in rels_root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}Relationship"
):
rid = rel.get("Id")
rel_type = rel.get("Type", "")
if rid:
if rid in rid_to_type:
rels_rel_path = rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(
f" {rels_rel_path}: Line {rel.sourceline}: "
f"Duplicate relationship ID '{rid}' (IDs must be unique)"
)
type_name = (
rel_type.split("/")[-1] if "/" in rel_type else rel_type
)
rid_to_type[rid] = type_name
xml_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
r_ns = self.OFFICE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE
rid_attrs_to_check = ["id", "embed", "link"]
for elem in xml_root.iter():
for attr_name in rid_attrs_to_check:
rid_attr = elem.get(f"{{{r_ns}}}{attr_name}")
if not rid_attr:
continue
xml_rel_path = xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
elem_name = (
elem.tag.split("}")[-1] if "}" in elem.tag else elem.tag
)
if rid_attr not in rid_to_type:
errors.append(
f" {xml_rel_path}: Line {elem.sourceline}: "
f"<{elem_name}> r:{attr_name} references non-existent relationship '{rid_attr}' "
f"(valid IDs: {', '.join(sorted(rid_to_type.keys())[:5])}{'...' if len(rid_to_type) > 5 else ''})"
)
elif attr_name == "id" and self.ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES:
expected_type = self._get_expected_relationship_type(
elem_name
)
if expected_type:
actual_type = rid_to_type[rid_attr]
if expected_type not in actual_type.lower():
errors.append(
f" {xml_rel_path}: Line {elem.sourceline}: "
f"<{elem_name}> references '{rid_attr}' which points to '{actual_type}' "
f"but should point to a '{expected_type}' relationship"
)
except Exception as e:
xml_rel_path = xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(f" Error processing {xml_rel_path}: {e}")
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} relationship ID reference errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
print("\nThese ID mismatches will cause the document to appear corrupt!")
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All relationship ID references are valid")
return True
def _get_expected_relationship_type(self, element_name):
elem_lower = element_name.lower()
if elem_lower in self.ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES:
return self.ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES[elem_lower]
if elem_lower.endswith("id") and len(elem_lower) > 2:
prefix = elem_lower[:-2]
if prefix.endswith("master"):
return prefix.lower()
elif prefix.endswith("layout"):
return prefix.lower()
else:
if prefix == "sld":
return "slide"
return prefix.lower()
if elem_lower.endswith("reference") and len(elem_lower) > 9:
prefix = elem_lower[:-9]
return prefix.lower()
return None
def validate_content_types(self):
errors = []
content_types_file = self.unpacked_dir / "[Content_Types].xml"
if not content_types_file.exists():
print("FAILED - [Content_Types].xml file not found")
return False
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(content_types_file)).getroot()
declared_parts = set()
declared_extensions = set()
for override in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.CONTENT_TYPES_NAMESPACE}}}Override"
):
part_name = override.get("PartName")
if part_name is not None:
declared_parts.add(part_name.lstrip("/"))
for default in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.CONTENT_TYPES_NAMESPACE}}}Default"
):
extension = default.get("Extension")
if extension is not None:
declared_extensions.add(extension.lower())
declarable_roots = {
"sld",
"sldLayout",
"sldMaster",
"presentation",
"document",
"workbook",
"worksheet",
"theme",
}
media_extensions = {
"png": "image/png",
"jpg": "image/jpeg",
"jpeg": "image/jpeg",
"gif": "image/gif",
"bmp": "image/bmp",
"tiff": "image/tiff",
"wmf": "image/x-wmf",
"emf": "image/x-emf",
}
all_files = list(self.unpacked_dir.rglob("*"))
all_files = [f for f in all_files if f.is_file()]
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
path_str = str(xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)).replace(
"\\", "/"
)
if any(
skip in path_str
for skip in [".rels", "[Content_Types]", "docProps/", "_rels/"]
):
continue
try:
root_tag = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot().tag
root_name = root_tag.split("}")[-1] if "}" in root_tag else root_tag
if root_name in declarable_roots and path_str not in declared_parts:
errors.append(
f" {path_str}: File with <{root_name}> root not declared in [Content_Types].xml"
)
except Exception:
continue
for file_path in all_files:
if file_path.suffix.lower() in {".xml", ".rels"}:
continue
if file_path.name == "[Content_Types].xml":
continue
if "_rels" in file_path.parts or "docProps" in file_path.parts:
continue
extension = file_path.suffix.lstrip(".").lower()
if extension and extension not in declared_extensions:
if extension in media_extensions:
relative_path = file_path.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)
errors.append(
f' {relative_path}: File with extension \'{extension}\' not declared in [Content_Types].xml - should add: <Default Extension="{extension}" ContentType="{media_extensions[extension]}"/>'
)
except Exception as e:
errors.append(f" Error parsing [Content_Types].xml: {e}")
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} content type declaration errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print(
"PASSED - All content files are properly declared in [Content_Types].xml"
)
return True
def validate_file_against_xsd(self, xml_file, verbose=False):
xml_file = Path(xml_file).resolve()
unpacked_dir = self.unpacked_dir.resolve()
is_valid, current_errors = self._validate_single_file_xsd(
xml_file, unpacked_dir
)
if is_valid is None:
return None, set()
elif is_valid:
return True, set()
original_errors = self._get_original_file_errors(xml_file)
assert current_errors is not None
new_errors = current_errors - original_errors
new_errors = {
e for e in new_errors
if not any(pattern in e for pattern in self.IGNORED_VALIDATION_ERRORS)
}
if new_errors:
if verbose:
relative_path = xml_file.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
print(f"FAILED - {relative_path}: {len(new_errors)} new error(s)")
for error in list(new_errors)[:3]:
truncated = error[:250] + "..." if len(error) > 250 else error
print(f" - {truncated}")
return False, new_errors
else:
if verbose:
print(
f"PASSED - No new errors (original had {len(current_errors)} errors)"
)
return True, set()
def validate_against_xsd(self):
new_errors = []
original_error_count = 0
valid_count = 0
skipped_count = 0
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
relative_path = str(xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir))
is_valid, new_file_errors = self.validate_file_against_xsd(
xml_file, verbose=False
)
if is_valid is None:
skipped_count += 1
continue
elif is_valid and not new_file_errors:
valid_count += 1
continue
elif is_valid:
original_error_count += 1
valid_count += 1
continue
new_errors.append(f" {relative_path}: {len(new_file_errors)} new error(s)")
for error in list(new_file_errors)[:3]:
new_errors.append(
f" - {error[:250]}..." if len(error) > 250 else f" - {error}"
)
if self.verbose:
print(f"Validated {len(self.xml_files)} files:")
print(f" - Valid: {valid_count}")
print(f" - Skipped (no schema): {skipped_count}")
if original_error_count:
print(f" - With original errors (ignored): {original_error_count}")
print(
f" - With NEW errors: {len(new_errors) > 0 and len([e for e in new_errors if not e.startswith(' ')]) or 0}"
)
if new_errors:
print("\nFAILED - Found NEW validation errors:")
for error in new_errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("\nPASSED - No new XSD validation errors introduced")
return True
def _get_schema_path(self, xml_file):
if xml_file.name in self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS:
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS[xml_file.name]
if xml_file.suffix == ".rels":
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS[".rels"]
if "charts/" in str(xml_file) and xml_file.name.startswith("chart"):
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS["chart"]
if "theme/" in str(xml_file) and xml_file.name.startswith("theme"):
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS["theme"]
if xml_file.parent.name in self.MAIN_CONTENT_FOLDERS:
return self.schemas_dir / self.SCHEMA_MAPPINGS[xml_file.parent.name]
return None
def _clean_ignorable_namespaces(self, xml_doc):
xml_string = lxml.etree.tostring(xml_doc, encoding="unicode")
xml_copy = lxml.etree.fromstring(xml_string)
for elem in xml_copy.iter():
attrs_to_remove = []
for attr in elem.attrib:
if "{" in attr:
ns = attr.split("}")[0][1:]
if ns not in self.OOXML_NAMESPACES:
attrs_to_remove.append(attr)
for attr in attrs_to_remove:
del elem.attrib[attr]
self._remove_ignorable_elements(xml_copy)
return lxml.etree.ElementTree(xml_copy)
def _remove_ignorable_elements(self, root):
elements_to_remove = []
for elem in list(root):
if not hasattr(elem, "tag") or callable(elem.tag):
continue
tag_str = str(elem.tag)
if tag_str.startswith("{"):
ns = tag_str.split("}")[0][1:]
if ns not in self.OOXML_NAMESPACES:
elements_to_remove.append(elem)
continue
self._remove_ignorable_elements(elem)
for elem in elements_to_remove:
root.remove(elem)
def _preprocess_for_mc_ignorable(self, xml_doc):
root = xml_doc.getroot()
if f"{{{self.MC_NAMESPACE}}}Ignorable" in root.attrib:
del root.attrib[f"{{{self.MC_NAMESPACE}}}Ignorable"]
return xml_doc
def _validate_single_file_xsd(self, xml_file, base_path):
schema_path = self._get_schema_path(xml_file)
if not schema_path:
return None, None
try:
with open(schema_path, "rb") as xsd_file:
parser = lxml.etree.XMLParser()
xsd_doc = lxml.etree.parse(
xsd_file, parser=parser, base_url=str(schema_path)
)
schema = lxml.etree.XMLSchema(xsd_doc)
with open(xml_file, "r") as f:
xml_doc = lxml.etree.parse(f)
xml_doc, _ = self._remove_template_tags_from_text_nodes(xml_doc)
xml_doc = self._preprocess_for_mc_ignorable(xml_doc)
relative_path = xml_file.relative_to(base_path)
if (
relative_path.parts
and relative_path.parts[0] in self.MAIN_CONTENT_FOLDERS
):
xml_doc = self._clean_ignorable_namespaces(xml_doc)
if schema.validate(xml_doc):
return True, set()
else:
errors = set()
for error in schema.error_log:
errors.add(error.message)
return False, errors
except Exception as e:
return False, {str(e)}
def _get_original_file_errors(self, xml_file):
if self.original_file is None:
return set()
import tempfile
import zipfile
xml_file = Path(xml_file).resolve()
unpacked_dir = self.unpacked_dir.resolve()
relative_path = xml_file.relative_to(unpacked_dir)
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
temp_path = Path(temp_dir)
with zipfile.ZipFile(self.original_file, "r") as zip_ref:
zip_ref.extractall(temp_path)
original_xml_file = temp_path / relative_path
if not original_xml_file.exists():
return set()
is_valid, errors = self._validate_single_file_xsd(
original_xml_file, temp_path
)
return errors if errors else set()
def _remove_template_tags_from_text_nodes(self, xml_doc):
warnings = []
template_pattern = re.compile(r"\{\{[^}]*\}\}")
xml_string = lxml.etree.tostring(xml_doc, encoding="unicode")
xml_copy = lxml.etree.fromstring(xml_string)
def process_text_content(text, content_type):
if not text:
return text
matches = list(template_pattern.finditer(text))
if matches:
for match in matches:
warnings.append(
f"Found template tag in {content_type}: {match.group()}"
)
return template_pattern.sub("", text)
return text
for elem in xml_copy.iter():
if not hasattr(elem, "tag") or callable(elem.tag):
continue
tag_str = str(elem.tag)
if tag_str.endswith("}t") or tag_str == "t":
continue
elem.text = process_text_content(elem.text, "text content")
elem.tail = process_text_content(elem.tail, "tail content")
return lxml.etree.ElementTree(xml_copy), warnings
if __name__ == "__main__":
raise RuntimeError("This module should not be run directly.")
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
"""
Validator for Word document XML files against XSD schemas.
"""
import random
import re
import tempfile
import zipfile
import defusedxml.minidom
import lxml.etree
from .base import BaseSchemaValidator
class DOCXSchemaValidator(BaseSchemaValidator):
WORD_2006_NAMESPACE = "http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main"
W14_NAMESPACE = "http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/word/2010/wordml"
W16CID_NAMESPACE = "http://schemas.microsoft.com/office/word/2016/wordml/cid"
ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES = {}
def validate(self):
if not self.validate_xml():
return False
all_valid = True
if not self.validate_namespaces():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_unique_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_file_references():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_content_types():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_against_xsd():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_whitespace_preservation():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_deletions():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_insertions():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_all_relationship_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_id_constraints():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_comment_markers():
all_valid = False
self.compare_paragraph_counts()
return all_valid
def validate_whitespace_preservation(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name != "document.xml":
continue
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
for elem in root.iter(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}t"):
if elem.text:
text = elem.text
if re.search(r"^[ \t\n\r]", text) or re.search(
r"[ \t\n\r]$", text
):
xml_space_attr = f"{{{self.XML_NAMESPACE}}}space"
if (
xml_space_attr not in elem.attrib
or elem.attrib[xml_space_attr] != "preserve"
):
text_preview = (
repr(text)[:50] + "..."
if len(repr(text)) > 50
else repr(text)
)
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: w:t element with whitespace missing xml:space='preserve': {text_preview}"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} whitespace preservation violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All whitespace is properly preserved")
return True
def validate_deletions(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name != "document.xml":
continue
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
namespaces = {"w": self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}
for t_elem in root.xpath(".//w:del//w:t", namespaces=namespaces):
if t_elem.text:
text_preview = (
repr(t_elem.text)[:50] + "..."
if len(repr(t_elem.text)) > 50
else repr(t_elem.text)
)
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {t_elem.sourceline}: <w:t> found within <w:del>: {text_preview}"
)
for instr_elem in root.xpath(
".//w:del//w:instrText", namespaces=namespaces
):
text_preview = (
repr(instr_elem.text or "")[:50] + "..."
if len(repr(instr_elem.text or "")) > 50
else repr(instr_elem.text or "")
)
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {instr_elem.sourceline}: <w:instrText> found within <w:del> (use <w:delInstrText>): {text_preview}"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} deletion validation violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No w:t elements found within w:del elements")
return True
def count_paragraphs_in_unpacked(self):
count = 0
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name != "document.xml":
continue
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
paragraphs = root.findall(f".//{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}p")
count = len(paragraphs)
except Exception as e:
print(f"Error counting paragraphs in unpacked document: {e}")
return count
def count_paragraphs_in_original(self):
original = self.original_file
if original is None:
return 0
count = 0
try:
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
with zipfile.ZipFile(original, "r") as zip_ref:
zip_ref.extractall(temp_dir)
doc_xml_path = temp_dir + "/word/document.xml"
root = lxml.etree.parse(doc_xml_path).getroot()
paragraphs = root.findall(f".//{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}p")
count = len(paragraphs)
except Exception as e:
print(f"Error counting paragraphs in original document: {e}")
return count
def validate_insertions(self):
errors = []
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name != "document.xml":
continue
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
namespaces = {"w": self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}
invalid_elements = root.xpath(
".//w:ins//w:delText[not(ancestor::w:del)]", namespaces=namespaces
)
for elem in invalid_elements:
text_preview = (
repr(elem.text or "")[:50] + "..."
if len(repr(elem.text or "")) > 50
else repr(elem.text or "")
)
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: <w:delText> within <w:ins>: {text_preview}"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} insertion validation violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No w:delText elements within w:ins elements")
return True
def compare_paragraph_counts(self):
original_count = self.count_paragraphs_in_original()
new_count = self.count_paragraphs_in_unpacked()
diff = new_count - original_count
diff_str = f"+{diff}" if diff > 0 else str(diff)
print(f"\nParagraphs: {original_count}{new_count} ({diff_str})")
def _parse_id_value(self, val: str, base: int = 16) -> int:
return int(val, base)
def validate_id_constraints(self):
errors = []
para_id_attr = f"{{{self.W14_NAMESPACE}}}paraId"
durable_id_attr = f"{{{self.W16CID_NAMESPACE}}}durableId"
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
for elem in lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).iter():
if val := elem.get(para_id_attr):
if self._parse_id_value(val, base=16) >= 0x80000000:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.name}:{elem.sourceline}: paraId={val} >= 0x80000000"
)
if val := elem.get(durable_id_attr):
if xml_file.name == "numbering.xml":
try:
if self._parse_id_value(val, base=10) >= 0x7FFFFFFF:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.name}:{elem.sourceline}: "
f"durableId={val} >= 0x7FFFFFFF"
)
except ValueError:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.name}:{elem.sourceline}: "
f"durableId={val} must be decimal in numbering.xml"
)
else:
if self._parse_id_value(val, base=16) >= 0x7FFFFFFF:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.name}:{elem.sourceline}: "
f"durableId={val} >= 0x7FFFFFFF"
)
except Exception:
pass
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - {len(errors)} ID constraint violations:")
for e in errors:
print(e)
elif self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All paraId/durableId values within constraints")
return not errors
def validate_comment_markers(self):
errors = []
document_xml = None
comments_xml = None
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
if xml_file.name == "document.xml" and "word" in str(xml_file):
document_xml = xml_file
elif xml_file.name == "comments.xml":
comments_xml = xml_file
if not document_xml:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No document.xml found (skipping comment validation)")
return True
try:
doc_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(document_xml)).getroot()
namespaces = {"w": self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}
range_starts = {
elem.get(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}id")
for elem in doc_root.xpath(
".//w:commentRangeStart", namespaces=namespaces
)
}
range_ends = {
elem.get(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}id")
for elem in doc_root.xpath(
".//w:commentRangeEnd", namespaces=namespaces
)
}
references = {
elem.get(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}id")
for elem in doc_root.xpath(
".//w:commentReference", namespaces=namespaces
)
}
orphaned_ends = range_ends - range_starts
for comment_id in sorted(
orphaned_ends, key=lambda x: int(x) if x and x.isdigit() else 0
):
errors.append(
f' document.xml: commentRangeEnd id="{comment_id}" has no matching commentRangeStart'
)
orphaned_starts = range_starts - range_ends
for comment_id in sorted(
orphaned_starts, key=lambda x: int(x) if x and x.isdigit() else 0
):
errors.append(
f' document.xml: commentRangeStart id="{comment_id}" has no matching commentRangeEnd'
)
comment_ids = set()
if comments_xml and comments_xml.exists():
comments_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(comments_xml)).getroot()
comment_ids = {
elem.get(f"{{{self.WORD_2006_NAMESPACE}}}id")
for elem in comments_root.xpath(
".//w:comment", namespaces=namespaces
)
}
marker_ids = range_starts | range_ends | references
invalid_refs = marker_ids - comment_ids
for comment_id in sorted(
invalid_refs, key=lambda x: int(x) if x and x.isdigit() else 0
):
if comment_id:
errors.append(
f' document.xml: marker id="{comment_id}" references non-existent comment'
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(f" Error parsing XML: {e}")
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - {len(errors)} comment marker violations:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All comment markers properly paired")
return True
def repair(self) -> int:
repairs = super().repair()
repairs += self.repair_durableId()
return repairs
def repair_durableId(self) -> int:
repairs = 0
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
content = xml_file.read_text(encoding="utf-8")
dom = defusedxml.minidom.parseString(content)
modified = False
for elem in dom.getElementsByTagName("*"):
if not elem.hasAttribute("w16cid:durableId"):
continue
durable_id = elem.getAttribute("w16cid:durableId")
needs_repair = False
if xml_file.name == "numbering.xml":
try:
needs_repair = (
self._parse_id_value(durable_id, base=10) >= 0x7FFFFFFF
)
except ValueError:
needs_repair = True
else:
try:
needs_repair = (
self._parse_id_value(durable_id, base=16) >= 0x7FFFFFFF
)
except ValueError:
needs_repair = True
if needs_repair:
value = random.randint(1, 0x7FFFFFFE)
if xml_file.name == "numbering.xml":
new_id = str(value)
else:
new_id = f"{value:08X}"
elem.setAttribute("w16cid:durableId", new_id)
print(
f" Repaired: {xml_file.name}: durableId {durable_id}{new_id}"
)
repairs += 1
modified = True
if modified:
xml_file.write_bytes(dom.toxml(encoding="UTF-8"))
except Exception:
pass
return repairs
if __name__ == "__main__":
raise RuntimeError("This module should not be run directly.")
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
"""
Validator for PowerPoint presentation XML files against XSD schemas.
"""
import re
from .base import BaseSchemaValidator
class PPTXSchemaValidator(BaseSchemaValidator):
PRESENTATIONML_NAMESPACE = (
"http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/presentationml/2006/main"
)
ELEMENT_RELATIONSHIP_TYPES = {
"sldid": "slide",
"sldmasterid": "slidemaster",
"notesmasterid": "notesmaster",
"sldlayoutid": "slidelayout",
"themeid": "theme",
"tablestyleid": "tablestyles",
}
def validate(self):
if not self.validate_xml():
return False
all_valid = True
if not self.validate_namespaces():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_unique_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_uuid_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_file_references():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_slide_layout_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_content_types():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_against_xsd():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_notes_slide_references():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_all_relationship_ids():
all_valid = False
if not self.validate_no_duplicate_slide_layouts():
all_valid = False
return all_valid
def validate_uuid_ids(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
uuid_pattern = re.compile(
r"^[\{\(]?[0-9A-Fa-f]{8}-?[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}-?[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}-?[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}-?[0-9A-Fa-f]{12}[\}\)]?$"
)
for xml_file in self.xml_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(xml_file)).getroot()
for elem in root.iter():
for attr, value in elem.attrib.items():
attr_name = attr.split("}")[-1].lower()
if attr_name == "id" or attr_name.endswith("id"):
if self._looks_like_uuid(value):
if not uuid_pattern.match(value):
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {elem.sourceline}: ID '{value}' appears to be a UUID but contains invalid hex characters"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {xml_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} UUID ID validation errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All UUID-like IDs contain valid hex values")
return True
def _looks_like_uuid(self, value):
clean_value = value.strip("{}()").replace("-", "")
return len(clean_value) == 32 and all(c.isalnum() for c in clean_value)
def validate_slide_layout_ids(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
slide_masters = list(self.unpacked_dir.glob("ppt/slideMasters/*.xml"))
if not slide_masters:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No slide masters found")
return True
for slide_master in slide_masters:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(slide_master)).getroot()
rels_file = slide_master.parent / "_rels" / f"{slide_master.name}.rels"
if not rels_file.exists():
errors.append(
f" {slide_master.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Missing relationships file: {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}"
)
continue
rels_root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
valid_layout_rids = set()
for rel in rels_root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}Relationship"
):
rel_type = rel.get("Type", "")
if "slideLayout" in rel_type:
valid_layout_rids.add(rel.get("Id"))
for sld_layout_id in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PRESENTATIONML_NAMESPACE}}}sldLayoutId"
):
r_id = sld_layout_id.get(
f"{{{self.OFFICE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}id"
)
layout_id = sld_layout_id.get("id")
if r_id and r_id not in valid_layout_rids:
errors.append(
f" {slide_master.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: "
f"Line {sld_layout_id.sourceline}: sldLayoutId with id='{layout_id}' "
f"references r:id='{r_id}' which is not found in slide layout relationships"
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {slide_master.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print(f"FAILED - Found {len(errors)} slide layout ID validation errors:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
print(
"Remove invalid references or add missing slide layouts to the relationships file."
)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All slide layout IDs reference valid slide layouts")
return True
def validate_no_duplicate_slide_layouts(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
slide_rels_files = list(self.unpacked_dir.glob("ppt/slides/_rels/*.xml.rels"))
for rels_file in slide_rels_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
layout_rels = [
rel
for rel in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}Relationship"
)
if "slideLayout" in rel.get("Type", "")
]
if len(layout_rels) > 1:
errors.append(
f" {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: has {len(layout_rels)} slideLayout references"
)
except Exception as e:
errors.append(
f" {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
if errors:
print("FAILED - Found slides with duplicate slideLayout references:")
for error in errors:
print(error)
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All slides have exactly one slideLayout reference")
return True
def validate_notes_slide_references(self):
import lxml.etree
errors = []
notes_slide_references = {}
slide_rels_files = list(self.unpacked_dir.glob("ppt/slides/_rels/*.xml.rels"))
if not slide_rels_files:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - No slide relationship files found")
return True
for rels_file in slide_rels_files:
try:
root = lxml.etree.parse(str(rels_file)).getroot()
for rel in root.findall(
f".//{{{self.PACKAGE_RELATIONSHIPS_NAMESPACE}}}Relationship"
):
rel_type = rel.get("Type", "")
if "notesSlide" in rel_type:
target = rel.get("Target", "")
if target:
normalized_target = target.replace("../", "")
slide_name = rels_file.stem.replace(
".xml", ""
)
if normalized_target not in notes_slide_references:
notes_slide_references[normalized_target] = []
notes_slide_references[normalized_target].append(
(slide_name, rels_file)
)
except (lxml.etree.XMLSyntaxError, Exception) as e:
errors.append(
f" {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}: Error: {e}"
)
for target, references in notes_slide_references.items():
if len(references) > 1:
slide_names = [ref[0] for ref in references]
errors.append(
f" Notes slide '{target}' is referenced by multiple slides: {', '.join(slide_names)}"
)
for slide_name, rels_file in references:
errors.append(f" - {rels_file.relative_to(self.unpacked_dir)}")
if errors:
print(
f"FAILED - Found {len([e for e in errors if not e.startswith(' ')])} notes slide reference validation errors:"
)
for error in errors:
print(error)
print("Each slide may optionally have its own slide file.")
return False
else:
if self.verbose:
print("PASSED - All notes slide references are unique")
return True
if __name__ == "__main__":
raise RuntimeError("This module should not be run directly.")
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
"""
Validator for tracked changes in Word documents.
"""
import subprocess
import tempfile
import zipfile
from pathlib import Path
class RedliningValidator:
def __init__(self, unpacked_dir, original_docx, verbose=False, author="Claude"):
self.unpacked_dir = Path(unpacked_dir)
self.original_docx = Path(original_docx)
self.verbose = verbose
self.author = author
self.namespaces = {
"w": "http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main"
}
def repair(self) -> int:
return 0
def validate(self):
modified_file = self.unpacked_dir / "word" / "document.xml"
if not modified_file.exists():
print(f"FAILED - Modified document.xml not found at {modified_file}")
return False
try:
import xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
tree = ET.parse(modified_file)
root = tree.getroot()
del_elements = root.findall(".//w:del", self.namespaces)
ins_elements = root.findall(".//w:ins", self.namespaces)
author_del_elements = [
elem
for elem in del_elements
if elem.get(f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}author") == self.author
]
author_ins_elements = [
elem
for elem in ins_elements
if elem.get(f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}author") == self.author
]
if not author_del_elements and not author_ins_elements:
if self.verbose:
print(f"PASSED - No tracked changes by {self.author} found.")
return True
except Exception:
pass
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
temp_path = Path(temp_dir)
try:
with zipfile.ZipFile(self.original_docx, "r") as zip_ref:
zip_ref.extractall(temp_path)
except Exception as e:
print(f"FAILED - Error unpacking original docx: {e}")
return False
original_file = temp_path / "word" / "document.xml"
if not original_file.exists():
print(
f"FAILED - Original document.xml not found in {self.original_docx}"
)
return False
try:
import xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
modified_tree = ET.parse(modified_file)
modified_root = modified_tree.getroot()
original_tree = ET.parse(original_file)
original_root = original_tree.getroot()
except ET.ParseError as e:
print(f"FAILED - Error parsing XML files: {e}")
return False
self._remove_author_tracked_changes(original_root)
self._remove_author_tracked_changes(modified_root)
modified_text = self._extract_text_content(modified_root)
original_text = self._extract_text_content(original_root)
if modified_text != original_text:
error_message = self._generate_detailed_diff(
original_text, modified_text
)
print(error_message)
return False
if self.verbose:
print(f"PASSED - All changes by {self.author} are properly tracked")
return True
def _generate_detailed_diff(self, original_text, modified_text):
error_parts = [
f"FAILED - Document text doesn't match after removing {self.author}'s tracked changes",
"",
"Likely causes:",
" 1. Modified text inside another author's <w:ins> or <w:del> tags",
" 2. Made edits without proper tracked changes",
" 3. Didn't nest <w:del> inside <w:ins> when deleting another's insertion",
"",
"For pre-redlined documents, use correct patterns:",
" - To reject another's INSERTION: Nest <w:del> inside their <w:ins>",
" - To restore another's DELETION: Add new <w:ins> AFTER their <w:del>",
"",
]
git_diff = self._get_git_word_diff(original_text, modified_text)
if git_diff:
error_parts.extend(["Differences:", "============", git_diff])
else:
error_parts.append("Unable to generate word diff (git not available)")
return "\n".join(error_parts)
def _get_git_word_diff(self, original_text, modified_text):
try:
with tempfile.TemporaryDirectory() as temp_dir:
temp_path = Path(temp_dir)
original_file = temp_path / "original.txt"
modified_file = temp_path / "modified.txt"
original_file.write_text(original_text, encoding="utf-8")
modified_file.write_text(modified_text, encoding="utf-8")
result = subprocess.run(
[
"git",
"diff",
"--word-diff=plain",
"--word-diff-regex=.",
"-U0",
"--no-index",
str(original_file),
str(modified_file),
],
capture_output=True,
text=True,
)
if result.stdout.strip():
lines = result.stdout.split("\n")
content_lines = []
in_content = False
for line in lines:
if line.startswith("@@"):
in_content = True
continue
if in_content and line.strip():
content_lines.append(line)
if content_lines:
return "\n".join(content_lines)
result = subprocess.run(
[
"git",
"diff",
"--word-diff=plain",
"-U0",
"--no-index",
str(original_file),
str(modified_file),
],
capture_output=True,
text=True,
)
if result.stdout.strip():
lines = result.stdout.split("\n")
content_lines = []
in_content = False
for line in lines:
if line.startswith("@@"):
in_content = True
continue
if in_content and line.strip():
content_lines.append(line)
return "\n".join(content_lines)
except (subprocess.CalledProcessError, FileNotFoundError, Exception):
pass
return None
def _remove_author_tracked_changes(self, root):
ins_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}ins"
del_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}del"
author_attr = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}author"
for parent in root.iter():
to_remove = []
for child in parent:
if child.tag == ins_tag and child.get(author_attr) == self.author:
to_remove.append(child)
for elem in to_remove:
parent.remove(elem)
deltext_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}delText"
t_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}t"
for parent in root.iter():
to_process = []
for child in parent:
if child.tag == del_tag and child.get(author_attr) == self.author:
to_process.append((child, list(parent).index(child)))
for del_elem, del_index in reversed(to_process):
for elem in del_elem.iter():
if elem.tag == deltext_tag:
elem.tag = t_tag
for child in reversed(list(del_elem)):
parent.insert(del_index, child)
parent.remove(del_elem)
def _extract_text_content(self, root):
p_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}p"
t_tag = f"{{{self.namespaces['w']}}}t"
paragraphs = []
for p_elem in root.findall(f".//{p_tag}"):
text_parts = []
for t_elem in p_elem.findall(f".//{t_tag}"):
if t_elem.text:
text_parts.append(t_elem.text)
paragraph_text = "".join(text_parts)
if paragraph_text:
paragraphs.append(paragraph_text)
return "\n".join(paragraphs)
if __name__ == "__main__":
raise RuntimeError("This module should not be run directly.")

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More